JP7541106B2 - Positioning, stabilizing, and interfacing structures and systems using same - Google Patents

Description

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application is in conjuction with Australian Application No. 2020900953, filed March 27, 2020, U.S. Application No. 16/865,480, filed May 4, 2020, U.S. Application No. 16/865,526, filed May 4, 2020, Australian Application No. 2020901432, filed May 5, 2020, Australian Application No. 2020901437, filed May 6, 2020, Australian Application No. 2020902514, filed July 20, 2020, Australian Application No. 2020903055, filed August 26, 2020, Australian Application No. 2020903112, filed August 31, 2020, Australian Application No. 2020903395, filed September 22, 2020, Australian Application No. 2020903502, filed September 29, 2020; Australian Application No. 2020903638, filed October 7, 2020; International Application No. PCT / AU2020/051081, filed October 8, 2020; Australian Application No. 2020903876, filed October 26, 2020; International Application No. PCT / AU2020/051158, filed October 28, 2020; Australian Application No. 2020904664, filed December 15, 2020; Australian Application No. 2020904849, filed December 24, 2020; and Australian Application No. 2021900871, filed March 24, 2021, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

2. Background of the Technology 2.1 Field of the Technology The present technology relates primarily to head mounted displays, positioning and stabilizing structures, user interfacing structures, and other components used in head mounted displays, associated head mounted display assemblies and systems including display units and positioning and stabilizing structures, interfacing structures and/or components and methods. The present technology finds particular application in the use of immersive reality head mounted displays and is described in that context herein. It should be understood that the present technology may have broader application and may also be used in any type of head mounted display configuration, including but not limited to virtual reality displays, augmented reality displays, and/or mixed reality displays.

2.2 Description of Related Art Where any prior art is referred to in this specification, it should be understood that such reference is not an admission that the prior art forms part of the common general knowledge in the art in Australia or anywhere else.

2.2.1 Immersive Technology Immersive technology is any technology that seeks to recreate or extend the physical environment by creating a sense of surroundings through the means of a digital or virtual environment, thus achieving a sense of immersion.

In particular, immersive technologies provide a sense of visual immersion to the user and create virtual objects and/or environments. Immersive technologies can also provide a sense of immersion for at least one of the other five senses.

2.2.2 Virtual Reality Virtual reality (VR) is the presentation of a computer-generated three-dimensional image or environment to a user. In other words, the environment may be completely virtual. Specifically, the user watches an electronic screen to observe virtual or computer-generated images in the virtual environment. Because the created environment is completely virtual, users may be blocked and/or hindered from interfacing with their physical environment (e.g., they may not be able to hear and/or see physical objects in the physical environment in which they are currently located).

The electronic screen may be supported in the user's line of sight (e.g., mounted on the user's head). Visual feedback output to the electronic screen and observed by the user while observing the electronic screen can create a virtual environment that is intended to mimic a real environment. For example, the user can look around (e.g., 360°) by rotating his/her head or whole body, and can interact with virtual objects that are observable by the user through the electronic screen. This can provide the user with an immersive experience in which the virtual environment stimulates at least one of the user's five senses while the user is using the VR device, replacing the corresponding stimuli in the physical environment. Typically, the stimuli relate to at least the user's vision (i.e., because they are looking at the electronic screen), but other senses may also be involved. The electronic screen is typically mounted on the user's head so as to be located close to the user's eyes, allowing the user to easily observe the virtual environment.

The VR device may generate other forms of feedback in addition to or apart from visual feedback. For example, the VR device may include and/or be connected to a speaker to provide auditory feedback. The VR device may include haptic feedback (e.g., in the form of a haptic response) that may correspond to the visual and/or auditory feedback. This may create a more immersive virtual environment because the user may receive stimulation that corresponds to multiple senses.

While using a VR device, a user may wish to limit and block out ambient stimuli. For example, a user may wish to avoid seeing and/or hearing the surrounding environment in order to better process the stimuli from the VR device in the virtual environment. As such, a VR device may limit and/or prevent ambient light from reaching the user's eyes. In some embodiments, this is done by providing a seal against the user's face. In some embodiments, the shield may be placed in close proximity (e.g., in contact or in close contact with) the user's face, but may not be sealed against the user's face. In any embodiment, the only light the user can observe is from the electronic screen, as ambient light is prevented from reaching the user's eyes.

In other embodiments, the VR device may limit and/or prevent the user's ears from hearing ambient noise. In some embodiments, this is done by providing the user with headphones (e.g., noise-canceling headphones) that may output sound from the VR device and/or limit the user from hearing noise from the physical environment. In some embodiments, the VR device may output sound at a volume sufficient to limit the user from hearing ambient noise.

In either embodiment, the user may not want to be overstimulated (e.g., by both the physical and virtual environments), so blocking and/or limiting ambient stimuli can help the user focus on the virtual environment without ambient distractions.

The different types of VR devices are as follows: In general, a single VR device may include at least two different classifications. For example, a VR device may be classified by its portability and by how the display unit is coupled to the rest of the interface. These classifications may be independent, so classification into one group (e.g., the portability of the unit) does not dictate classification into the other group. Also, there may be additional categories for classifying VR devices, not explicitly stated below.

2.2.2.1 Portability 2.2.2.1.1 Fixed Units In some configurations, VR devices may be used in conjunction with another device, such as a computer or video game console. This type of VR device may be fixed in place, since it cannot be used without the computer or video game console, and therefore may be limited in where it can be used (e.g., by the location of the computer or video game console).

The VR device may be connected to a computer or video game console, as the VR device may be used in conjunction with the computer or video game console. For example, an electrical cord may connect the two systems. This may further "lock" the location of the VR device, as a user wearing the VR device cannot be further from the computer or video game console than the length of the electrical cord. In other embodiments, the VR device may be connected wirelessly (e.g., via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, etc.), but relatively locked down by the strength of the wireless signal.

A connection to a computer or video game console may provide control capabilities to the VR device. Controls may be communicated (e.g., via a wired connector or wirelessly) to aid in operation of the VR device. In fixed unit VR device embodiments, these operations may be necessary to operate the display screen, and operation of the VR device may not be possible without a connection to a computer or video game console.

In some configurations, a computer or video game console may power the VR device, eliminating the need for the user to support a battery on their head. This can make the VR device more comfortable to wear as the user no longer has to support the weight of the battery.

Also, a user may receive output from a computer or video game console at least in part through the VR device rather than through a television or monitor, thereby providing a more immersive experience for the user while using the computer or video game console (e.g., while playing a video game). In other words, the display output of the VR device may be substantially the same as the output from a computer monitor or television. Some of the controls and/or sensors required to output these images may be housed in the computer or video game console, further reducing the weight that the user needs to support on their body.

In some embodiments, the motion sensors may be located remotely from the VR device and connected to a computer or video game console. For example, at least one camera may be facing the user to track the user's head movements. Processing of the data recorded by the cameras may be performed by the computer or video game console before being transmitted to the VR device. While this helps make the VR device lighter, it may further limit where the VR device can be used. In other words, the VR device must be within the field of view of the cameras.

2.2.2.1.2 Portable Units In some configurations, the VR device may be a self-contained unit that includes power and sensors so that it does not need to be connected to a computer or video game console. This provides convenience and freedom of movement for the user. For example, a user is not limited to using the VR device near a computer or video game console, but may use the VR device outdoors or in other environments where a computer or television is not present.

Because VR devices do not connect to the computer or video game console being used, they are required to support all necessary electronic components. This includes batteries, sensors, and processors. These components add weight to the VR device, which the user must support with their body. Proper weight distribution may be required to ensure that this added weight does not increase discomfort for the user wearing the VR device.

In some configurations, the electrical components of the VR device are contained in a single housing and may be placed directly in front of the user's face during use. This configuration is called a "brick." In this configuration, the center of gravity of the VR device without the positioning and stabilizing structure is directly in front of the user's face. To counter the moment caused by the force of gravity, the positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the brick configuration must provide a force directed toward the user's face, for example, caused by tension in the straps of the headgear. Although the brick configuration may be beneficial for manufacturing (e.g., because all electrical components are in close proximity) and may allow for interchangeability of the positioning and stabilizing structures (e.g., because it does not include electrical connections), the forces required to maintain the position of the VR device (e.g., pulling forces on the headgear) may be uncomfortable for the user. Specifically, the VR device may dig into the user's face, causing irritation and marking of the user's skin. Because the user's head experiences forces from the display housing on the face and from the headgear on the back of the head, this combination of forces may feel like "pinching." This may make it difficult for users to wear the VR device.

VR and other mixed reality devices are used in ways that cause the user's head and/or whole body to move vigorously (e.g., while gaming), which may result in large forces/moments that disrupt the position of the device on the user's head. Simply forcing the device harder against the user's head to tolerate large destructive forces may not be acceptable as this may be uncomfortable for the user or may become uncomfortable in a short period of time.

In some forms, electrical components may be spaced throughout the VR device, rather than being located entirely in front of the user's face. For example, some electrical components (e.g., the battery) may be located on the positioning and stabilizing structure, particularly on the rear contacts. In this manner, the weight of the battery (or other electrical components) may create a moment that is directed in an opposite direction to the moment created by the remainder of the VR device (e.g., the display). Thus, it is sufficient for the positioning and stabilizing structure to apply a lower clamping force, resulting in a lower force against the user's face (e.g., fewer marks on the user's skin). However, in such existing devices, cleaning and/or replacing the positioning and stabilizing structure may be more difficult due to the electrical connections.

In some forms, distributing the electrical components may include distributing some of the electrical components away from the rest of the VR device. For example, the battery and/or processor may be electrically connected but carried separately from the rest of the VR device. Unlike the "fixed units" described above, the battery and/or processor may be carried along with the rest of the VR device. For example, the battery and/or processor may be carried on the user's belt or in a pocket. This may provide the advantage of reducing the weight on the user's head, but would not provide a reaction moment. The pulling force provided by the positioning and stabilizing structure may still be less than the "brick" configuration, since the total weight supported by the head is less.

2.2.2.2 Display Connections 2.2.2.2.1 Integral Display Screen In some configurations, the display screen is integral to the VR device and generally cannot be detached or removed from the rest of the VR device.

The display screen may be secured within the housing to protect it from damage. For example, the display screen may be completely covered by the housing to reduce the likelihood of scratches, or may be integrated with the rest of the VR device to prevent the display screen from becoming lost.

In these configurations, the display screen functions purely as an immersive technology display. Most "fixed units" incorporate an integral display screen. "Portable units" may include an integral display screen or a removable display screen (described below).

2.2.2.2.2 Detachable Display Screen In some configurations, the display screen will be a separate structure that can be detached from the VR device and used separately.

In some forms, a portable electronic device (e.g., a mobile phone) can be selectively inserted into the housing of the VR device. The portable electronic device can contain most or all of the sensors and/or processor and can create the virtual environment through a downloadable app.

Portable electronic devices are generally lightweight and may not require positioning and stabilizing structures that exert significant forces on the user's head.

2.2.3 Augmented Reality In some forms, augmented reality (AR) is the presentation of a computer-generated three-dimensional image or environment to a user.

AR is similar to VR, except that a virtual environment, created at least in part by an electronic screen, is viewed in combination with the user's physical environment. In other words, AR creates virtual objects to alter and/or augment the user's physical environment with elements of the virtual environment. AR results in a combined environment that includes physical and virtual objects, making it both a physical and virtual environment.

For example, images created on an electronic screen may be overlaid onto the user's physical environment. Only the portions of the AR combined environment presented to the user are virtual. Thus, the user may wish to continue to receive ambient cues from the physical environment while using the AR device (e.g., to continue to observe physical or non-virtual components of the combined environment).

Because AR is used in conjunction with the user's physical environment, the AR device may not be electrically connected or tethered to a computer or video game console. Instead, the AR device may include a battery or other power source. This allows the user to explore different physical environments while using the AR device, providing greater freedom of movement.

This crucial difference between VR and AR may lead to differences in the type of wearable electronic screen. As mentioned above, a user of a VR device may wish to block ambient light, so the housing of the electronic screen may be opaque to limit or prevent ambient light from reaching the user. However, a user of an AR device may wish to see a blend of the virtual and real environments. The electronic screen of the AR device may be supported in front of the user's eyes as well, but the screen of the AR device may be transparent or translucent, and the screen may not be supported by an opaque housing (or the opaque material does not substantially obstruct the user's line of sight). This allows the user to continue to receive ambient stimuli where the virtual environment is simultaneously present. Nevertheless, some VR devices that do not have a transparent screen through which the user can see their real-world surroundings can be configured for AR by acquiring a real-time image of the user's real-world surroundings from the user's point of view (e.g., with a camera in the display housing) and displaying it on a display screen.

Additionally, people who use AR devices are more mobile than people who use VR devices (e.g., because AR users can see their physical environment and/or are not tethered to a computer or video game console). Thus, people who use AR devices may wish to move around (e.g., walking, running, biking, etc.) while wearing the device for extended periods of time. Equipping the AR device with components such as a battery may place strain on the user's head and/or neck, making them hesitant to wear the AR device for extended periods of time.

2.2.4 Mixed Reality Mixed reality (MR) is similar to AR, but MR devices offer users more ways to interact with virtual objects or environments than AR devices, and therefore may be more immersive. MR virtual reality may also be overlaid and/or blended with the user's physical environment. However, unlike AR, the user may be able to interact with a virtual environment similar to that which occurs in VR. In other words, AR presents only computer-generated images in the physical environment, whereas MR presents the same or similar computer-generated images to the user, but may allow interaction with the images in the physical environment (e.g., "grabbing" a virtually generated object with the hands). In this way, the virtual environment may be further blended with the physical environment, such that the combined environment more closely replicates the real environment.

2.2.5 Head-Mounted Display Interfaces Head-mounted display interfaces allow users to have an immersive experience of a virtual environment and have a wide range of applications in areas such as communications, training, medical and surgical care, engineering, and video games.

Different head mounted display interfaces can provide different levels of immersion. For example, a head mounted display interface may provide a user with a fully immersive experience. One example of a fully immersive experience is virtual reality (VR). A head mounted display interface may also provide a partial immersion similar to the use of an AR device.

VR head mounted display interfaces are typically provided as a system including a display unit arranged to be held in an operative position in front of a user's face. The display unit typically includes a housing that houses the display and a user interfacing structure constructed and arranged to be in a facing relationship with the user's face. The user interfacing structure may extend near the display and in combination with the housing define a viewing opening to the display. The user interfacing structure may engage the face and may include a cushion for user comfort and/or may lightly seal to block ambient light from the display. The head mounted display system further includes a positioning and stabilizing structure that is positioned on the user's head to hold the display unit in place.

Other head-mounted display interfaces may provide less than fully immersive experiences. In other words, the user can experience elements of their physical environment as well as a virtual environment. Examples of fully immersive experiences are augmented reality (AR) and mixed reality (MR).

AR and/or MR head mounted display interfaces are also typically provided as systems including a display unit arranged to be held in an operative position in front of the user's face. The display unit in turn typically includes a housing that houses the display and a user interfacing structure constructed and arranged to be in a facing relationship with the user's face. AR and/or MR head mounted display head mounted display systems are also similar to VR in that they further include a positioning and stabilizing structure that is positioned on the user's head to hold the display unit in place. However, AR and/or MR head mounted displays do not include a cushion that completely blocks ambient light from the display, as elements of the physical environment are required for their less-than-fully immersive experience. Instead, augmented and/or hybrid head mounted displays allow the user to view the physical environment in combination with the virtual environment.

As with any immersive technology, it is important that the head-mounted display interface is comfortable in order to get the user to wear the head-mounted display for extended periods of time. Furthermore, it is important that the display provides images that change as the user changes the position and/or orientation of their head, creating an environment that closely resembles or is entirely physical, whether partially or fully virtual.

2.2.5.1 Interfacing Structures The head mounted display may include user interfacing structures. Because the interface is in direct contact with the user's face, the shape and configuration of the interfacing features may have a direct impact on the effectiveness and comfort of the display unit.

There are multiple challenges in designing user interfacing structures. The face has a complex three-dimensional shape. The size and shape of the nose and head vary greatly between individuals. Because the head contains bone, cartilage and soft tissue, different areas of the face respond differently to mechanical forces.

One type of interfacing structure extends around the periphery of the display unit and is intended to seal against the user's face when force is applied to the user interface with the interfacing structure facing and engaged with the user's face. The interfacing structure may include polyurethane (PU) padding. This type of interfacing structure may result in gaps between the interfacing structure and the face, and additional force may be required to press the display unit against the face to achieve the desired contact.

The presence of areas that do not engage the user interface at all can result in gaps between the facial interface and the user's face, which can result in undesirable light pollution entering the display unit (e.g., particularly when using virtual reality). Such light pollution or "light leakage" can reduce the effectiveness and enjoyment of the user's overall immersive experience. In addition, prior systems can be difficult to adjust for a wide variety of head sizes. Moreover, the display units and associated stabilizing structures are often relatively heavy and difficult to clean, further limiting the comfort and ease of use of the system.

In another type of interfacing structure, a flap seal of thin material disposed around a portion of the periphery of the display unit provides a seal against the user's face. As with conventional types of interfacing structures, poor alignment between the face and the interfacing structure may require additional force to achieve a seal or may allow light to leak into the display unit during use. Additionally, the shape of the interfacing structure may not match the user and may crease or buckle during use, causing undesirable light transmission.

The user interface may be characterized in part according to the design intent of where the interfacing structure will engage the face during use. Some interfacing structures may be limited to engaging areas of the user's face that protrude beyond the arc of curvature of the interfacing structure's face-engaging surface. These areas may typically include the user's forehead and cheekbones. This may lead to user discomfort at localized stress points. Other facial areas may not engage the interfacing structure at all or may only negligibly engage the interfacing structure, thereby insufficient to increase the translation distance of the clamping pressure. These areas may typically include the sides of the user's face or areas adjacent and surrounding the user's nose. To the extent that there is a mismatch between the user's facial shape and the interfacing structure, it is advantageous for the interfacing structure or associated components to be adaptable to form the appropriate contact or other relationship.

2.2.5.2 Positioning and Stabilization To hold the display unit in the correct operating position, the head mounted display system further comprises positioning and stabilization structures disposed on the user's head. These structures may be responsible for providing a force to counteract the gravity of the head mounted display and/or interfacing structure. Previously, these structures have been formed from stretchable rigid structures that are typically applied to the head under tension to maintain the display unit in an operating position. Such systems tend to exert clamping pressure on the user's face, which can cause user discomfort at localized stress points. Previous systems can also be difficult to adjust to accommodate a wide range of applicable head sizes. Furthermore, the display unit and associated stabilization structures are often heavy and difficult to clean, further limiting the comfort and ease of use of the system.

Certain other head mounted display systems may not be functionally compatible in the field. For example, positioning and stabilizing structures designed for decorative and aesthetic purposes may not have the structural capability to maintain adequate pressure around the face. For example, excessive clamping pressure may cause discomfort to the user, or insufficient clamping pressure on the user's face may not effectively seal the display from ambient light.

Certain other head mounted display systems may be uncomfortable or impractical for the present technology, for example where the system is to be used for extended periods of time.

Due to these challenges, some head mounted displays can be one or more of the following: unsightly, aesthetically undesirable, costly, poor fit, difficult to use, and uncomfortable, especially when worn for extended periods or when the user is unfamiliar with the system. Incorrect sizing of positioning and stabilization structures can cause reduced comfort and, therefore, reduced duration of use.

As such, interfacing parts of the user interface used for a fully immersive experience of the virtual environment are subjected to forces that correspond to the user's movements during that experience.

2.2.5.3 Materials Materials used in head mounted display assemblies include high density foams in contact with interfacing structures, rigid shells for housings, and positions and stabilization structures formed from rigid plastic clamping structures. These materials have a variety of deficiencies (e.g., the skin over which they are covered cannot breathe, they are not flexible, they are difficult to clean, and they tend to trap bacteria). As a result, products constructed from such materials can be uncomfortable to wear for extended periods of time and can cause skin irritation in some individuals, limiting their application.

3 Brief Description of the Technology The present technology may be directed to providing positioning and stabilizing structures for use in supporting, stabilizing, mounting, utilizing, and/or securing a head mounted display having one or more improvements in comfort, cost, effectiveness, ease of use, and manufacturability.

A first aspect of the present technology relates to an apparatus used to support, stabilize, mount, use, and/or secure a head mounted display.

Another aspect of the technology relates to methods used to support, stabilize, mount, use, and/or secure a head mounted display.

3.1 Head-mounted display system with lateral strap sections and top and back strap sections

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit having a display;
A battery pack for operating the head-mounted display system;
1. A positioning and stabilising structure configured to hold a head mounted display unit in front of a user's eyes such that, in use, a display is viewable by the user, and configured to hold a battery pack behind the user's head, in use, said positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of a user's head, the rear support portion including a crown strap portion configured to overlay a parietal bone of the user's head in use, and an occipital strap portion configured to overlay or lie below an occipital bone of the user's head in use;
The positioning and stabilising structure includes a pair of lateral strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and a head mounted display unit, the pair of lateral strap portions configured to be positioned on respective lateral sides of the user's head in use.

In some embodiments, the head mounted display system includes an upper strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of a user's head in use. In some embodiments, the upper strap portion is configured to connect between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit.

3.1.1 Top Strap Section In embodiments, (a) the position of the top strap section is movable in anterior and posterior directions relative to the top strap section; (b) the angle between the top strap section and the occipital strap section is adjustable by the user; (c) the top strap section is below the top strap section; (d) the top strap section passes through a buckle connected to the top strap section, the buckle configured to limit lateral movement of the top strap section; and/or (e) the buckle is positioned in the sagittal plane of the user's head in use.

3.1.2 Upper Strap Section In further embodiments, (a) the upper strap section is connected to the back strap section; (B) the upper strap section is length adjustable between the head mounted display unit and the battery; (c) the upper strap section is connected to the head mounted display unit via an eyelet that is connected to the head mounted display unit, loops back, and fastened to itself; (d) the outer layer of the upper strap section is configured to pass through the eyelet, loop back, and fasten to itself; (e) the user-facing layer does not pass through the eyelet; (f) the upper strap section includes a textile user-facing layer, a textile outer layer, and a substantially non-extensible layer between the user-facing layer and the outer layer; (g) the user-facing layer of the upper strap section is configured to pass through the eyelet, loop back, and fasten to itself; (h) the upper strap section includes a textile user-facing layer, a textile outer layer, and a substantially non-extensible layer between the user-facing layer and the outer layer; (i) the upper strap portion is substantially non-extensible, (j) the upper strap portion comprises a layered structure, (k) a forward end of the generally non-extensible layer is spaced along the length of the upper strap portion from the head mounted display unit, (l) the upper strap portion comprises a user-facing layer of fabric, (m) the upper strap portion comprises a fabric outer layer, (n) the upper strap portion comprises a power cable connecting a battery pack to the head mounted display unit for providing power from the battery to the head mounted display unit in use, (o) the power cable is internal to the upper strap portion, (p) the power cable is insertable through the interior of the upper strap portion by a user, and/or (q) the power cable is insertable through the upper strap portion between the generally non-extensible layer and the fabric outer layer.

3.1.3 Front and Rear Sections of Upper Strap Section In further examples, (a) the upper strap section includes a front section and a rear section, the rear section configured to engage the user's head in use and the front section configured not to engage the user's head in use; (B) the upper strap section includes a shape having a bend between the rear section of the upper strap section and the front section of the upper strap section; (c) the upper strap section is shaped to follow the curvature of the user's head at the rear section of the upper strap section and to deviate from the curvature of the user's head at the front section of the upper strap section; (d) the upper strap section is stiffened to support the front section in a spaced apart relationship relative to the user's head in use; and (e) the front section of the upper strap section is configured to be curved toward the head mounted display unit. (f) the front portion of the upper strap portion extends partially upwardly from the rear portion of the upper strap portion; (g) the front portion of the upper strap portion is connected to the rear portion of the upper strap portion at a front end of the rear portion, the front end of the rear portion being posterior to an edge region of the user's head; (h) the front end of the rear portion of the upper strap portion is posterior to the front bone of the user's head in use; (i) the front end of the rear portion of the upper strap portion is adjacent to a coronal plane of the user in use, the coronal plane being aligned with the user's superior ear base points; (j) the front end of the rear portion of the upper strap portion is posterior to the coronal plane in use; and/or (k) the front end of the rear portion of the upper strap portion is adjacent to the parietal strap portion in use.

3.1.4 Battery Pack In further embodiments, (a) the battery pack is connected to the upper strap portion at an upper position and a lower position, (B) the battery pack is removably connected to the upper strap portion, (c) the battery pack is connected to the upper strap portion by a hook-and-loop connection, (d) the lower position is at or adjacent to the rear strap portion, (e) the lower position is spaced from the rear strap portion such that the upper strap portion is deformable between the lower position and the rear strap portion, (f) the battery pack is connected to the upper strap portion above the battery pack and to the rear strap portion below the battery pack, (g) the battery pack is connected to the rear strap portion by a lower battery pack strap portion, and (h) the battery pack is integrated into the battery pack housing and the housing. (i) the cells are equally spaced within the battery pack housing from a front wall of the battery pack housing; (j) one or more cells are spaced further from the front wall of the battery pack housing than another one or more cells; (k) each of the plurality of cells is spaced from the front wall of the battery pack housing; (l) the battery pack housing includes a counterweight configured to contribute to a balance of weight between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit; (m) the battery pack housing is spaced from a rear surface of the user's head; and/or (n) the head mounted display system includes a pad configured to contact the rear surface of the user's head, and the battery pack housing is spaced from the rear surface of the user's head by the pad.

3.1.4.1 Vertical Battery Packs In further embodiments, (a) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack in a vertical orientation when in use; (B) the battery pack has a length, a width and a depth, the length being greater than the width and the depth; (c) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack in an orientation such that the length of the battery pack is substantially vertically aligned when in use; and/or (d) the length of the battery pack is aligned with the sagittal plane of the user's head when in use.

3.1.4.2 Horizontally Aligned Battery Pack In further examples, (a) the crown strap portion is configured to cover an area of the user's head in use at or near the junction between the parietal and occipital bones; (B) the crown strap portion and the lateral strap portion are configured to be in a common plane in use; (c) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack in a horizontal orientation in use; (d) the battery pack has a length, a width and a depth, the length being greater than the width and depth; (e) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack in an orientation in use such that the length of the battery pack is substantially horizontally aligned; (f) the length of the battery pack is aligned parallel to the crown strap portion in use; and/or (g) the battery pack is connected with the crown strap portion.

3.1.5 Additional Examples of Battery Packs In further examples, (a) the battery pack is supported by the top strap portion and/or the crown strap portion; (B) the head mounted display system includes an opening between the battery pack and the back strap portion that is aligned with a sagittal plane of the user's head in use; (c) the head mounted display system is configured to allow the user's hair to pass through the opening; (d) the back strap portion is formed with two portions located on respective lateral sides of the sagittal plane of the user's head in use; (e) the two portions of the back strap portion are releasably attachable to one another at a pair of connection points, each connection point being provided on a respective one of the two portions of the back strap portion; (f) each connection point is located at or adjacent to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use when the two portions of the back strap portion are connected to one another; (g) the connection points are spaced apart laterally of the sagittal plane in use when the two portions of the back strap portion are connected to one another; and (h) the head mounted display system includes two battery packs, each battery pack being configured with a pair of connection points that are releasably attachable to one another at ... the terry pack is supported on a respective one of the two sections of the occipital strap portion; (i) the battery pack is spaced such that, in use, the two sections of the occipital strap portion are connectable to one another at or adjacent to the sagittal plane of the user's head; (j) the occipital strap portions are formed respectively into two sections located on respective lateral sides of the sagittal plane of the user's head in use, the two sections of the occipital strap portion are not connected to one another in use, and inner ends of the two sections of the occipital strap portion are spaced apart from one another and spaced apart laterally from the sagittal plane in use; (k) the head mounted display system includes two battery packs, each battery pack provided on a respective one of the two sections of the occipital strap portion; (l) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack in a position over the occipital bone of the user's head in use; and/or (m) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack in a position proximate to the occipital bone of the user's head or at or near the vertical rotation axis of the user's head.

3.1.6 Retractable Power Cable In further embodiments, (a) a portion of the power cable is disposed within the battery pack and is capable of extending from and retracting into the battery pack; (B) one or more layers of the upper strap section are partially located within the battery pack and are capable of extending from and retracting into the battery pack along with the power cable; (c) an outer layer of the upper strap section is disposed within the battery pack and is capable of extending from and retracting into the battery pack along with the power cable; (d) a substantially non-extensible layer of the upper strap section is located within the battery pack and is capable of extending from and retracting into the battery pack along with the power cable; and (e) a unitary layer of the upper strap section is disposed within the battery pack and is capable of extending from and retracting into the battery pack along with the power cable. a user contact layer disposed between the battery pack and the user's head; (f) the portion of the power cable located within the battery pack and the one or more layers of the upper strap portion located partially within the battery pack form a retraction portion of the upper strap portion that can be extended from or retracted into the battery pack to adjust a length of the upper strap portion between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit; (g) the retraction portion can be selectively moved between a plurality of predetermined positions relative to the battery pack, where the position of the retraction portion can be fixed relative to the battery pack; and/or (h) the retraction portion can be continuously moved within a range of positions relative to the battery pack.

3.1.7 Arms Further examples:
the head mounted display unit includes a display unit housing and a pair of arms extending from the display unit housing, each of the lateral strap portions connecting to a respective one of the arms;
each lateral strap section connects to the rear end of a respective one of the pair of arms;
Each lateral strap section passes through an eyelet at the rear end of its respective arm and fastens back onto itself;
each lateral strap section connects to a respective one of the pair of arms adjacent the forward ends of the arms;
each lateral strap section passes through an eyelet at or near the rear end of a respective arm and through a hole near the forward end of the arm and is secured to the arm;
each lateral strap section is secured to laterally opposing sides of an arm;
Each lateral strap section is secured to its own exposed section within the arm;
the eyelet at or near the rear end of the arm is partially open to allow transverse movement relative to the strap as the strap moves in and out of the eyelet;
Each arm is covered by a sock and each lateral strap section is fixed to the sock.
each arm includes a substantially rigid section having a fabric section overmolded thereon; and/or each of the pair of arms is pivotable relative to the display unit housing.

3.1.8 Adjustable stiffeners Further examples:
the positioning and stabilizing structure further comprises an adjustment stiffening including a substantially inextensible member configured to connect to the rear head strap portion, and an adjustment stiffening configured to reduce a length of the rear head strap portion;
the rear strap section includes three or more rear strap connection points, the adjustment stiffening being selectively connectable to a first pair of the rear strap connection points and a second pair of the rear strap connection points, the rear strap section having a first effective length when the adjustment stiffening is connected to the first pair of the rear strap connection points, and the rear strap section having a second effective length that is longer than the first effective length when the adjustment stiffening is connected to the second pair of the rear strap connection points;
when the adjustment stiffening is connected to the first pair of rear head strap connection points, the adjustment stiffening restrains the rear head strap portion at a first effective length;
the adjustment stiffening comprises a pair of adjustment stiffening connection points configured to connect to the rear head strap connection points;
The rear head strap section includes four rear head strap connection points;
the second pair of rear head strap connection points are located inboard of the first pair of rear head strap connection points;
the rear strap region includes a left region separate from a right region, and the adjustment stiffener is configured to connect the left and right regions;
the adjustment stiffening comprises an inner stiffening portion and a pair of lateral stiffening portions extending laterally from the inner stiffening portion, the adjustment stiffening connection points being located on the lateral stiffening portions;
one adjustable stiffening connection point is located on each lateral stiffening section;
the inner stiffening portion is configured, in use, to cover the user's occipital bone and cover the junction between the user's parietal bones;
the medial stiffening portion is configured to be positioned on the user's head at or near the user's frontal bone, cover the junction between the user's parietal bones, and connect to the occipital strap portion;
The adjustment stiffener forms part of the upper strap section of the positioning and stabilizing structure;
the adjustment stiffener forms a substantially non-extensible layer in the upper strap region;
The adjustment stiffeners are permanently attached within the upper strap section;
The adjustment stiffeners are permanently attached to the user-facing layer of the upper strap region;
the battery pack is configured to connect to the adjustment stiffener;
the power cable is positioned, in use, between the adjustment stiffener and the outer layer of the upper strap section;
The power cable can be inserted between the adjustment stiffener and the outer layer of the upper strap section;
The adjustment stiffener is separable from the user-facing layer of the upper strap region;
- an adjustment stiffener can be inserted between the user-facing layer and the outer layer of the upper strap region;
the adjusting stiffener is configured to connect to the user-facing layer;
the adjustment stiffening material includes a hook material configured to form a hook-and-loop connection to a user-facing layer of the upper strap portion;
The power cable is permanently attached to the adjustment stiffener;
The battery pack is permanently attached to the adjustable stiffener.
the adjustment stiffening includes a lower cutout between a pair of lateral stiffening sections that allows bending of the adjustment stiffening at or near the connection of the lateral stiffening section to the medial stiffening section;
- the adjustment stiffening includes lateral cut-outs on opposing lateral sides of the inner stiffening portion adjacent the lateral stiffening portion to allow bending of the adjustment stiffening adjacent the lateral cut-outs, and/or - the user-facing layer of the upper strap portion includes cut-outs that correspond (e.g., are aligned) with the lower cut-outs of the adjustment stiffening.

3.1.9 Lockable and extendable connection sites Further examples:
the positioning and stabilising structure comprises a first strap section and a second strap section connected by a lockable and extensible connection section;
an elastically stretchable connector strap portion configured to allow a predetermined amount of separation of the first strap portion from the second strap portion;
a substantially non-extensible connector strap section configured to releasably attach the first strap section to the second strap section to prevent separation of the first strap section from the second strap section.
The substantially non-extensible connector strap section is adjustable in length;
the substantially inextensible connector strap portion comprises a magnetic clip configured to be magnetically attached to a connection point on the positioning and stabilizing structure;
the positioning and stabilising structure comprises a lockable and extensible connection site within each lateral strap site;
Each lockable and extensible connection is located on an arm that extends rearwardly from the head mounted display unit;
- each lockable and extensible connection site is located adjacent to a junction between each lateral strap site, crown strap site, and rear strap site, and/or - the positioning and stabilising structure comprises a lockable and extensible connection site within the rear strap site.

3.1.10 Power Cable Strap Site Further Examples:
The head mounted display system includes a power cable connected between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit;
The power cable may be located within the upper strap section when in use;
The power cable may be routed along the upper strap portion in use;
the power cable is attached to a power cable strap location adjacent the head mounted display unit;
- the power cable strap portion is longitudinally extensible and the serpentine portion of the power cable is attached to the power cable strap portion in a serpentine fashion, allowing the power cable strap portion and the serpentine portion of the power cable to extend longitudinally, and/or - the power cable is attached to the crown strap portion.

3.1.11 Stiffening of the crown and/or rear strap areas Further examples:
The crown strap region includes a layered structure;
The crown strap area is substantially non-stretchable;
the crown strap region includes a user-contacting layer and a substantially non-stretchable layer;
the user-contacting layer of the crown strap region is formed from a woven material;
a forward end of the generally inextensible layer of the crown strap portion is located at or near the junction between the crown strap portion and the rear strap portion;
The rear strap area includes a layered structure.
The rear strap area is substantially non-stretchable;
the rear head strap region includes a user-contacting layer and a substantially non-stretchable layer;
The user-contacting layer in the rear-head strap region is formed from a woven material;
the forward end of the substantially non-extensible layer of the rear strap portion is located at or near the junction between the crown strap portion and the rear strap portion; and/or
The generally non-extensible layer of the crown strap portion is connected to the generally non-extensible layer of the rear strap portion.

3.2 Lockable and Extendable Connection Sites Another aspect of the present technology relates to a positioning and stabilising structure configured to hold a head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, said positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head;
The positioning and stabilising structure includes a pair of lateral strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, each of the pair of lateral strap portions configured to be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use.
wherein the first strap portion and the second strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure are connected by a lockable, extensible connection portion;
an elastically stretchable connector strap section configured to allow a predetermined amount of separation of the first strap section from the second strap section;
and a substantially non-extensible connector strap section configured to releasably attach the first strap section to the second strap section to prevent separation of the first strap section from the second strap section.

Example:
The substantially non-extensible connector strap section is adjustable in length;
the substantially inextensible connector strap portion comprises a magnetic clip configured to be magnetically attached to a connection point on the positioning and stabilizing structure;
the positioning and stabilising structure comprises a lockable and extensible connection site within each lateral strap site;
Each lockable and extensible connection is located on an arm that extends rearwardly from the head mounted display unit;
the posterior support portion comprises a crown strap portion configured to overlie the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and an occipital strap portion configured to overlie or lie below the occipital bone of the user's head in use;
each lockable, extensible connection portion is disposed adjacent a junction between each lateral strap portion, the crown strap portion, and the rear strap portion;
the positioning and stabilising structure comprises a lockable and extendable connection portion within the rear head strap portion;
the occipital strap section comprises an inner occipital strap section, at least one lateral occipital strap section configured to connect to the inner occipital strap section, the lateral occipital strap section forming a substantially inextensible strap section, and an elastically extensible connector strap section connecting between the lateral occipital strap section and the inner occipital strap section;
- An elastically stretchable connector strap section connects between the medial occipital strap section and the junction between the lateral occipital strap section and the parietal strap section.
- the positioning and stabilising structure comprises a lockable, extensible connection portion on at least one of the lateral strap portions, and/or - an elastically extensible connector strap portion is configured to connect between an arm of the head mounted display unit and a junction between one of the pair of lateral strap portions and the crown strap portion, the lateral strap portion forming a substantially non-extensible connector strap portion.

3.3 Front and Rear Sections of Upper Strap Region Another aspect of the present technology relates to a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold a head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, said positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head;
a pair of lateral strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, the pair of lateral strap portions configured to, in use, each be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head;
an upper strap portion configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, the upper strap portion being configured to cover an upper portion of a user's head in use;
wherein the upper strap portion includes a front portion and a rear portion, the rear portion configured to engage a user's head in use and the front portion configured not to engage the user's head in use.

Example:
the upper strap section includes a shape having a bend between a rear section of the upper strap section and a front section of the upper strap section;
the upper strap section is shaped to conform to the curvature of the user's head at the rear of the upper strap section and to deviate from the curvature of the user's head at the front of the upper strap section;
the upper strap sections are stiffened to support the front sections in spaced apart relationship against the user's head in use;
The front portion of the upper strap portion curves downward toward the head mounted display unit.
the front portion of the upper strap section extends partially upwardly from a front end of the rear portion of the upper strap section;
the front section of the upper strap section connects to the rear section of the upper strap section at a front end of the rear section, the front end of the rear section being positioned rearward of the edge region of the user's head;
the front end of the rear section of the upper strap section is positioned behind the user's frontal bone during use;
the anterior end of the posterior section of the upper strap section is positioned adjacent to the coronal plane of the user in use, the coronal plane being aligned with the user's respective superior ear base points;
- the anterior end of the posterior section of the upper strap section is located posterior to the coronal plane in use, and/or - the anterior end of the posterior section of the upper strap section is located adjacent the parietal strap section in use.

Further Examples:
The upper strap section is configured to connect between the head mounted display unit and a battery pack of the head mounted display system to provide power to the head mounted display system.
The upper strap is adjustable in length.
the upper strap portion is configured to connect to the head mounted display unit via an eyelet connected to a display unit housing of the head mounted display unit, loop back and secure to itself;
the user-facing layer of the upper strap section is configured to pass through the eyelet, loop back around and secure to itself, and the outer layer of the upper strap section does not pass through the eyelet;
the upper strap region is substantially inextensible;
the upper strap portion includes a layered structure;
the upper strap region includes a substantially non-extensible layer;
a forward end of the generally non-extensible layer is spaced along the length of the upper strap portion from the head mounted display unit;
the upper strap region includes a user-facing textile layer;
the upper strap section includes a textile outer layer;
The upper strap portion includes a power cable for connecting the battery pack to the head mounted display unit and for supplying power from the battery to the head mounted display unit when in use;
The power cable is built into the upper strap.
- the power cable is insertable by the user through the interior of the upper strap portion, and/or - the power cable is insertable through the upper strap portion between the substantially non-extensible layer and the textile outer layer.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
a head mounted display unit having a display;
- A battery pack to operate the head mounted display system;
- a positioning and stabilising structure as described in any one of the aspects or examples above, the positioning and stabilising structure being configured to hold a head mounted display unit in an operable position in use and configured to hold a battery behind a user's head in use.

3.4 Power Cable Management Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit,
a display unit housing having a display;
the head mounted display unit including: an interfacing structure in facing relationship with a face of a user, the interfacing structure being constructed and arranged to engage the face of the user;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position on the user's face in use;
- A battery pack to operate the head mounted display system;
- Includes a power cable that connects the head mounted display unit and the battery pack.

Example:
where the power cable enters the display unit housing outside the periphery of the interfacing structure;
the display unit housing comprises a rearward facing side and an interfacing structure extending rearwardly from the rearward facing side, the rearward facing side being larger than a perimeter of the interfacing structure, and where the power cable enters the display unit housing through an opening in the rearward facing side;
The opening is located inside the periphery of the display unit housing,
the opening is provided in a periphery of the display unit housing;
the rearwardly facing side comprises a rectangular shape, the interfacing structure comprises a rounded shape, and the openings on the rearwardly facing side are disposed proximate corners of the rectangle on the rearwardly facing side;
the head mounted display unit includes one or more power cable retention features configured to constrain a position and/or orientation of the power cable within the display unit housing;
The head mounted display unit includes two power cable retention features;
The power cable retention feature is a rigid annular section through which the power cable passes;
Wherein the positioning and stabilising structure comprises:
a rear support portion comprising a crown strap portion configured to overlie the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and an occipital strap portion configured to overlie or lie below the occipital bone of the user's head in use;
a pair of lateral strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, the pair of lateral strap portions configured to, in use, each be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head;
an upper strap portion configured to connect between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit, the upper strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of a user's head in use;
where the power cable is routed along the upper strap portion from the battery pack to the head mounted display unit;
wherein the power cable runs from the battery pack along one of the crown strap portion and the lateral strap portion to the head mounted display unit;
wherein the power cable is connected at its laterally facing side to the head mounted display unit;
- where the power cable extends along one of the occipital strap portion and the lateral strap portion, and/or - where the power cable includes a slack portion configured to allow movement between the head mounted display unit and the battery pack.

3.5 Interfacing Structure A head mounted display system comprising:
A head mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold a head mounted display unit in an operative position on a user's face in use, the head mounted display unit including an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with the user's face;
the interfacing structure includes a resilient and flexible face-engaging portion having a curved cross-section;
The face-engaging portion includes a front portion extending in a radially outwardly rearward direction and curves to a rear portion extending in a radially inwardly rearward direction, a rearwardly facing surface of the rear portion providing a contact surface for the user.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising a resilient and flexible face engaging portion having a curved cross-section, the face engaging portion having a forward portion extending in a radially outward rearward direction and curved to a rearward portion extending in a radially inward rearward direction, the rearward facing surface of the rearward portion providing a contact surface for the user.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising a resilient and flexible face engaging portion having a curved cross-section, the face engaging portion comprising a forward portion extending in a radially outward and rearward direction.

In an embodiment, (a) the face engagement portion is configured such that, in use, the rear portion is biased toward engagement with the user's face; (B) the face engagement portion comprises at least one closed loop portion having an enclosed cross-section; (c) the face engagement portion includes a first closed loop portion and a second closed loop portion; (d) the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are disposed on respective sides of the user's nose in use; (e) the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are disposed adjacent the user's cheek in use; (f) the face engagement portion curves and overlaps around itself to provide the at least one closed loop portion; (g) the face engagement portion comprises a base portion and a loop portion including a loop flange, the loop flange overlapping the base portion to provide the closed loop portion; (h) the loop portion extends from a forward position to a rearward position; and (i) a cross-section of the loop portion is , tapering between a forward position and a rearward position; (j) the loop portion includes an arcuate portion between the forward position and the loop flange; (k) the loop flange overlies a forward facing surface of the base portion; (l) the loop flange is secured to the base portion; (m) the base portion and the loop portion are integrally formed as a single component; and (n) the interfacing structure comprises a light-blocking nose portion spanning between the cheek portions of the face engagement portion, the light-blocking nose portion comprising a front nasal portion extending radially and upwardly beyond the front nasal portion of the user's nose, the light-blocking nose portion further comprising a first beam portion and a second beam portion extending upwardly from the front nasal portion, the first beam portion and the second beam portion having a slot therebetween, the slot extending from a rear edge of the light-blocking nose portion towards the front nasal portion, the first beam portion and the second beam portion being adapted to contact respective edges of the bridge of the user's nose in use. (o) the interfacing structure includes a foam cushion, the posterior region extending over the foam cushion, (p) the face engaging region includes a cushion support flange extending from a radially inward surface of the face engaging region, (q) the foam cushion is disposed between the cushion support flange and the posterior region, (r) the face engaging region includes a plurality of regions, each of the plurality of regions having a respective cross-sectional thickness, (S) the face engaging region includes a forehead region, two cheek regions, and two side regions that, in use, are adjacent to the sphenoid region of the user and connect the forehead region to the respective cheek regions, (t) the plurality of regions of the face engaging region include a first region extending around an inner periphery of the face engaging region, a second region extending around an outer periphery of the face engaging region, and a third region extending around the inner periphery of the face engaging region and located between the first region and the second region. and a fourth region in each cheek region surrounded by the first region and the third region, (u) the first region includes a posterior region at the forehead region extending upwardly from the inner periphery of the face engagement region, (v) the third region includes an upper forehead region at the forehead region extending beyond the center of the forehead region to the forehead region, (w) the second region includes upper side regions extending from each side region toward the upper forehead region, (x) the second region includes an outer peripheral forehead region, (y) the first region has a greater thickness than the fourth region, (z) the fourth region has a greater thickness than the third region, (aa) the third region has a greater thickness than the second region, (aB) the anterior-posterior width of the first region is greater through the forehead region than through the cheek region or the side region, and/or (ac) the anterior-posterior width of the second region is greater through the forehead region than through the cheek region.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position on the face of a user in use;
a head mounted display unit including an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a face of a user;
Here, the interfacing structure comprises a rigid support portion and a flexible and resilient face engaging portion provided on the rigid support portion, the face engaging portion having a curved cross section.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising a rigid support portion and a flexible and resilient face engagement portion provided on the rigid support portion, where the face engagement portion has a curved cross-section.

In an embodiment, (a) the face engagement portion includes a support flange and an integral face engagement flange having a face engagement surface; (B) an overlapping portion of the face engagement portion is secured to the rigid support portion; (c) the rigid support portion includes a positioning portion; (d) the face engagement portion includes a biasing portion configured to bias the face engagement portion toward the user's face; (e) the biasing portion comprises a spring; (f) the biasing portion is received within the positioning portion; and/or (g) the face engagement portion includes a folding portion between the rigid support portion and the face engagement flange.

In further embodiments, (a) the interfacing structure comprises a foam section supported by a resilient and flexible face-engaging section, the foam section providing the face-engaging section, (B) the foam section is permanently attached to the face-engaging flange, (c) the foam section is removably attached to the face-engaging flange, and/or (d) the foam cushion comprises one of a fabric and foam composite, a flocked foam, or a raw foam.

In further embodiments, (a) the interfacing structure includes a textile layer disposed in a resilient and flexible face-engaging region, the textile layer providing the face-engaging region, (B) the textile layer is removably attached to the face-engaging region, and/or (c) the textile layer is permanently attached to the face-engaging region.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position on the face of a user in use;
a head mounted display unit including an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a face of a user;
Here, the interfacing structure comprises a face engaging portion supported by a more rigid support portion, the face engaging portion comprising a foam cushion and an elastomeric cover over the foam cushion.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in a facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising a face engaging portion supported by a more rigid support portion, the face engaging portion comprising a foam cushion and an elastomeric cover over the foam cushion.

In an embodiment, (a) the face engagement portion includes a support flange and a cushion support flange extending from the support flange, (B) the foam cushion is disposed on the cushion support flange, (c) the cushion cover is removably attached to the interfacing structure, (d) the cushion cover is permanently attached to the interfacing structure, the cushion cover being integrally formed (e.g., integrally formed) with the support flange and the cushion support flange, (e) the cushion cover does not extend around the foam cushion until it reaches the cushion support flange, (f) the cushion support flange extends from the rigid support portion and is made of a more rigid material than the cushion cover, (g) the cushion cover extends from a location on the cushion support flange that is adjacent to the user's face in use, (h) the face engagement portion includes an overlap portion secured to the rigid support portion, (i) the cushion cover overlaps the foam cushion and the support flange, (j) an edge of the cushion cover is located adjacent to the rigid support portion, and/or (k) the cushion cover is connected to the rigid support portion.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position on the face of a user in use;
a head mounted display unit including an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a face of a user;
Here, the interfacing structure comprises a support structure and a face engaging portion integrally formed as a single component comprising a range of thicknesses to provide a desired level of stiffness and/or cushioning at the face engaging portion.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising a support structure and a face engaging portion integrally formed as a single component including a range of thicknesses to provide a desired level of stiffness and/or cushioning at the face engaging surface.

In an embodiment, (a) the interfacing structure includes a forehead region, two cheek regions, and two side regions that, in use, are adjacent to the sphenoid region of the user and connect the forehead region to each cheek region; (B) a tab extends from a free end of each cheek region; (c) the interfacing structure includes a first region that extends around an inner periphery of the interfacing structure; (d) the interfacing structure includes a second region that extends around an outer periphery of the interfacing structure; and (e) a tab extends from a free end of each cheek region. (f) the interfacing structure includes a fourth region at each cheek region bounded by the first region and the third region; (g) the first region at a forehead region extending upwardly from the inner periphery of the interfacing structure, the fourth ... , an upper forehead region, (i) the second region includes upper lateral regions each extending from a respective side region toward the upper forehead region, (j) the second region includes an outer peripheral forehead region, (k) the first region has a greater thickness than the fourth region, (l) the fourth region has a greater thickness than the third region, (m) the third region has a greater thickness than the second region, (n) the first region has a thickness between 1.9 mm and 2.3 mm, (o) the first region has a thickness of about 2 mm, (p) the fourth region has a greater thickness than the third region, (n) the first region has a thickness between 1.9 mm and 2.3 mm, (o) the first region has a thickness of about 2 mm, (p) the fourth region has a greater thickness than the third region, (p) the fourth region has a greater thickness than the second region ... (q) the fourth region has a thickness of 1.4 mm to 1.8 mm, (r) the second region has a thickness of 0.9 mm to 1.2 mm, (S) the second region has a thickness of about 1 mm, (t) the third region has a thickness of 0.4 mm to 0.8 mm, (u) the third region has a thickness of about 0.7 mm, (v) the width of the first region is wider through the forehead than through the cheek or side regions, and/or (w) the width of the second region is greater through the forehead than through the cheek regions.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position on the face of a user in use;
a head mounted display unit including an interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a face of a user;
Here, the interfacing structure comprises a face engaging portion configured to be biased towards engagement with a user's face in use.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure including a face engagement portion configured to be biased into engagement with the user's face in use.

In embodiments, (a) only selected regions of the facial engagement portion are biased toward engagement with the user's face; (B) the interfacing structure is shaped such that, when unloaded, the regions of the facial engagement portion extend toward the user at a non-parallel angle relative to the surface of the user's face with which the facial engagement portion is intended to engage; (c) a first interface portion corresponding to a typically concave region of the user's face is shaped to bias the facial engagement flange toward engagement with the user's face; and/or (d) a second interface portion corresponding to a typically protruding region of the user's face is shaped to avoid biasing the facial engagement flange toward engagement with the user's face.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position on the face of a user in use;
a head mounted display unit including an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a face of a user;
Here, the interfacing structure comprises a chassis configured to allow airflow to a gap between the interfacing structure and a user.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising a chassis configured to allow airflow into a gap between the interfacing structure and the user.

In an embodiment, (a) the chassis includes at least one opening, (B) the chassis includes one or more of a lateral opening, an upper opening, and a lower opening, (c) the chassis includes a main chassis portion configured to extend laterally across a user's face in use and a side chassis portion configured to extend in a generally rearward direction, (d) the chassis includes at least one opening between the main chassis portion and each of the side chassis portions, (e) the head mounted display unit includes a display unit housing, and an air path is provided between the interfacing structure and the display unit housing in at least one opening, (f) the chassis includes a stiffener provided between the main chassis portion and each of the side chassis portions, (g) the chassis includes one or more stiffener members extending between the main chassis portion and each of the side chassis portions, (h) the interfacing structure includes a face engagement portion, and/or (i) the face engagement portion is integral with the chassis.

3.6 Front Support Region Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
a head mounted display unit having a display;
a positioning and stabilising structure configured to hold a head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, said positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head;
a pair of lateral strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, the pair of lateral strap portions configured to, in use, each be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head;
a front support portion configured to engage a user's head in use overlying a frontal bone of the user's head;
Here, the front support portion is connected to a head mounted display unit.

3.6.1 Front support part connecting to head mounted display unit Example:
the positioning and stabilising structure comprises a front connector connected between the front support portion and the head mounted display unit;
the anterior connector is positioned substantially in the sagittal plane of the user's head;
The front connector is formed from a flexible material;
the flexible material comprises a flexible non-elastic material, such as a thermoplastic material;
- the flexible material comprises an elastic material, such as one of silicone, TPE, or an elastic fabric strap; and/or - the front connector is formed from a substantially rigid material, such as a thermoplastic material.

3.6.2 Front support section connected to rear support section Further examples:
the positioning and stabilizing structure comprises a pair of lateral connectors respectively connected between the anterior support portion and the posterior support portion;
the posterior support portion comprises a crown strap portion configured to overlie the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and an occipital strap portion configured to overlie or lie below the occipital bone of the user's head in use;
Each of the lateral connectors is connected to a respective side of the rear support section adjacent to the rear strap section or to a respective side of the rear strap section;
each lateral connector is elastically extensible;
Each lateral connector is adjustable in length;
Each lateral connector is fixedly connected to a front support portion and is attachable in a detachable manner to a rear support portion;
Each lateral connector is connected to the rear support portion by one snap button, one clip, or one hook-and-loop connection;
- each lateral connector is removably attachable to a front support location and removably attachable to a rear support location, and/or - each lateral connector is removably attachable to a front support location and fixedly connected to a rear support location.

3.6.3 Front support section connecting to the arm Further examples:
the head mounted display unit includes a display unit housing and a pair of arms extending from the display unit housing, each of the lateral strap portions connecting to a respective one of the arms;
each lateral strap section connects to the rear end of a respective one of the pair of arms;
- each lateral strap portion passes through an eyelet at the rear end of a respective arm and is secured back on itself; and/or - each of the pair of arms is pivotable relative to the display unit housing.

Further Examples:
the positioning and stabilising structure comprises a pair of lateral connectors each connected between the front support portion and a respective one of the pair of arms;
each lateral connector is elastically extensible;
Each lateral connector is adjustable in length;
Each lateral connector is fixedly connected to the front support portion and is removably attachable to a respective one of the arms;
Each lateral connector is connected to a respective one of the arms by one snap button, one clip, or one hook-and-loop connection;
- each lateral connector is removably attachable to the front support location and is removably attachable to a respective one of the arms, and/or - each lateral connector is removably attachable to the front support location and is fixedly connected to a respective one of the arms.

3.7 Hair Strap Section A positioning and stabilising structure for a head mounted display system, the positioning and stabilising structure being configured to hold a head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, the positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head;
one or more frontal support sections configured to connect, in use, the rearward support sections and a head mounted display unit;
a hair strap portion connected to the rear support portion, the hair strap portion being positionable in use between the user's head and hair descending from the rear portion of the user's head.

Example:
the one or more front support portions include a pair of lateral strap portions connecting the rear support portions to the head mounted display unit;
the hair strap portion includes a pair of ends connected to respective lateral sides of the rear support portion;
- each end of the hair strap portion is positioned adjacent to the Frankfort horizontal plane of the user's head when in use;
the hair strap portion is removably attachable at one or both ends to the rear support portion;
the hair strap portion comprises a left strap portion and a right strap portion and is removably attachable thereto;
the left strap portion is removably attachable to the right strap portion proximate the sagittal plane of the user's head in use;
The hair strap portion is elastically extensible;
the hair strap portion is substantially non-extensible;
the posterior support portion comprises a crown strap portion configured to overlie the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and an occipital strap portion configured to overlie or lie below the occipital bone of the user's head in use;
- the hair strap portion is connected in use to the back of the head strap portion, and/or - the hair strap portion is connected to the back of the head strap portion adjacent an end of the back of the head strap portion.

3.8 Inwardly Biased Interfacing Structure Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a user's face, said interfacing structure comprising:
a chassis including a main chassis portion configured to extend laterally across a user's face in use and a side chassis portion configured to extend in a generally rearward direction;
a face engagement portion connected around a periphery of the chassis, the face engagement portion configured to contact a user's face in use;
Here, each of the side chassis portions biases inwardly toward the user's head, biasing the face engaging portions to contact the user's head on each side of the user's head at or adjacent the user's sphenoid bone.

Example:
the chassis is flexible, allowing the side chassis portions to expand laterally to an expanded configuration by the user's head and be biased inwardly towards an unexpanded configuration in use;
the side chassis portions are flexible to flex or pivot relative to the main chassis portion, allowing the side chassis portions to be expanded laterally by a user's head to an expanded configuration and biased inwardly towards an unexpanded configuration in use;
the side chassis sections are capable of flexing or pivoting relative to the main chassis section to enable the side chassis sections to be expanded laterally by a user's head to an expanded configuration and biased inwardly towards an unexpanded configuration in use, each side chassis section being biased inwardly by a biasing component;
the biasing component comprises a spring element configured to pull each side chassis portion inwardly;
the biasing component comprises a spring element configured to urge each side chassis portion inward;
the face engaging portion includes a face engaging flange;
the face-engaging flange curves inwardly from the chassis;
the face-engaging flange is formed from silicone;
- the chassis comprises at least one opening between the main chassis portion and each side chassis portion, and/or - the head mounted display unit comprises a display unit housing, and an air path is provided in at least one opening between the interfacing structure and the display unit housing.

3.9 Positioning and stabilization structure connected to interfacing structure Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit,
a display unit housing having a display;
an interfacing structure configured to contact a user's face in use;
1. A positioning and stabilising structure configured to hold a head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, said positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head;
and a pair of lateral strap portions connected to the rear support portion and configured to connect to an interfacing structure of a head mounted display.

3.10 Positioning and stabilization structure that pulls the sides of the chassis inward Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit comprising a display and an interfacing structure, the interfacing structure comprising:
a chassis comprising a main chassis portion configured to extend laterally across a user's face in use, and a pair of side chassis portions each configured to extend in a generally rearward direction from a respective lateral side of the main chassis portion;
a face engagement portion connected around a periphery of the chassis, the face engagement portion configured to contact a user's face in use;
1. A positioning and stabilising structure configured to hold a head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, said positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head;
a pair of lateral strap portions configured to connect, in use, the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit,
wherein, in use, the positioning and stabilising structure is connected to the head mounted display unit such that, in use, the side chassis portions are urged inwardly towards the user's head by the lateral strap portions to urge the face engaging portions into contact with the user's head on each side of the user's head at or adjacent to the user's sphenoid bone.

Example:
each lateral strap portion is configured to connect to a respective one of the side chassis portions;
each lateral strap portion is configured to pull rearwardly on a respective side chassis portion, causing the side chassis portion to bend or pivot inwardly and urge the face engaging portion into contact with the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone;
- each lateral strap portion is configured to tuck a respective side chassis portion inwardly, causing the side chassis portion to bend or pivot inwardly and urge the face engaging portion into contact with the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone;
each lateral strap portion is configured to urge inwardly against a respective side chassis portion via a substantially rigid member;
the posterior support portion comprises a crown strap portion configured to overlie the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and an occipital strap portion configured to overlie or lie below the occipital bone of the user's head in use;
the front support portion comprises a pair of upper lateral strap portions each configured, in use, to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit on each side of the user's head, and a pair of lower lateral strap portions each configured, in use, to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit on each side of the user's head;
the upper lateral strap sections are each configured to apply a force to a head mounted display unit having both an upper component and a rearward component;
- the lower lateral strap portions are each configured to be removably connected to a respective side chassis portion with a magnetic connection, and/or - the posterior support portion comprises a loop strap portion having an upper portion overlying the parietal bone of the user's skull and a lower portion overlying the occipital bone of the user's skull.

3.11 Interfacing Structure Including Two or More Components Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position on the face of a user in use;
a head mounted display unit including an interfacing structure constructed and arranged in facing relationship with a face of a user;
Here, the interfacing structure includes a chassis and a face engaging portion, and at least a portion of the face engaging portion is configured to be removably attached to the chassis.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in a facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising a chassis and a face engaging portion, at least a portion of the face engaging portion configured to be removably attached to the chassis.

In embodiments, (a) the releasably attached portion(s) of the face engaging portion may be provided at a discrete location on the chassis; (B) the releasably attached portion(s) may be provided at one or more of the forehead region and/or one or more cheek regions of the interfacing structure; (c) the releasably attached portion(s) of the interfacing structure may be provided around the entire periphery of the chassis, or at least a substantial portion thereof; (d) the releasably attached portion(s) of the interfacing structure may be made from one or more of a foam material, an elastomeric material, a woven material, and a composite material; (e) the face engaging portion of the interfacing structure may include at least one elastomeric portion and at least one foam portion; (f) At least one foam section may be attached to the interfacing structure such that the elastomeric section covers the foam section to provide a face-engaging surface; (g) at least one foam section may be attached to the chassis, the elastomeric section, or both the chassis and the elastomeric section; (h) a portion of the face-engaging section of the interfacing structure may be permanently attached to the chassis; and/or (i) a space may be provided within the permanently attached section of the face-engaging section that allows the releasably attached section to be positioned and attached to the chassis.

3.12 Housing Periphery Inner Side Arms Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
A positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged, in use, to hold a head mounted display unit in an operative position on a user's face, said positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head;
a pair of lateral strap sections configured to connect between the rear support section and the head mounted display unit, each configured to be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use;
Here, the head mounted display unit is
a display unit housing having a display;
an interfacing structure configured to contact a user's face in use;
a pair of arms, each extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each arm configured to be attached to a respective one of the lateral strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure;
Here, the display unit housing has a rear side with a periphery, and each arm extends from the display unit housing from within the periphery of the rear side of the display unit housing.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head-mounted display unit for this purpose.

Example:
the interfacing structure has a periphery, and each arm is located between the periphery of the rear side of the display unit housing and the periphery of the interfacing structure;
each arm includes an eyelet configured to receive a respective one of the lateral strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure;
the eyelet of each arm is located at or adjacent the rear end of the respective arm;
Each of the pair of arms is pivotable relative to the display unit housing;
each arm is configured to pivot, in use, about a horizontal axis perpendicular to the sagittal plane of the user's head;
each arm is configured to pivot over an angular range of at least 9 degrees; and/or the angular range is at least 19 degrees.

Further Examples:
each arm has a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement relative to the display unit housing;
each arm is configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental orientations, and a predetermined resistance to the pivoting motion is required to be overcome before the arm can pivot from one predetermined incremental orientation to another predetermined incremental orientation;
each arm includes one or more first engagement features configured to sequentially engage with a plurality of second engagement features of the head mounted display unit during pivoting of the arm between predetermined incremental orientations;
each arm includes a single first engagement feature;
each arm comprises a plurality of first engagement features, each first engagement feature configured to engage with a respective one of the second engagement features at a time and configured to move sequentially between the second engagement features during pivoting of the arm;
each arm comprises a plurality of first engagement features configured to engage with one or more second engagement features of the head mounted display unit, the one or more second engagement features being configured to sequentially engage with the first engagement features during pivoting of the arm between the predetermined incremental orientations;
- the first engagement feature is a protrusion and the second engagement feature is a recess; and/or - the first engagement feature is a recess and the second engagement feature is a protrusion.

Further Examples:
each arm includes a hub portion pivotally connected to the display unit housing and an elongated portion extending from the hub portion;
the one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided on an elongated portion of the arm;
- each arm is configured to deform such that one or more first engagement features can move sequentially between the second engagement features during pivoting of the arm, and/or - each arm includes a spring configured to bias an elongated portion of the arm towards the second engagement feature such that one or more first engagement features are biased into engagement with the second engagement feature.

Further Examples:
the one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided on the hub portion of the arm in a circular array and configured to rotate with the hub portion about the pivot point of the arm;
a first engagement feature of each arm faces radially away from the pivot point and a second engagement feature faces radially towards the pivot point;
a first engagement feature on each arm faces radially towards the pivot point and a second engagement feature faces radially away from the pivot point;
the first engagement feature is provided on a deformable portion of the hub portion, the deformable portion being configured to deform such that the first engagement feature can move sequentially between the second engagement features when the arm is pivoted;
the hub portion is raised relative to the arm and includes a raised portion with a deformable portion and a first engagement feature, the raised portion including a hole adjacent each deformable portion, the hole being capable of deforming the deformable portion and the first engagement feature towards the hole when the arm is pivoted such that the first engagement feature can move sequentially between the second engagement features;
each deformable portion includes one or more cantilever arm portions having at least one first engagement feature thereon, the cantilever arm portions configured to deform such that the first engagement features can move sequentially between the second engagement features when the arm is pivoted;
each cantilever arm segment has a single first engagement feature at an end thereof;
each cantilever arm portion having a plurality of first engagement features thereon;
- the raised portion is S-shaped; and/or - the first engagement feature of the arm forms a snap-fit connection with the head mounted display unit to connect the arm to the head mounted display unit.

Further Examples:
the first engagement feature faces in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm, away from the hub portion of the arm and towards the second engagement feature;
- the hub portion is configured to move parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm away from the second engagement feature such that the first engagement feature can move sequentially between the second engagement features as the arm is pivoted, and/or - the hub portion is biased towards the second engagement feature by a spring.

Further Examples:
each of the arms is connected to the display unit housing such that each arm is required to overcome a predetermined static torque resistance in order to pivot relative to the display unit housing;
A given static torque resistance is provided by static friction;
the head mounted display system comprises a pair of friction rings, each mounted in contact with a respective one of the arms and an adjacent surface within the head mounted display unit to provide the static friction that needs to be overcome for each arm to pivot relative to the display unit housing;
each friction ring is disposed within a friction ring cavity defined in part by a respective arm and in part by a portion of the head mounted display unit to which the arm is attached;
- each arm is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm attachment locations;
each arm is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm attachment sites, the display unit housing comprising a pair of lateral sites on opposing lateral sides of the display unit housing, each of the arm attachment sites being attached to an inboard side of a respective one of the lateral sites;
each arm being positioned between a respective arm attachment portion and a respective lateral portion of the display unit housing;
each arm has a cross-sectional shape with a major axis and a minor axis, the major axis being greater than the minor axis, and where at a point along the length of each arm that is located within the display unit housing, the major axis is oriented at an oblique angle relative to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use;
at a point along the length of each arm that is located within the display unit housing, the major axis of the cross-sectional shape has a midline-inferior-lateral orientation in use;
- each arm is shaped such that the long axis of its cross-section changes orientation along the length of the arm, and/or - at a point along the length of each arm that is external to the display unit housing, the long axis is oriented substantially parallel to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use.

Further Examples:
The head mounted display unit comprises a pair of electronic volumes, each located on a respective side of the head mounted display unit and adjacent a respective one of the arms, each electronic volume containing one or more electronic components.
Each arm includes a hub portion pivotally connected to the display unit housing at a pivot point, and an elongated portion extending from the hub portion.
The elongated portion is curved to avoid interference with the electronic volume.
- each arm includes an eyelet for connection to a lateral strap portion, the elongated portion including an offset portion offset from an axis passing through the eyelet and the pivot point, and/or - the electronic volume includes one or more of a sensor, a battery, a processor, or an audio speaker.

3.13 The arms have elastic connector elements connected to the lateral strap portions.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
A positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged, in use, to hold a head mounted display unit in an operative position on a user's face, said positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head;
the positioning and stabilising structure including a pair of lateral strap sections configured to connect between the rear support section and a head mounted display unit, the pair of lateral strap sections configured to, in use, each be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head;
Here, the head mounted display unit is
a display unit housing having a display;
an interfacing structure configured to contact a face of a user in use;
a pair of arms extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each arm configured for releasable attachment directly to a respective one of the lateral strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure;
a pair of elastic connectors, each configured to form an elastic connector connecting a respective one of the lateral strap sections to a respective one of the arms;
Here, the elastic connector is configured to stretch during donning and doffing of the head mounted display system when the lateral strap portion is not directly attached to the arm while maintaining an elastic connector between the lateral strap portion and the arm.

Example:
each arm includes a hub portion and an elongated portion, the elastic connector being connected to the elongated portion at an elastic connector connection point;
each arm includes an eyelet at a rear end of the arm configured to connect to a respective lateral strap portion;
The elastic connector connection point is located forward relative to the eyelet;
Each elastic connector is permanently connected to a respective arm, and/or each elastic connector is releasably attached to a respective lateral strap section.

3.14 Arms configured to pivot in predetermined incremental directions Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
A positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged, in use, to hold a head mounted display unit in an operative position on a user's face, said positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head;
the positioning and stabilising structure including a pair of lateral strap sections configured to connect between the rear support section and a head mounted display unit, the pair of lateral strap sections being configured to, in use, each be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head;
Here, the head mounted display unit is
a display unit housing having a display;
an interfacing structure configured to contact a face of a user in use;
a pair of arms, each extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each configured to be attached to a respective one of the lateral strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure;
Here, each arm is configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental orientations relative to the display unit housing, and a predetermined resistance to the pivoting motion is required to be overcome before the arm can be pivoted from one predetermined incremental orientation to another predetermined incremental orientation.

Example:
the display unit housing has a rear side having a periphery, and each arm extends from the display unit housing from within the periphery of the rear side of the display unit housing;
each of the arms comprises one or more first engagement features configured to sequentially engage with a plurality of second engagement features of the head mounted display unit during pivoting of the arm between predetermined incremental orientations;
each arm is comprised of a single first engagement feature;
each of the arms comprises a plurality of first engagement features, each first engagement feature configured to engage with a respective one of the second engagement features at a time and configured to move sequentially between the second engagement features during pivoting of the arm;
each of the arms comprises a plurality of first engagement features configured to engage with one or more second engagement features of the head mounted display unit, the one or more second engagement features being configured to sequentially engage with the first engagement features during pivoting of the arms between the predetermined incremental orientations;
- the first engagement feature is a protrusion and the second engagement feature is a recess; and/or - the first engagement feature is a recess and the second engagement feature is a protrusion.

Further Examples:
each arm includes a hub portion pivotally connected to the display unit housing and an elongated portion extending from the hub portion;
the one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided on an elongated portion of the arm;
- each arm is configured to deform such that one or more first engagement features can move sequentially between the second engagement features during pivoting of the arm, and/or - each arm includes a spring configured to bias an elongated portion of the arm towards the second engagement feature such that the one or more first engagement features are biased into engagement with the second engagement feature.

Further Examples:
the one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided on the hub portion of the arm in a circular array and configured to rotate with the hub portion about the pivot point of the arm;
a first engagement feature on each arm faces radially away from the pivot point and a second engagement feature faces radially towards the pivot point;
a first engagement feature on each arm faces radially towards the pivot point and a second engagement feature faces radially away from the pivot point;
the first engagement feature is provided on a deformable portion of the hub portion, the deformable portion being configured to deform such that the first engagement feature can move sequentially between the second engagement features when the arm is pivoted;
the hub portion includes a raised portion that is raised relative to the arm and includes a deformable portion and a first engagement feature, the raised portion including a hole adjacent each deformable portion, the hole being capable of deforming the deformable portion and the first engagement feature towards the hole such that the first engagement feature can move sequentially between the second engagement features when the arm is pivoted;
each deformable portion includes one or more cantilever arm portions having at least one first engagement feature thereon, the cantilever arm portions configured to deform such that the first engagement feature can move sequentially between the second engagement features when the arm is pivoted;
each cantilever arm segment has a single first engagement feature at an end thereof;
each cantilever arm portion having a plurality of first engagement features thereon;
- the raised portion is S-shaped; and/or - the first engagement feature of the arm forms a snap-fit connection with the head mounted display unit to connect the arm to the head mounted display unit.

Further Examples:
the first engagement feature faces in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm, away from the hub portion of the arm and towards the second engagement feature;
- the hub portion is configured to move parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm and away from the second engagement feature when the arm pivots such that the first engagement feature can move sequentially between the second engagement features, and/or - the hub portion is biased towards the second engagement feature by a spring.

3.15 Arm Slidably and Pivotally Connected to Display Unit Housing Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
A positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged, in use, to hold a head mounted display unit in an operative position on a user's face, said positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head;
the positioning and stabilising structure including a pair of lateral strap sections configured to connect between the rear support section and a head mounted display unit, the pair of lateral strap sections being configured to, in use, each be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head;
Here, the head mounted display unit is
a display unit housing having a display;
an interfacing structure configured to contact a face of a user in use;
a pair of arms, each extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each configured to be attached to a respective one of the lateral strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure;
Here, each arm is slidably connected to the display unit housing and slidably configured to pivot about a pivot point.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head-mounted display unit for this purpose.

Example:
each arm is slidably connected to the display unit housing at a location spaced from its respective pivot point;
each arm is slidably connected to a respective one of a pair of guides on the display unit housing so as to slide along and pivot about a respective pivot point;
Each guide is elongated and curved.
a forward end of each arm is located adjacent a respective one of the guides;
the display unit housing has a pair of rearward-most points, the rearward-most points being located on respective lateral sides of the display unit housing, and each guide being located adjacent a respective one of the rearward-most points of the display unit housing;
the display unit housing has a rear side having a periphery, and each arm extends from the display unit housing from within the periphery of the rear side of the display unit housing;
the interfacing structure has a periphery, and each arm is located between the periphery of the rear side of the display unit housing and the periphery of the interfacing structure;
each arm is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm attachment sites, the display unit housing comprising a pair of lateral sites on opposing lateral sides of the display unit housing, each of the arm attachment sites being attached to an inner side of a respective one of the lateral sites;
each arm being positioned between a respective arm attachment portion and a respective lateral portion of the display unit housing;
each arm is configured to pivot, in use, about a horizontal axis perpendicular to the sagittal plane of the user's head;
each arm is configured to pivot through an angular range of at least 9 degrees;
- the angular range is at least 19 degrees;
each arm has a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement relative to the display unit housing;
each arm includes an eyelet configured to receive a respective one of the lateral strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure;
the eyelet of each arm is located at or adjacent the rear end of the respective arm;
each arm has a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement relative to the display unit housing;
each arm is configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental orientations, and a predetermined resistance to the pivoting motion is required to be overcome before the arm can pivot from one predetermined incremental orientation to another predetermined incremental orientation;
the display unit housing includes a plurality of recesses corresponding to predetermined incremental directions, each arm including a protrusion configured to fit into each recess;
- each arm is connected to the display unit housing such that a predetermined static torque resistance is required to be overcome in order for each arm to pivot relative to the display unit housing, and/or - the predetermined static torque resistance is provided by static friction.

3.16 Headgear Buckle Integrated with Interfacing Structure Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
A positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged, in use, to hold a head mounted display unit in an operative position on a user's face, said positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head;
the positioning and stabilising structure including a pair of lateral strap sections configured to connect between the rear support section and a head mounted display unit, the pair of lateral strap sections configured to, in use, each be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head;
and an upper strap portion configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit;
Here, the head mounted display unit is
A display unit housing;
an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a face of a user, said interfacing structure comprising:
a face engagement portion configured to engage a user's face in use;
and an interfacing structure including a chassis connected to the face engaging portion, the chassis being further connected to a display unit housing for mounting the interfacing structure to the display unit housing;
Here, the chassis is configured to attach to the upper strap section.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head-mounted display unit for this purpose.

Example:
The chassis includes an eyelet that loops back over the upper strap section and allows it to be secured to itself;
the eyelet is formed by both the chassis and the display unit housing such that the upper strap portion can wrap around both a portion of the chassis and a portion of the display unit housing;
The eyelets are formed in the upwardly projecting portions of the chassis, and/or the upwardly projecting portions project through openings in the display unit housing.

3.17 Lateral Occipital Strap Sections Attached Using Removable Fasteners Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit having a display;
1. A positioning and stabilising structure configured to hold a head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, said positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of a user's head, said rear support portion comprising:
a parietal strap portion configured to cover the parietal bone of a user's head in use;
a medial occipital region configured to overlie or be located below an occipital bone of a user's head in use;
the rear support portion including a pair of lateral occipital strap portions configured to connect between the crown strap portion and the medial occipital portion, each lateral occipital strap portion configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use;
a pair of lateral strap sections configured to connect between the rear support section and the head mounted display unit, each configured to be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use;
an upper strap portion configured to connect between a rear support portion and a head mounted display unit, the upper strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of a user's head in use,
Here, each of the pair of lateral occipital strap regions is configured for releasable attachment to the medial occipital region.

Example:
the head mounted display system includes a battery pack for powering the head mounted display system, the battery pack being configured to be positioned rearwardly relative to a user's head in use;
the battery pack is configured to be connected to the upper strap portion during use;
- the medial occipital region includes an occipital stiffener;
The medial occipital region forms part of the upper strap region of the positioning and stabilizing structure;
the medial occipital region includes a medial occipital region strap;
the medial occipital region forms a generally inextensible layer of the upper strap region;
The medial occipital section is permanently attached within the upper strap section;
the medial occipital section is permanently attached to the user-facing layer of the upper strap section;
the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a releasable fastener between each of the pair of lateral occipital strap portions and the medial occipital portion;
Each releasable fastener comprises a fastener portion configured to attach to a corresponding connection point;
the medial occipital region includes a pair of connection points configured to connect to corresponding fastener regions on each lateral occipital strap region;
- each removable fastener comprises a magnetic fastener;
each magnetic fastener comprises a magnetic clip portion configured to be magnetically attached to a respective one of the connection points;
- each of the pair of lateral occipital strap portions is configured to be adjustable in length, and/or - each releasable fastener comprises an eyelet, and a portion of each of the pair of lateral occipital strap portions is threaded through a respective one of the eyelets and secured back onto itself.

3.18 Washable user-contacting layer separable from outer layer of upper strap region Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit having a display;
1. A positioning and stabilising structure configured to hold a head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, said positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of a user's head, the rear support portion comprising a crown strap portion configured to overlie a parietal bone of the user's head in use, and an occipital strap portion configured to overlie or lie below an occipital bone of the user's head in use;
the positioning and stabilising structure including a pair of lateral strap sections configured to connect between the rear support section and a head mounted display unit, the pair of lateral strap sections being configured to, in use, each be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head;
an upper strap portion configured to connect between a rear support portion and a head mounted display unit, the upper strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of a user's head in use, the upper strap portion comprising a user-facing layer and an outer layer,
Here, the user-facing layers of the top strap section, the crown strap section, the rear strap section and the side strap sections are separable from the outer layer of the top strap section.

Example:
the user-facing layers of the upper strap section, the crown strap section, the occipital strap section and the lateral strap section form a washable section of the positioning and stabilising structure, the washable section being separable from the outer layer of the upper strap section for cleaning;
an outer layer of the upper strap portion configured to connect to a head mounted display unit;
The rear strap section is removably connected to the upper strap section;
the top strap section is configured to be connected to the rear strap section via a pivotable connection;
the pivotable connection comprises a press stud connection;
the rear strap portion includes a pair of lateral rear strap portions configured to connect between the crown strap portion and the upper strap portion, each lateral rear strap portion configured to lie on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use;
Each of the lateral rear head strap sections is adjustable in length;
each of the lateral occipital strap portions is configured to be connected to an upper strap portion via a magnetic fastener;
The top strap section is permanently connected to the rear strap section;
- the rear strap section includes a rear connection tab and the upper strap section includes a rear connection tab hole, the rear connection tab being configured to pass through the rear connection tab hole and be secured to the upper strap section, and/or - the rear connection tab is connectable to the upper strap section by a press stud connection.

Further Examples:
the head mounted display system includes a battery pack for powering the head mounted display system, the battery pack configured to be positioned rearwardly relative to a user's head in use, and the upper strap portion is connected to the battery pack in use;
the upper strap section includes an outer sleeve forming an outer layer of the upper strap section;
The outer sleeve is connected to the battery pack.
The head mounted display system includes a power cable connected between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit at the user, the power cable being disposed within the outer sleeve;
The power cable is able to slide into the outer sleeve along the length of the outer sleeve;
the cleanable portion is removably attached to the outer sleeve by one or more hook and loop fastener connections, and/or the outer sleeve comprises a plurality of hook portions;
The washable portion has a surface formed of a continuous loop material to which the hook portion can be attached;
The washable portion comprises a plurality of continuous loop portions corresponding to the hook portions and to which the hook portions can be attached;
the upper strap region comprises a substantially non-extensible layer positioned between the outer layer and the layer facing the user in use;
the substantially non-extensible layer is semi-rigid;
the battery pack is removably connected to the generally non-extensible layer, and/or the generally non-extensible layer and the battery pack include corresponding first and second fastening sites configured to removably connect the battery pack to the generally non-extensible layer.

Further Examples:
- the substantially non-extensible layer is located within the outer sleeve, and/or - the washable portion is separable from the substantially non-extensible layer.

Further Examples:
the washable non-stretchable layer forms part of the cleanable area;
the upper strap region includes a user contacting portion forming a layer facing the user, the substantially non-stretchable layer being disposed in the user contacting portion;
the user-contacting portion includes a user-contacting sleeve, and the substantially non-stretchable layer is located within the user-contacting sleeve;
the user-contacting sleeve includes a stiffening opening through which the substantially non-extensible layer is removably inserted;
The battery pack covers the rigidity opening when in use.
the user-contacting sleeve includes a fastener opening that allows the battery pack to be removably attached to the substantially non-extensible layer;
the generally non-extensible layer includes a first fastening portion configured to extend through the fastening opening and connect to a corresponding second fastening portion of the battery pack;
The battery pack covers the fastener opening when in use.
the rear connection tab is configured to connect to the user-contacting sleeve on a non-user-facing side of the user-contacting sleeve;
- the rear connection tab is configured to pass through a first user contact sleeve hole on the user facing side of the user contact sleeve and through a second user contact sleeve hole on the non-user facing side of the user contact sleeve, and/or - the rear connection tab is configured to connect to the user contact sleeve with a hook and loop fastener.

3.18.1 Battery Pack Construction Further Examples:
the battery pack includes a battery pack housing connected to a battery pack base;
the upper strap portion includes a user contact portion that forms a layer facing the user;
the battery pack base is configured to connect to a user contact portion of the upper strap portion;
The battery pack includes a cable guide configured to guide the power cable;
the cable guide includes an elongated portion through which the power cable can slide in and out of the battery pack housing;
The elongated section is rigid;
the cable guide includes a cable guide attachment site configured to be connected to the battery pack base;
the battery pack base includes a cable guide mount for the cable guide, the cable guide mount configured to connect to the cable guide attachment site;
the cable guide comprises one or more teeth configured to engage the upper strap portion;
the upper strap section includes an outer sleeve forming an outer layer of the upper strap section, the outer sleeve being connected to the battery pack;
The power cable is located within the outer sleeve;
The power cable is capable of sliding into the outer sleeve along the length of the outer sleeve;
the teeth of the cable guide are configured to engage the outer sleeve to secure the outer sleeve to the battery pack;
The cable guide comprises a plurality of teeth;
The teeth are located on the elongated portion of the cable guide and face outward;
- The teeth of the cable guide pinch the outer sleeve against the battery pack base.
At least a portion of the elongated portion of the cable guide is located within the outer sleeve in use;
the cable guide mount includes one or more teeth configured to engage the upper strap portion;
the teeth of the cable guide mount are configured to engage the outer sleeve to secure the outer sleeve to the battery pack;
- The teeth of the cable guide mount clamp the outer sleeve against the cable guide,
the battery pack base includes a base recess configured to receive a rear head strap portion connection tab configured to connect the rear head strap portion to a user contact portion of the upper strap portion;
the battery pack includes a cable stopper secured to the power cable inside the battery pack, the cable stopper configured to limit the extent to which the power cable can extend from the battery pack;
- the cable stopper is annular and includes an adjustment screw configured to reduce the diameter of the cable stopper to engage the power cable, and/or - the cable stopper includes internal threads configured to engage the power cable.

Further Examples:
the battery pack housing includes a power cable opening through which the cable guide extends outside the battery pack housing;
the battery pack housing includes a power cable divider configured to house a portion of the power cable and one or more cell dividers configured to house the battery cells;
the battery pack housing includes one or more partition walls separating the power cable partition from the one or more cell partitions;
the power cable opening is aligned with the power cable partition;
the battery pack comprises two cell dividers, and the power cable divider is located between the two cell dividers;
- the battery pack comprises cells that are oriented vertically along a left-right axis in use and arranged in series; and/or - the cells angle inwards on the rear side of the back of the battery.

Further Examples:
the power cable includes a service loop inside the battery pack configured to provide for extension of the power cable from and retraction of the power cable into the battery pack;
the power cable enters the battery pack in a direction substantially parallel to the battery pack base and bends away from the battery pack base to form a service loop;
The power cable enters the battery pack base at an angle and bends toward the battery pack base to form a service loop.
The cable guide is equipped with a fabric sleeve.
the cable guide comprises one or more lead-in features configured to guide the power cable into the fabric sleeve;
the cable guide includes one or more rollers configured to reduce friction acting on the power cable at the inlet of the textile sleeve;
The fabric sleeve is located inside the battery pack.
The fabric sleeve is located on the outside of the battery pack.
the battery pack includes one or more standoffs configured to constrain shape and/or movement of the power cable within the battery pack;
- one or more sections of the power cable between the service loop and the one or more battery cells to which the power cable is connected are fixed in position within the battery pack, and/or - the service loop of the power cable is formed into a curve such that the bend radius is small enough that the service loop does not come into frictional contact with the battery pack housing radially outward of the curve.

3.19 Hook and Loop Connections in Upper Strap Regions Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit having a display;
1. A positioning and stabilising structure configured to hold a head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, said positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head;
a pair of lateral strap sections configured to connect between the rear support section and the head mounted display unit, each configured to be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use;
the positioning and stabilising structure including an upper strap section configured to connect between a rear support section and a head mounted display unit, the upper strap section being configured to cover an upper section of a user's head in use, the upper strap section comprising a user contact section and an outer layer;
Here, the user-contacting portion of the upper strap portion and the outer layer of the upper strap portion are releasably connected by one or more hook-and-loop fastener connections.

Example:
the posterior support portion comprises a crown strap portion configured to overlie the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and an occipital strap portion configured to overlie or lie below the occipital bone of the user's head in use;
the crown strap section, the rear strap section and the side strap sections are separable from the outer layer of the upper strap section along with the user contact section by separation of the hook-and-loop fastener connections;
the user contacting portions of the upper strap portion, the crown strap portion, the occipital strap portion and the lateral strap portion form washable portions of the positioning and stabilising structure, the washable portions being separable from the outer layer of the upper strap portion for cleaning;
the outer layer of the upper strap portion is configured to connect to a head mounted display unit;
The rear strap portion is releasably connectable to the user-contacting portion of the upper strap portion;
the head mounted display system includes a battery pack for powering the head mounted display system, the battery pack configured to be positioned rearwardly relative to a user's head in use, and the upper strap portion is connected to the battery pack in use;
the upper strap section includes an outer sleeve forming an outer layer of the upper strap section, the outer sleeve being connected to the battery pack;
The head mounted display system includes a power cable connected between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit, the power cable being disposed within the outer sleeve;
the outer sleeve comprises a plurality of hook portions;
the user contact portion comprises a surface formed of a continuous loop material to which the hook portion can be attached;
the user contact portion comprises a plurality of continuous loop portions corresponding to and to which the hook portions can be attached;
the outer sleeve comprises a plurality of loop portions, and the user contact portion comprises a plurality of hook portions corresponding to and configured to attach to the loop portions;
the upper strap region includes a substantially non-extensible layer, and/or the substantially non-extensible layer is semi-rigid.

3.20 Interfacing Structure Including Foam Components Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position on the face of a user in use;
the head mounted display unit comprising an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a face of a user;
Here, the interfacing structure includes a support portion and a face engaging portion provided on the support portion,
wherein the support portion includes a first foam portion and the face engagement portion includes a second foam portion;
Here, the first foam section has a greater stiffness than the second foam section.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in a facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising a support portion and a face engagement portion provided on the support portion, the support portion including a first foam portion, the face engagement portion including a second foam portion, and the first foam having a greater stiffness than the second foam.

In further embodiments, (a) the first foam section and the second foam section may be made of the same material but have different densities; (B) the first foam section may have a first density and the second foam section may have a second density lower than the first density; (c) the foam section may be made of a viscoelastic foam or a polyurethane foam; (d) the face engagement section may include one of raw foam, a fabric and foam composite, or a flocked foam; (e) the support section may have a first support section extending in a first direction and a second support section extending from the first support section in a second direction; and/or (f) the first support section may extend in a generally radial direction across the user's face and the second support section may extend in a generally posterior direction toward the user's face.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position on the face of a user in use;
the head mounted display unit comprising an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a face of a user;
Here, the interfacing structure includes a support portion and a face engaging portion provided on the support portion,
Here, the support portion and the face engaging portion are integrally formed as a single component, and the support portion and the face engaging portion are comprised of a foam material.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure comprising a support portion and a face engagement portion provided on the support portion, the support portion and the face engagement portion being integrally formed as a single component, and the support portion and the face engagement portion being made from a foam material.

In further embodiments, (a) the face-engaging portion may be curved, (b) the interfacing structure may include a recurve transition between the support portion and the face-engaging portion to produce a generally hook-shaped cross-section, (c) the unitary support portion and face-engaging portion may be thermoformed, and/or (d) the foam material may include one of raw foam, a woven and foam composite, or a flocked foam.

3.21 Interfacing structure including at least one loop portion Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position on the face of a user in use;
the head mounted display unit comprising an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a face of a user;
wherein the interfacing structure includes a resilient and flexible face-engaging portion, the face-engaging portion having a curved cross-section;
Here, the face engaging portion includes at least one closed loop portion having a closed cross section.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a user's face, the interfacing structure including a resilient and flexible face engaging portion having a curved cross-section, where the face engaging portion includes at least one closed loop portion having an enclosed cross-section.

In a further embodiment, (a) the facial engagement portion includes a first closed loop portion and a second closed loop portion; (B) the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are disposed on respective sides of the user's nose in use; (c) the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are disposed adjacent the user's cheek in use; (d) the facial engagement portion bends and overlaps around itself to provide the closed loop portion; (e) the facial engagement portion comprises a base portion and a loop portion including a loop flange, the loop flange overlapping the base portion to provide the closed loop portion; (f) the loop portion extends from a forward position to a rearward position; and (g) a cross-section of the loop portion is , tapered between a forward position and a rearward position, (h) the loop portion includes an arcuate section between the forward position and the loop flange, (i) the loop portion includes an arcuate section between the forward position and the loop flange, (j) a cross section of the arcuate section tapers between the forward position and the loop flange, (k) the loop flange overlaps a forward-facing surface of the base portion, (l) the loop flange is secured to the base portion, (m) the base portion and the loop portion are provided as separate pieces and secured together to provide a closed loop portion, and/or (n) the base portion and the loop portion are integrally formed as a single component.

3.22 Interfacing Structure Including Light-Shielding Nose Region Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position on the face of a user in use;
The head mounted display comprises an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to face a face of a user, the interfacing structure including a support portion and a face engagement portion provided on the support portion;
wherein the interfacing structure includes a light-tight nose portion spanning between the cheek portions of the face engaging portion;
wherein the light-blocking nose region comprises an anterior nose region extending radially and upwardly beyond the anterior nose of the user;
Here, the shade-blocking nose portion further comprises a first bridge portion and a second bridge portion extending upwardly from the anterior nasal portion, the first bridge portion and the second bridge portion having a slot therebetween, the slot extending from a rear edge of the shade-blocking nose portion towards the anterior nasal portion, and the first bridge portion and the second bridge portion configured to rest on respective sides of the bridge of the user's nose in use.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interfacing structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a face of a user, the interfacing structure including: a face engagement portion provided on a support portion;
wherein the interfacing structure includes a light-tight nose portion spanning between the cheek portions of the face engaging portion;
wherein the light-blocking nose region comprises an anterior nose region extending radially and upwardly beyond the anterior nose of the user;
Here, the shade-blocking nose portion further comprises a first bridge portion and a second bridge portion extending upwardly from the anterior nasal portion, the first bridge portion and the second bridge portion having a slot therebetween, the slot extending from a rear edge of the shade-blocking nose portion towards the anterior nasal portion, and the first bridge portion and the second bridge portion configured to rest on respective sides of the bridge of the user's nose in use.

3.23 Interfacing structure detachably attached to head mounted display Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position on the face of a user in use;
Here, the head mounted display unit is
an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a face of a user, said interfacing structure comprising:
a face engagement portion configured to engage a user's face in use;
a chassis connected to the face engagement portion, the chassis being detachably attached to a chassis attachment portion of the head mounted display;
Here, the chassis comprises a plurality of chassis catch sites and the chassis attachment site comprises a plurality of attachment catch sites, the chassis catch sites configured to engage with the attachment catch sites to attach the chassis to the chassis attachment site.

In an embodiment, (a) the chassis catch portion includes a catch protrusion, (B) the catch protrusion includes a rearwardly facing catch surface, (c) the rearwardly facing catch surface is angled in a radially outwardly forward direction, (d) the catch protrusion includes a forwardly facing guide surface, (e) the forwardly facing guide surface is angled in a radially inwardly forward direction from the rearwardly facing catch surface, (f) the chassis catch portion includes a flange extending in a forward direction from the catch protrusion, (g) the flange extends radially inwardly, (h) the attachment catch portion includes a forwardly facing catch surface, (i) the forwardly facing catch surface is angled in a radially inwardly forward direction, and (j) the attachment catch portion is rearwardly facing. (k) the mounting catch portion includes a transition surface between the rearwardly facing guide surface and the forwardly facing catch surface, (l) the transition surface is angled in a radially inwardly rearward direction from the forwardly facing catch surface, (m) the angle between the transition surface and the forwardly facing catch surface is an acute angle, (n) a gap is provided in the rear-forward direction between the rearwardly facing catch surface and the forwardly facing catch surface when the chassis is fully inserted in the forward direction into the chassis mounting portion, (o) the chassis includes a body portion and the chassis mounting portion includes a chassis receiving portion configured to receive the body portion, (p) the body portion includes a U-channel cross-section, and/or (q) the chassis receiving portion includes an L-channel cross-section.

3.24 Ventilation of an Interfacing Structure via a Serpentine Path Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position on the face of a user in use;
Here, the head mounted display unit is
A display unit housing;
an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a face of a user, said interfacing structure including a face engagement portion configured to engage the user's face in use;
and at least one serpentine airflow path between an interior of the interfacing structure and an exterior of the head mounted display unit, the at least one serpentine airflow path passing between the exterior of the interfacing structure and the interior of the display unit housing.

In an embodiment, (a) the interfacing structure comprises a chassis connected to the face-engaging portion, the head-mounted display unit comprising at least one airflow port through which at least one serpentine airflow path passes, the at least one airflow port being provided forward of a connection between the chassis and the face-engaging portion, (B) the at least one airflow port comprising at least one chassis port provided on the chassis, (c) the chassis is removably attached to a chassis attachment portion of the head-mounted display unit, the at least one airflow port comprising at least one chassis attachment port provided on the chassis attachment portion, (d) the at least one airflow port being provided on a radially-facing wall, and (e) the interfacing structure comprises a flexible and and a resilient portion, the flexible and resilient portion having one or more interface ports through which at least one serpentine airflow path passes; (f) the one or more interface ports of the interfacing structure are provided on at least one forward-facing portion of the flexible and resilient portion; (g) the one or more interface ports of the interfacing structure are provided on at least one of an upper portion of the flexible and resilient portion and a lower portion of the flexible and resilient portion; (h) the one or more interface ports of the interfacing structure are provided on at least one side portion of the flexible and resilient portion that is adjacent to the sphenoid region of the user in use; and/or (i) the display unit housing extends rearward over the one or more interface ports of the flexible and resilient portion.

Also disclosed is a head mounted display system including any of the positioning and stabilizing structures and/or interfacing structures described above and a display unit connected thereto.

Another aspect is a positioning and stabilizing structure for a head mounted display, comprising a rear (or back) support structure (or portion) arranged to contact a rear region of a user's head in use.

In some configurations, the posterior support portion is positioned posterior to the user's superior ear base point.

In some configurations, the rear support portion is biased into contact with the rear region of the user's head.

In some embodiments, the positioning and stabilizing structure further includes opposing connectors disposed on opposing sides of the user's head and extending along the temporal region of the user's head, interconnecting the posterior support portion with the head mounted display unit. In some embodiments, the positioning and stabilizing structure also includes a front strap portion connecting the posterior support portion with the head mounted display unit.

The technology may also be directed to providing interfacing structures used to support, cushion, stabilize, position, and/or seal a head mounted display in facing relationship with a user's face.

Another aspect relates to an apparatus used to support, cushion, stabilize, position, and/or seal a head mounted display in facing relationship to a user's face.

Another aspect relates to methods used to support, cushion, stabilize, position, and/or seal a head mounted display in facing relationship with a user's face.

Another form of the present technology involves a head mounted display system for a human, comprising:
A head mounted display unit having a display;
a control system for operation of the head mounted display system;
a positioning and stabilising structure configured to hold a head mounted display unit in front of a user's eyes, the positioning and stabilising structure such that, in use, the display is viewable by the user.
The head mounted display system may be helmet mounted and may be configured for a virtual reality display, an augmented reality display, or a mixed reality display.
Another form of the present technology involves a head mounted display system for a human, comprising:
A head mounted display unit having a display;
a control system for operation of the head mounted display system;
a positioning and stabilizing structure including an anterior support portion and a posterior support portion, wherein:
the rear portion is configured to engage a rear region of a person's head in use;
The front support part is
a left lateral section configured to interconnect between the rear support section and a head mounted display system;
and a right lateral portion configured to interconnect between the rear support portion and a head mounted display system.

In some embodiments, a) the head mounted display device further comprises a shading shield, B) the shading shield is constructed and arranged to substantially block receipt of ambient light to the eye region of the person during use, c) the shading shield is configured for use in a virtual reality display, d) the head mounted display system comprises an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to contact the eye region of the person's face during use, e) the interfacing structure is constructed from foam, silicone, and/or gel, f) the interfacing structure is constructed from a light absorbing material, and/or g) the interfacing structure is configured to function as a shading shield.

In some embodiments, a) the head mounted display device further comprises a sound system, B) a left ear transducer, and/or c) a right ear transducer.

In some embodiments, a) the head mounted display unit comprises a binocular display unit, and/or B) the positioning and stabilization structure is configured to maintain the binocular display unit in an operating position during use.

In some embodiments, a) the control system includes a visual display controller and at least one battery; B) the at least one battery includes a first battery and a second battery; c) the first battery is a low-power system battery configured to power the RT clock; d) the second battery is a main battery; e) the battery support is configured to hold the battery; f) the battery support is connected to the positioning and stabilization structure using a tether; g) the orientation sensor is configured to sense the orientation of the person's head in use; and/or h) the control support system.

In some embodiments, a) the positioning and stabilizing structure includes an anterior support portion configured to contact an area overlying the frontal bone of the person's head, and/or B) the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a length adjustment mechanism for adjusting the length of the portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure.

Another form of the present technology is a head mounted display device for a human comprising a display unit, a light blocking shield, a visual display controller, a control system including at least one battery, a battery support, a direction sensor, and a control support system, an audio system, and a positioning and stabilization structure including a forward portion, a frontal portion, a left lateral portion, a right lateral portion, a rear portion, and a length adjustment mechanism, wherein the forward portion includes an eye cushion constructed and arranged to contact an area of a user's eyes in use, the rear portion is configured to engage in use with a region of the human's head adjacent the junction between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscle, and the left lateral portion is configured to adjust the position of the head between the forward portion and the rear portion. The head mounted display device may include a binocular display unit, a right lateral portion configured to interconnect the front portion and the rear portion, a frontal portion configured to interconnect the front portion and the rear portion, a length adjustment mechanism adjustable to a first position and a second position, wherein the display unit includes a binocular display unit, the light shield is constructed and arranged to substantially block the reception of ambient light to the eye area of the person in use, the direction sensor is configured to sense the direction of the person's head in use, the acoustic system includes a left ear transducer and a right ear transducer, and the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to maintain the binocular display unit in an operating position in use. The head mounted display device may include a positioning and stabilizing structure and/or an interfacing structure substantially as described in any embodiment disclosed herein.

Another form of the present technology includes a head mounted display interface,
an electronic display screen configured to output a plurality of images to a user;
a display housing configured to at least partially house an electronic display screen;
a positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the display housing and supporting the display housing and the electronic display screen in an operating position, the positioning and stabilizing structure configured to provide a force against a user's head to counteract a moment caused by a combined weight of the electronic display screen and the display housing and to maintain a position of the electronic display screen in front of the user's eyes while in the operating position;
wherein the positioning and stabilizing structure is substantially as described in any embodiment disclosed herein.

Another form of the present technology comprises a positioning and stabilising structure for supporting an electronic display screen of a head mounted display interface, the positioning and stabilising structure being configured to apply a force against a user's head to counteract a moment caused by a weight of the electronic display screen and to maintain a position of the electronic display screen in front of the user's eyes during use, the positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
The head mount display interface includes a rear strap configured to contact a region of the user's head posterior to a coronal plane of the user's head, the rear strap configured to secure the head mounted display interface to the user's head.

Another form of the present technology is a positioning and stabilising structure for supporting an electronic display unit, the positioning and stabilising structure being configured to provide a force against a user's head to counteract moments caused by the weight of the electronic display unit and to maintain a position of the electronic display unit in front of the user's eyes during use, the positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
The headgear is coupled to a housing of the electronic display unit and configured to engage a user's head to support the housing.

Another aspect of the present technology includes a display interface,
a display screen configured to output a computer-generated image viewable by a user;
a display housing that at least partially supports a display screen;
an interfacing structure coupled to the display screen and/or the display housing, the interfacing structure configured to be positioned and/or arranged to conform to at least a portion of a user's face;
a positioning and stabilising structure configured to maintain a position of the display screen and/or display housing relative to a user's eyes, the positioning and stabilising structure configured to apply a force against the user's head to counteract a moment caused by a weight of the display screen and/or display housing;
a control system configured to assist in controlling a computer-generated image viewable by a user, the control system including at least one sensor.

Another aspect of the present technology includes a virtual reality display interface,
a display screen configured to output a computer-generated image viewable by a user;
a display housing that at least partially supports a display screen;
an interfacing structure coupled to the display housing, the interfacing structure configured to be positioned and/or positioned to conform to at least a portion of a face of a user, the interfacing structure including a light blocking shield configured to at least partially block ambient light from reaching an eye of the user;
a positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the display housing and configured to apply a force against a user's head to counteract a moment caused by a weight of the display screen and/or the display housing, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
a pair of temporal connectors, each temporal connector of the pair being directly coupled to the display housing, each temporal connector being configured to overlie a respective temporal bone when in contact with a user's head;
the positioning and stabilizing structure including a rear support coupled to each of the temporal connectors, the rear support configured to contact a rear portion of the user's head;
a control system configured to assist in controlling a computer-generated image viewable by a user, the control system including at least one sensor configured to measure movements of the user.

In some forms, the shade shield is configured to seal against the user's face and prevent ambient light from reaching the user's eyes.

In some configurations, the display screen is completely enclosed within the display housing.

In some configurations, the light shield is constructed from an opaque material.

In some configurations, the interfacing structure is constructed from a resilient material.

In some embodiments, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a rotation control configured to allow the display housing and/or the display interface to pivot relative to the rear support.

For example, the temporal arm may rotate with the display housing and/or the display interface. In another embodiment, a rotation control may couple the display housing to each of the temporal connectors, such that the display housing and/or the display interface pivots relative to the temporal connectors.

In some embodiments, the temporal connector may include an adjustable length.

Another aspect of the present technology includes an augmented reality display interface,
a display screen configured to output a computer-generated image viewable by a user, the display screen including at least one optical lens constructed from a transparent and/or translucent material and configured to allow the user to observe their physical environment while viewing the computer-generated image;
a display housing that at least partially supports a display screen;
an interfacing structure coupled to the display housing and/or the display interface, the interfacing structure configured to be positioned and/or arranged to conform to at least a portion of a user's face; and
a positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the display housing and configured to apply a force against a user's head to counteract a moment caused by a weight of the display screen and/or the display housing, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising:
a pair of temporal connectors, each temporal connector of the pair being directly coupled to the display housing, each temporal connector being configured to overlie a respective temporal bone when in contact with a user's head;
a control system configured to assist in controlling a computer-generated image viewable by a user, the control system including at least one sensor configured to measure movements of the user.

In some embodiments, the positioning and stabilizing structure further includes a rear support configured to overlie the rear of the user's head, and each temporal connector is coupled to the rear support.

In some embodiments, the augmented reality display interface further comprises a power source coupled to the display interface and/or the positioning and stabilization structure.

For example, the power source may be a rechargeable battery.

In some embodiments, the display screen is configured to selectively output computer-generated images viewable by a user.

For example, computer-generated images may be displayed on transparent and/or translucent materials. A user may be able to observe the physical environment regardless of whether the computer-generated images are displayed on transparent and/or translucent materials.

Another aspect of the present technology includes a virtual reality display interface that includes an embodiment of the head mounted display system aspect described above.

In an embodiment of the head mounted display system aspect described above, the display unit includes a display configured to selectively output computer generated images viewable by a user in the operating position.

In an embodiment of the head mounted display system aspect described above, the display unit includes a housing.

In some embodiments, the housing supports a display.

In an embodiment of the head mounted display system aspect described above, the display unit includes an interfacing structure that is coupled to the housing and positioned in facing relation to the user's face in the operating position.

In some forms, the interfacing structure at least partially defines a viewing opening configured to at least partially receive the user's face in the operating position.

In some embodiments, the interfacing structure is at least partially constructed from an opaque material configured to at least partially block ambient light from reaching the viewing opening in the operating position.

In an embodiment of the head mounted display system aspect described above, the display unit includes at least one lens that is coupled to the housing, positioned within the viewing opening, and aligned with the display so that the lens is in the operating position.

In some embodiments, the user can view the display through at least one lens.

In an embodiment of the head mounted display system aspect described above, the control system has at least one sensor in communication with the processor.

In some embodiments, at least one sensor is configured to measure a parameter and communicate the measurement to the processor.

In some embodiments, the processor is configured to modify a computer-generated image output from the display based on the measurements.

Another aspect of the present technology includes an augmented reality display interface that includes an embodiment of the head mounted display system aspect described above.

In an embodiment of the head mounted display system aspect described above, the display unit includes a display constructed from a transparent or translucent material and configured to selectively provide computer-generated images that are visible to the user.

In an embodiment of the head mounted display system aspect described above, the display unit includes a housing.

In some embodiments, the housing supports a display.

In an embodiment of the head mounted display system aspect described above, the display unit includes an interfacing structure that is coupled to the housing and positioned in facing relation to the user's face in the operating position.

In an embodiment of the head mounted display system aspect described above, in the operating position, the positioning and stabilization structure is configured to support the display unit.

In an embodiment of the head mounted display system aspect described above, the display is configured to be aligned with the user's eyes in the operating position, thereby allowing the user to at least partially view the physical environment through the display independent of computer generated images output from the display.

In an embodiment of the head mounted display system aspect described above, the head mounted display system further includes a control system having at least one sensor in communication with the processor.

In some embodiments, at least one sensor is configured to measure a parameter and communicate the measurement to the processor.

In some embodiments, the processor is configured to modify a computer-generated image output from the display based on the measurements.

In some embodiments, the at least one lens includes a first lens configured to be aligned with the user's left eye in the operating position and a second lens configured to be aligned with the user's right eye in the operating position.

In some embodiments, the first lens and the second lens are Fresnel lenses.

In some embodiments, the display includes a binocular display segmented into a first portion and a second portion, the first portion aligned with the first lens and the second portion aligned with the second lens.

In some embodiments, the controller has at least one button selectively engageable with a user's finger, the controller being in communication with a processor and configured to send a signal to the processor when the at least one button is engaged, and the processor being configured to modify a computer-generated image output from the display based on the signal.

In some embodiments, the at least one lens includes a first lens configured to be aligned with the user's left eye in the operating position and a second lens configured to be aligned with the user's right eye in the operating position.

Another aspect of one form of the present technology is a positioning and stabilizing structure that is constructed with a shape complementary to the shape of the intended wearer.

Another aspect of one form of the present technology is an interfacing structure that is constructed with a shape that is complementary to the shape of the intended wearer.

One aspect of the present technology is a method for manufacturing a device.

One aspect of certain forms of the present technology is a positioning and stabilization structure that is easy to use, for example, for individuals with limited dexterity, vision, or experience using head-mounted displays.

One aspect of certain forms of the present technology is an interfacing structure that is easy to use, for example, for individuals with limited dexterity, vision, or experience using head-mounted displays.

The described methods, systems, devices, and apparatus can be implemented to improve the capabilities of head mounted displays, such as electronic displays or computers. Additionally, the described methods, systems, devices, and apparatus can provide improvements in the fields of virtual reality, augmented reality, and/or mixed reality.

Of course, some of the above aspects may form sub-aspects of the present technology. Also, various combinations of the sub-aspects and/or aspects may form further aspects or sub-aspects of the present technology.

Other features of the present technology will become apparent in light of the information contained in the following detailed description, abstract, drawings and claims.

4. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS The present technology is illustrated by way of non-limiting example in the accompanying drawings in which like reference characters include similar elements as follows:
4.1 Head-mounted display system
The system is shown including a user 100 wearing a head mounted display system 1000 in the form of a face mounted virtual reality (VR) headset, which displays various images to the user 100. The user is standing while wearing the head mounted display system 1000. The system is shown including a user 100 wearing a head mounted display system 1000 in the form of a floating virtual reality (VR) headset, which displays various images to the user. The user is seated while wearing the display interface 100. The system is shown including a user 100 wearing a head mounted display system 1000 in the form of a floating augmented reality (AR) headset, which displays various images to the user. The user is standing while wearing the head mounted display system 1000. 4.2 Display System and Facial Anatomy 1 is a diagram of the human upper airway including the nasal cavity, nasal bones, lateral nasal cartilages, greater alar cartilage, nostrils, upper lip, lower lip, larynx, hard palate, soft palate, oropharynx, tongue, epiglottis, vocal cords, esophagus, and trachea. A front view of the face including several features of the surface anatomy including upper lip, upper lip vermilion, lower lip vermilion, lower lip, mouth width, medial canthus, alae of the nose, nasolabial folds and corners of the mouth, also showing the directions upward, downward, radially inwards and radially outwards. FIG. 1 is a side view of the head with several features of the surface anatomy identified, such as the glabella, nasal saddle, nasal tip, subnasal point, upper lip, lower lip, maxilla, nasal bridge, alar crest, superior and inferior ear base points. The superior and inferior directions, as well as the anterior and posterior directions, are also noted. 1 is a further lateral view of the head, showing the approximate location of the Frankfort horizontal and the nasolabial angle. The coronal plane is also depicted. This is a bottom view of the nose with several features identified including the nasolabial fold, lower lip, upper lip vermilion, nostrils, subnasal point, columella, nasal tip, long axis of the nostril, and midsagittal plane. FIG. 1 is a side view showing the superficial features of the nose. Shown are subcutaneous structures of the nose, including the lateral cartilages, septal cartilage, greater alar cartilage, lesser alar cartilage, nasal sesamoid cartilage, nasal bones, epidermis, adipose tissue, frontal process of the maxilla, and fibro-adipose tissue. Medial nasal dissection, showing a few millimeters from the midsagittal plane, in particular the septal cartilage and the medial crus of the greater alar cartilage. Frontal view of the bones of the skull, including the frontal bone, nasal bone, and cheekbone. The nasal turbinates are shown as well as the maxilla and mandible. A lateral view of the skull along with the outline of the head surface and some of the muscles. The following bones are shown: frontal, sphenoid, nasal, zygoma, maxilla, mandible, parietal, temporal, and occipital. The mental protuberance is displayed. The following muscles are shown: digastric, masseter, sternocleidomastoid, and trapezius. 1 is an anterior lateral view of the nose, showing the following bones: frontal bone, supraorbital foramen, nasal bones, nasal septum cartilage, lateral cartilage, orbit and infraorbital. Another front view of the face is shown with several features of the surface anatomy identified such as the cranial epiphysis, sphenoid bone, nasal bridge, lateral and medial cheek area, zygomatic arch, and alar ridge. Another side view of the face is shown with some features of the surface anatomy identified such as the cranial muscles, sphenoid bone, bridge of the nose, lateral and medial cheek area, zygomatic arch, and alar ridge. 4.3 Shape of Structures 3B is a schematic cross-section through the structure at a point, where the outward normal is shown, and where the curvature at this point has a positive sign and a relatively large magnitude compared to the magnitude of the curvature shown in FIG. 3B is a schematic cross-sectional view of the structure cut at a point, where the outward normal is shown, and where the curvature at this point has a positive sign and a relatively small magnitude compared to the magnitude of the curvature shown in FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a structure cut at a point, where the outward normal is illustrated and the curvature value at this point is zero. 3C is a schematic cross-sectional view of the structure cut at a point, where the outward normal is shown, and where the curvature at this point has a negative sign and a relatively small magnitude compared to the magnitude of curvature shown in FIG. 3D is a schematic cross-sectional view of the structure cut at a point, where the outward normal is shown, and where the curvature at this point has a negative sign and a relatively large magnitude compared to the magnitude of the curvature shown in FIG. The surface of a structure is shown, with a one-dimensional hole drilled into it. The planar curves shown form the boundary of the one-dimensional hole. FIGURE 3F is a cross-sectional cut through the structure of Figure 3F.The surfaces shown bound a two-dimensional hole in the structure of Figure 3F. 3F including a two-dimensional hole and a one-dimensional hole, and the surfaces bounding the two-dimensional hole in the structure of FIG. The seal forming structure is shown. The outer surface of the cushion is illustrated. The edge of the surface is illustrated. The path on the surface between points A and B is illustrated. The linear distance between A and B is illustrated. Two saddle regions and a dome region are illustrated. The seal forming structure is shown. The outer surface of the cushion is illustrated. The edge of the surface is illustrated. The path on the surface between points A and B is illustrated. The linear distance between A and B is illustrated. Two saddle regions and a dome region are illustrated. Demonstrates the left-hand rule. Demonstrates the right-hand rule. 1 shows the left ear including the left ear helix. 1 shows the right ear including the right ear helix. Shown is a right-handed spiral. 4.4 Head-mounted virtual reality display FIG. 1 is a front perspective view of a head mounted display interface in accordance with one form of the present technology. FIG. 4B is a rear perspective view of the head mounted display of FIG. 4A. FIG. 4B is a perspective view of a positioning and stabilization structure used in the head mounted display of FIG. FIG. 4 is a front view of a user's face showing the location of interfacing structures in use. 4.5 Head-Mounted Augmented Reality Display FIG. 1 is a front perspective view of a head mounted display interface in accordance with one form of the technology. FIG. 5B is a side view of the head mounted display interface of FIG. 5A. 4.6 Control FIG. 4.7 Head-mounted display system of the present technology. FIG. 13 is a schematic side view of a head mounted display system in use according to another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 7B is a schematic rear view of the head mounted display system shown in FIG. 7A in use. 28B shows components of a positioning and stabilization structure of the head mounted display system shown in FIG. 28A. FIG. 1 shows a schematic side view of a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology in use; FIG. 1 shows a schematic side view of a portion of a head mounted display system in use according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13A-13D are side, rear and front views of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure. 13A-13D are side, rear and front views of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure. 13A-13D are side, rear and front views of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure. 13 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 13 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 13 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 13 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 13 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 13 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 13 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 13 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 13 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 13 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 13 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 13 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 13 is a side cross-sectional view of a further embodiment of an interfacing structure in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a further embodiment of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows an interfacing structure and a positioning and stabilizing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows an interfacing structure and a positioning and stabilizing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows an interfacing structure and a positioning and stabilizing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a battery pack in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a battery pack in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a battery pack in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates components of a positioning and stabilizing structure in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates components of a positioning and stabilizing structure in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates components of a positioning and stabilizing structure in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates components of a positioning and stabilizing structure in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a strap portion of a power cord according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a strap portion of a power cord according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a head mounted display unit according to one embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system having a power cord in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system having a power cord in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system having a power cord in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system having a power cord in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system having a power cord in accordance with an embodiment of the present technology. 14 shows an arm according to an embodiment of the present technology. 13 shows an arm according to an embodiment of the present technology. 14 shows an arm according to an embodiment of the present technology. 14 shows an arm according to an embodiment of the present technology. 13 shows an arm according to a further embodiment of the present technology. 13 shows an arm according to a further embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a guide of a head mounted display unit according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a guide of a head mounted display unit according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a guide of a head mounted display unit according to an embodiment of the present technology. 13 illustrates a connection between an upper strap portion and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology. 13 illustrates a connection between an upper strap portion and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a display unit housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a display unit housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 13 shows an arm and arm attachment site according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a connection between an arm and a display unit housing according to an embodiment of the present technology. 36A-36D show in isolation the positioning and stabilization structure of the head mounted display system shown in FIG. 36A-36D show in isolation the positioning and stabilization structure of the head mounted display system shown in FIG. 36A-36D show in isolation the positioning and stabilization structure of the head mounted display system shown in FIG. 1 shows a positioning and stabilization structure according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a positioning and stabilization structure according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a positioning and stabilization structure according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a positioning and stabilization structure according to another embodiment of the present technology. 41A-41B show components of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in FIG. 41A-41B show components of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in FIG. 41A-41B show components of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in FIG. 41A-41B show components of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in FIG. 41A-41B show a sleeve of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in FIG. 41A-41B show a sleeve of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in FIG. 41A-41B show a sleeve of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in FIG. 13 is a cross section of a substantially inextensible member according to another embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology; FIG. 1 shows an exploded view of a battery pack according to one embodiment of the present technology. FIG. 68 shows an internal view of the battery pack shown in FIG. FIG. 68 shows an internal view of the battery pack shown in FIG. 68 shows a cable guide for the battery pack shown in FIG. 67. 68 shows a cable guide for the battery pack shown in FIG. 67. 47 shows the mounting site of the battery pack shown in FIG. 46. 47 shows the mounting site of the battery pack shown in FIG. 46. 47 shows a cable stopper for the battery pack shown in FIG. 46. 47 shows the housing of the battery pack shown in FIG. 46. 47 shows a housing for the battery pack shown in FIG. 46. 47 shows the housing of the battery pack shown in FIG. 46. 47 shows a housing for the battery pack shown in FIG. 46. 1 shows a housing for a battery pack according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a housing for a battery pack according to another embodiment of the present technology. 13 shows an internal view of a battery pack according to a further embodiment of the present technology. 13 shows an internal view of a battery pack according to a further embodiment of the present technology. 13 shows an internal view of a battery pack according to a further embodiment of the present technology. 13 shows an internal view of a battery pack according to a further embodiment of the present technology. 13 shows an internal view of a battery pack according to a further embodiment of the present technology. 13 shows an internal view of a battery pack according to a further embodiment of the present technology. 13 shows an internal view of a battery pack according to a further embodiment of the present technology. FIG. 13 shows a cross section of a side arm joint according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 13 illustrates the connection of a rear strap section and an upper strap section according to another embodiment of the present technology. 13 illustrates the connection of a rear strap section and an upper strap section according to another embodiment of the present technology. 13 shows a connection between a rear strap section and an upper strap section according to yet another embodiment of the present technology. 13 shows a buckle according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. FIG. 13 shows a chassis view of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology. FIG. 13 shows a chassis view of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology. FIG. 13 shows a chassis view of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology. FIG. 13 shows a chassis view of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology. FIG. 13 shows a chassis view of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology. FIG. 13 shows a chassis view of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology. FIG. 13 shows a chassis view of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology. FIG. 13 shows a chassis view of an interfacing structure according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a diagram of a portion of a head mounted display unit according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a head mounted display system according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a head mounted display system according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a head mounted display system according to a further embodiment of the technology. 1 shows a head mounted display system according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a head mounted display system according to a further embodiment of the present technology; The positioning and stabilization structure of the head mounted display system of Figure 64B is shown in isolation. 1 shows a positioning and stabilisation structure according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a head mounted display system according to a further embodiment of the present technology; The positioning and stabilization structure of the head mounted display system of Figure 64E is shown in isolation. 1 shows a positioning and stabilisation structure according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a head mounted display system according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a head mounted display system according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another embodiment of the present technology. 1 shows a positioning and stabilisation structure according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a positioning and stabilisation structure according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a positioning and stabilisation structure according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 1 shows a positioning and stabilisation structure according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-extensible layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-extensible layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-extensible layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-extensible layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-extensible layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-extensible layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-extensible layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology; 13 illustrates a connection between a substantially non-extensible layer of an upper strap portion and a battery pack housing according to a further embodiment of the present technology;

Before describing the present technology in further detail, it is to be understood that the present technology is not limited to the specific embodiments described herein, which may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used in the present disclosure is for the purpose of describing the specific embodiments described herein, and is not intended to be limiting.

The following description is provided in conjunction with various embodiments that may share one or more common characteristics and/or features. It should be understood that one or more features of any one embodiment may be combined with one or more features of another embodiment or the other embodiments. In addition, any single feature or combination of features in any of these embodiments may constitute an additional embodiment.

In the following detailed description, reference is made to the accompanying drawings, which form a part of the detailed description.

The specific embodiments described in the detailed description, illustrated in the drawings, and defined in the claims are not intended to be limiting. Other embodiments may be utilized, and other changes may be made, without departing from the spirit or scope of the presented subject matter. It will be readily understood that the aspects of the present disclosure, as generally described herein and illustrated in the drawings, can be arranged, substituted, combined, separated, and designed in a wide variety of different configurations, all of which are contemplated by the present disclosure.

5.1 Immersive Technology Immersive technology can combine a virtual environment with the user's physical environment, or real world, to present the user with an immersive or mixed reality, allowing the user to interact with the environment.

The device immerses the user by augmenting or replacing stimuli associated with one of the user's five senses with virtual stimuli. Typically this is a virtual stimulus, although there may be additional stimuli that augment or replace stimuli associated with one of an additional four senses.

In some forms, certain immersive technologies can present a combination of a virtual environment and the user's environment to the user. At least a portion of the resulting environment may include the virtual environment. In some examples, the entire resulting environment may be a virtual environment (e.g., meaning that the user's environment may be blocked from view or otherwise obstructed). In other forms, at least a portion of the user's physical environment may still be visually observable.

In some embodiments, a user may use different types of immersive technology, including, but not limited to, virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), or mixed reality (MR). Different types of immersive technology may present the user with different environments and/or different ways of interacting with the environment.

In some embodiments, a display system may be used for each type of immersive technology. The display screen of the display system may provide a virtual environment component for a combined environment (i.e., a combination of the virtual environment and the user's environment). In certain embodiments, the display screen may be an electronic screen.

In at least some types of immersive technologies (e.g., VR, AR, MR, etc.), positioning and stabilization of the electronic screen may be useful in operating the respective device. For example, a user may want the electronic screen to be located close enough to their eyes to be easily visible, but far enough away so as not to cause discomfort. Additionally, the electronic screen may need to be spaced far enough away so that the user can simultaneously wear corrective lenses such as glasses. The user may also want to maintain the orientation of the electronic screen relative to their eyes. In other words, a user who walks or otherwise moves while using these devices may not want the device to bounce or otherwise move on their head (e.g., particularly relative to the eyes), as this could cause dizziness and/or discomfort to the user. As such, these devices may be supported snugly against the user's head to limit relative movement between the user's eyes and the device.

In one form, the technology includes a method of using a VR device that includes supporting the device on a user's head in proximity to at least one of the user's eyes and within the user's line of sight.

In certain embodiments of the present technology, a head mounted display unit is supported in front of the user's eyes to block, obstruct, and/or limit ambient light reaching the user's eyes.

Features disclosed hereinafter in the context of a device configured for VR shall be understood to be applicable to a device configured for AR, unless the context clearly requires otherwise. Similarly, features disclosed hereinafter in the context of a device configured for AR shall be understood to be applicable to a device configured for VR, unless the context clearly requires otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, features disclosed in the context of a device that does not have a transparent display through which a user can view the real world shall be understood to be applicable to a device that has such a transparent display, unless the context clearly requires otherwise. Similarly, features disclosed in the context of a device that has a transparent display through which the real world can be viewed shall be understood to be applicable to a device where the display is electronic and the real world cannot be viewed directly through the transparent material.

5.2 Virtual Reality Display Interface As shown in Figures 4A-4B, a display device, display system, display interface or head mounted display system 1000 according to one aspect of the present technology comprises the following functional aspects: an interfacing structure 1100, a head mounted display unit 1200, and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. In some forms, the functional aspects may provide one or more physical components. In some forms, one or more physical components may provide one or more functional aspects. The head mounted display unit 1200 may comprise a display. In use, the display unit 1200 is arranged to be positioned adjacent and in front of the user's eyes such that the user can view the display.

In other aspects, the head mounted display system 1000 may also include a display unit housing 1205, optical lenses 1240, a controller 1270, a speaker 1272, a power source 1274, and/or a control system 1276. In some embodiments, these may be an integral part of the head mounted display system 1000, while in other embodiments, these may be modular and integrated into the head mounted display system 1000 as desired by the user.

5.2.1 Head Mounted Display Unit Head mounted display unit 1200 may include structure for providing a viewable output to a user. In particular, head mounted display unit 1200 is arranged to be held (e.g., manually, by positioning and stabilizing structure, etc.) in an operative position in front of the user's face.

In some embodiments, the head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display screen 1220, a display housing 1205, an interfacing structure 1100, and/or an optical lens 1240. These components may be permanently assembled in a single head mounted display unit 1200, or may be separable and selectively connected by a user to form the head mounted display unit 1200. Additionally, the display screen 1220, the display housing 1205, the interfacing structure 1100, and/or the optical lens 1240 may be included in the head mounted display system 1000 but may not be part of the head mounted display unit 1200.

5.2.1.1 Display Screen Some forms of head mounted display unit 1200 include a display, e.g., a display screen (not shown in FIG. 4B ), provided within display housing 1205. The display screen may include electrical components that provide a viewable output to a user.

In one form of the present technology, the display screen provides a light output that is observable by a user. The light output allows the user to observe the virtual environment and/or virtual objects.

The display screen may be located in close proximity to the user's eyes such that the user can view the display screen. For example, the display screen may be located in front of the user's eyes. The display screen may output computer-generated images and/or a virtual environment.

In some forms, the display screen is an electronic display. The display screen may be a liquid crystal display (LCD) or a light emitting diode (LED) display.

In certain embodiments, the display screen may include a backlight that may help illuminate the display screen, which may be particularly useful when viewing the display screen in dark environments.

In some embodiments, the display screen may extend wider than the distance between the user's pupils. Also, the display screen may be wider than the distance between the user's cheeks.

In some embodiments, the display screen may display at least one image viewable by a user. For example, the display screen may display an image that changes in response to a predetermined condition (e.g., the passage of time, user movement, input from the user, etc.).

In certain configurations, a portion of the display screen may be visible to only one eye of the user. In other words, a portion of the display screen may be located in front of and adjacent to only one eye of the user (e.g., the right eye) and may be blocked from view by the other eye (e.g., the left eye).

In one embodiment, the display screen may be split into left and right halves (e.g., left and right sides) and two images may be displayed at once (e.g., one image on each side).

Similar images may be displayed on each side of the display screen. In some embodiments, the images may be identical, while in other embodiments, the images may be slightly different.

The two images on the display screen may be brought together to form a binocular display, providing the user with a more realistic VR experience. In other words, the user's brain may process the two images from the display screen 1220 together as one image. By providing two (e.g., non-identical) images, the user may be able to see virtual objects in their surroundings and may increase their field of view in the virtual environment.

In certain configurations, the display screen may be positioned so that it can be seen by both eyes of the user. The display screen can output a single image that can be viewed by both eyes simultaneously. This simplifies processing compared to multi-image display screens.

4A and 4B, the display unit housing 1205 may provide a support structure for the display screen to maintain the position of at least some of the components of the display screen relative to one another, further protecting the display screen and/or other components of the head mounted display unit 1200. The display unit housing 1205 may be constructed from a material suitable for providing protection from impact forces to the display screen. The display unit housing 1205 may also be in contact with the user's face and may be constructed from a biocompatible material suitable for limiting irritation to the user.

The display unit housing 1205 according to some forms of the present technology may be constructed from a hard, rigid or semi-rigid material such as plastic.

In certain configurations, the rigid or semi-rigid material may be at least partially covered with a soft and/or flexible material (e.g., fabric, silicone, etc.). This may improve biocompatibility and/or user comfort since at least a portion of the display unit housing 1205 that the user engages (e.g., grasps with one's hand) comprises a soft and/or flexible material.

The display unit housing 1205 according to other forms of the present technology may be constructed from a soft, flexible, resilient material such as silicone rubber.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may have a substantially rectangular or substantially oval profile. The display unit housing 1205 may have a three-dimensional shape with a substantially rectangular or substantially oval profile.

In certain configurations, the display unit housing 1205 may include an upper face side 1230, a lower face side 1232, a lateral left face side 1234, a lateral right face side 1236, and a front face side 1238. The display screen 1220 may be held within the face during use.

In certain configurations, the upper face 1230 and the lower face 1232 may have substantially the same shape.

In one form, the upper face 1230 and the lower face 1232 may be substantially flat and extend along parallel planes (e.g., substantially parallel to the Frankfort horizontal in use).

In certain configurations, the lateral left face 1234 and the lateral right face 1236 may have substantially the same shape.

In one form, the lateral left face surface 1234 and the lateral right face surface 1236 may be curved and/or rounded between the upper and lower face surfaces 1230, 1232. The rounded and/or curved face surfaces 1234, 1236 may be more comfortable for a user to grasp and hold while donning and/or doffing the head mounted display system 1000.

In certain configurations, the front face surface 1238 may extend between the upper face surface 1230 and the lower face surface 1232. The front face surface 1238 may form the front-most portion of the head mounted display system 1000.

In one form, the forward face surface 1238 may be a substantially flat surface, may be a coronal plane, and may be substantially parallel while the head mounted display system 1000 is worn by a user.

In one form, the front face 1238 may not have a corresponding opposing face (e.g., a rear face) having substantially the same shape as the front face 1238. A rear portion of the display unit housing 1205 may be at least partially open (e.g., recessed forward) to receive the user's face.

In some embodiments, the display screen is permanently integrated into the head mounted display system 1000. The display screen may be a device that is usable only as part of the head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may enclose the display screen, which can protect the display screen and/or limit user interference with (e.g., movement and/or damage to) components of the display screen.

In certain configurations, the display screen may be substantially sealed within the display unit housing 1205 to limit the collection of dirt or other debris on the surface of the display screen that may adversely affect the user's ability to view the images output by the display screen. Because the display screen is not removable from the display unit housing 1205, the user may not need to break the seal to access the display screen.

In some embodiments, the display screen is removably integrated into the head mounted display system 1000. Alternatively, the display screen may be a device that can be used independently of the entire head mounted display system 1000. For example, the display screen may be provided on a smartphone or a portable electronic device.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may include a compartment. A portion of the display screen may be removably housed within the compartment. For example, a user may removably place the display screen within the compartment. This may be useful if the display screen performs additional functions outside of the head mounted display unit 1200 (e.g., in the case of a portable electronic device such as a mobile phone). Additionally, removing the display screen from the display unit housing 1205 may assist the user in cleaning and/or replacing the display screen.

Certain configurations of the display housing include an opening into the compartment, allowing the user to more easily insert and remove the display screen from the compartment. The display screen may be retained within the compartment via frictional engagement.

In certain configurations, the cover may selectively cover the compartment and provide additional protection and/or security to the display screen 1220 while located within the compartment.

In certain configurations, the compartment may open upwardly to the face. The display screen may be inserted into the compartment in a substantially vertical orientation while the display interface 3000 is worn by the user.

5.2.1.3 Interfacing Structure As shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, some forms of the present technology include an interfacing structure 1100 positioned and/or arranged to conform to the shape of the user's face, which may provide added comfort to the user while wearing and/or using the head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 is coupled to a surface of the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 may extend at least partially around the display housing 1205 and form a viewing opening that may at least partially receive the user's face during use. Specifically, the user's eyes may be received within the viewing opening formed by the interfacing structure 1100.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 may be constructed from a biocompatible material.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 of the present technology may be constructed from a soft, flexible, and/or elastic material.

In certain configurations, the interfacing structure 1100 according to the present technology may be constructed from silicone rubber and/or foam.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 may contact sensitive areas of the user's face that may be areas of discomfort. The material forming the interfacing structure 1100 may cushion these sensitive areas and limit the user's discomfort while wearing the head mounted display system 1000.

In certain configurations, these sensitive areas may include the user's forehead. Specifically, this may include the area of the user's head adjacent to the cranial muscles and/or frontal bone, such as the brow bone. This area may be sensitive due to limited natural cushioning from muscle and/or fat between the user's skin and bone. Similarly, the bridge of the user's nose may also contain little natural cushioning.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 may include a single element. In some embodiments, the interfacing structure 1100 may be designed for mass manufacturing. For example, the interfacing structure 1100 may be designed to comfortably fit a wide range of different face shapes and sizes.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 may include different elements that overlie different areas of the user's face. Different portions of the interfacing structure 1100 may be constructed from different materials to provide the user with different textures and/or cushioning in different areas.

5.2.1.3.1 Shade Shield In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 may include a shade shield, which may be constructed from an opaque material and may block ambient light from reaching the user's eyes. The shade shield may be part of the interfacing structure 1100 or may be a separate element. In some examples, the interfacing structure 1100 may form a shade shield by shielding the user's eyes from ambient light in addition to providing a comfortable contact site for contact between the head mounted display 1200 and the user's face. In some examples, the shade shield may be formed of multiple components together to block ambient light.

In certain configurations, the light blocking shield can block ambient light from reaching the eye area and can be formed in the area of the epicranial muscles, over the area of the user's sphenoid bone, over the outer cheek area from the sphenoid bone to the left or right zygomatic arch, over the zygomatic arch, over the inner cheek area from the zygomatic arch to the alar crest, over the bridge of the user's nose below the nasal saddle point, and enclosing a portion of the user's face therebetween.

In one embodiment, the shade shield may not contact the user's face around its entire perimeter. For example, the shade shield may be spaced away from the bridge of the user's nose. The width of this space may be substantially small to substantially limit the intrusion of ambient light. However, the bridge of the user's nose may be sensitive and prone to irritation. In this manner, avoiding direct contact with the bridge of the user's nose may improve the user's comfort while wearing the head mounted display system 1000.

In certain embodiments, the light shield may be part of the display unit housing 1205 and may be integrally or removably coupled to the display unit housing 1205. In one embodiment, if the display unit housing 1205 is capable of use with a display screen that outputs AR or MR and VR, the light shield may be removable from the display unit housing 1205 and coupled to the display unit housing 1205 only when using VR.

4D, in one form of the present technology, the interfacing structure 1100 functions as a seal forming structure and provides a target seal forming area. The target seal forming area is the area on the seal forming structure where a seal may occur. The area where the seal actually occurs, i.e. the actual sealing surface, may vary within a given session, from day to day, and from user to user depending on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, where the display unit housing 1205 is placed on the face, the tension of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, and/or the shape of the user's face.

In one embodiment, the target seal forming area is located on the outer surface of the interfacing structure 1100.

In some configurations, the shade shield forms a seal-forming structure and is capable of sealing against the user's face.

In certain configurations, the entire periphery of the light blocking shield or interfacing structure 1100 may seal against the user's skin and block ambient light from reaching the eye area. The eye area may be formed in the area of the epicranial muscles, over the area of the user's sphenoid bone, over the outer cheek area from the sphenoid bone to the left or right zygomatic arch, over the zygomatic arch, over the inner cheek area from the zygomatic arch to the alar crest, over the bridge of the user's nose below the nasal saddle point, and enclosing a portion of the user's face therebetween.

When functioning as a seal-forming structure, the light blocking shield or interfacing structure 1100 may contact sensitive areas of the user's face, such as the bridge of the user's nose. This contact may completely prevent the intrusion of ambient light. Providing a seal around the entire perimeter of the display unit housing 1205 may improve the performance of the head mounted display system 1000. Additionally, biocompatible materials may be selected such that direct contact with the bridge of the user's nose does not significantly reduce the user's comfort while wearing the head mounted display system 1000.

In certain forms of the present technology, a system is provided that includes one or more interfacing structures 1100, each configured to accommodate a range of different sizes and/or shapes. For example, a system may include one form of interfacing structure 1100 that may be suitable for large head sizes but not small head sizes, and another form may include one form of interfacing structure 1100 that may be suitable for small head sizes but not large head sizes. The different interfacing structures 1100 may be removable and interchangeable so that different users having different head sizes can use the same head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the seal-forming structure may be formed in the region of the epicranial muscles, over the region of the user's sphenoid bone, over the lateral cheek region from the sphenoid bone to the left or right zygomatic arch, over the zygomatic arch, over the medial cheek region from the zygomatic arch to the alar crest, and over the bridge of the user's nose below the nasal saddle point, enclosing a portion of the user's face therebetween. This defined region may be the eye region.

In certain configurations, a seal may be formed around the user's eyes. The seal created by the seal-forming structure or interfacing structure 1100 can create an optical seal to limit ambient light reaching the user's eyes.

5.2.1.3.2 Material Biocompatibility Biocompatible materials are considered as materials that have undergone detailed evaluation of the biological response of the material in relation to safety during use, based on the ISO 10993-1 standard, which considers the nature and length of expected contact with human tissue during use. In some forms of the present technology, materials used in the positioning and stabilizing structures and the interfacing structures may undergo at least some of the following biocompatibility tests: Cytotoxicity - Elution Test (MeM Extract): ANSI/AAMI/ISO 10993-5, Skin Sensitization: ISO 10993-10, Irritation: ISO 10993-10, Genotoxicity - Bacterial Mutagenicity Test: ISO 10993-3, Implantation: ISO 10993-6.

5.2.1.4 Optical Lenses As shown in FIG. 4B, at least one lens 1240 may be positioned between the user's eyes and the display screen 1220. The user may view images provided by the display screen 1220 through the lens 1240. The at least one lens 1240 may assist in spacing the display screen 1220 away from the user's face, thereby limiting eye strain. The at least one lens 1240 may also assist in improving viewing of images displayed by the display screen 1220.

In some embodiments, lens 1240 is a Fresnel lens.

In some embodiments, the lens 1240 may have a substantially frustoconical shape. The wider end of the lens 1240 may be positioned adjacent the display screen 1220 in use, and the narrower end of the lens 1240 may be positioned adjacent the user's eye.

In some forms, the lens 1240 may have a substantially cylindrical shape and, in use, may have substantially the same width adjacent the display screen 1220 and adjacent the user's eye.

In some forms, at least one lens 1240 can also magnify the image on the display screen 1220 to assist the user in viewing the image.

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 includes two lenses 1240 (e.g., a binocular display), one for each of the user's eyes. In other words, each of the user's eyes sees through a separate lens that is positioned in front of the respective pupil. Each of the lenses 1240 may be identical, but in some embodiments, one lens 1240 may be different (e.g., have a different magnification) from the other lens 1240.

In certain configurations, the display screen 1220 may output two images simultaneously. Each eye of the user may only see one of the two images. Alternatively, the images may be displayed side-by-side on the display screen 1220. Each lens 1240 allows each eye to see only the image that is proximate to that eye. The user may then combine the two images into a single image.

In some forms, the posterior perimeter of each lens 1240 may be approximately the same size as the user's eye socket. The posterior perimeter may be slightly larger than the size of the user's eye socket so that the user's entire eye can see through each lens 1240. For example, the outer edge of each lens 1240 may be aligned superiorly (e.g., adjacent the user's eyebrows) with the user's frontal bone and inferiorly (e.g., adjacent the outer cheek area) with the user's upper jaw.

The positioning and/or sizing of the lenses 1240 may allow the user to have approximately 360° peripheral vision in the virtual environment to closely simulate the physical environment.

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a single lens 1240 (e.g., a monocular display). The lens 1240 may be located in front of both eyes (e.g., so that both eyes view the image from the display screen 1220 through the lens 1240) or in front of only one eye (e.g., where the image from the display screen 1220 can be viewed by only one eye).

5.2.1.4.1 Lens Mounting The lens 1240 may be coupled to a spacer located proximate to the display screen 1220 (e.g., between the display screen 1220 and the interfacing structure 1100) to prevent the lens 1240 from directly contacting the display screen 1220 (e.g., to limit the lens 1240 from scratching the display screen 1220).

For example, the lenses 1240 may be recessed relative to the interfacing structure 1100 such that the lenses 1240 are disposed within the viewing openings. In use, while the user's face is received within the viewing openings (e.g., in an operating position), each of the user's eyes is aligned with a respective lens 1240.

In some forms, the front periphery of each lens 1240 can encompass approximately half of the display screen 1220. There may be a substantially small gap between the two lenses 1240 along the centerline of the display screen 1220. This may allow a user looking through both lenses 1240 to see substantially the entire display screen 1220 and all of the image being output to the user.

In certain configurations, no image may be output at the center of the display screen 1220 (e.g., along the centerline between the two lenses 1240). For example, in a binocular display (e.g., where each side of the display screen 1220 outputs substantially the same image), each image may be spaced apart on the display screen 1220. This allows the user to view the entire image displayed on the display screen 1220 while having the two lenses 1240 positioned close to the display screen 1220.

In some forms, the protective layer 1242 may be formed around at least a portion of the lens 1240. In use, the protective layer 1242 may be positioned between the user's face and the display screen 1220.

In some embodiments, a portion of each lens 1240 may protrude rearward through the protective layer 1242. For example, a narrow end of each lens 1240 may protrude rearward beyond the protective layer 1242 in use.

In some forms, the protective layer 1242 may be opaque so that light from the display screen 1220 cannot pass through. Furthermore, a user may not be able to see the display screen 1220 without looking through the lens 1240.

In some forms, the protective layer 1242 may be non-planar and may include a contour that substantially matches the contours of the user's face. For example, a portion of the protective layer 1242 may be recessed in a forward direction to accommodate the user's nose.

In certain configurations, the user may not need to touch the protective layer 1242 while wearing the head mounted display system 1000. This may help reduce irritation from additional contact with the user's face (e.g., against the sensitive bridge of the nose area).

5.2.1.4.2 Corrective Lenses In some embodiments, an additional lens may be coupled to lens 1240 such that to view the image output by display screen 1220, a user looks through both lens 1240 and the additional lens.

In some forms, the additional lens is posterior to lens 1240 when in use. Thus, the additional lens is positioned closer to the user's eye and the user sees through the additional lens before seeing through lens 1240.

In some embodiments, the additional lens may have a different magnification than lens 1240.

In some forms, the additional lenses may be prescription strength lenses. The additional lenses may enable a user to view the display screen 1220 without glasses that may be uncomfortable to wear while using the head mounted display system 1000. The additional lenses may be removable so that users who do not require the additional lenses can still clearly view the display screen 1220.

5.2.2 Positioning and Stabilizing Structure As shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B , the display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 of the head mounted display system 1000 of the present technology may be held in an in-use position by a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300.

To hold the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 in its correct operating position, the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 provides ideal comfort for the user's head to accommodate the induced load from the weight of the display unit in a manner that minimizes facial marks and/or pain over time. A universal fit must also be possible (without tradeoffs between comfort, ease of use, and manufacturing costs). Design criteria include adjustability over a range and low barrier to entry for people with poor dexterity with a simple setup solution with few touch points. A further consideration is the response to dynamic environments in which the head mounted display system 1000 may be used. As part of an immersive experience of a virtual environment, users may communicate (i.e., converse) while using the head mounted display system 1000. In this manner, the user's jaw or mandible may move relative to other bones of the skull. Furthermore, the entire head may move over a period of use of the head mounted display system 1000. For example, there is movement of the user's upper body (and possibly lower body), and in particular, there is movement of the head relative to the upper and lower body.

In one form, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 provides a holding force that overcomes the effects of gravity on the display screen 1220 and/or display unit 1205.

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is configured in a manner consistent with being comfortably worn by a user. In one embodiment, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 has a low profile or cross-sectional thickness to reduce the perceived or actual bulk of the device. In one embodiment, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one strap having a rectangular cross-section. In one embodiment, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one flat strap.

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is configured to be not so large and bulky as to prevent the user from comfortably moving their head from side to side.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a strap constructed from a laminate of a textile user-contacting layer, a foam inner layer, and a textile outer layer. In one form, the foam is porous to allow moisture (e.g., sweat) to pass through the strap. In one form, the skin-contacting layer of the strap is formed from a material that helps direct moisture in the core away from the user's face. In one form, the textile outer layer includes loop material that engages with hook material sections.

In certain forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes an extensible, e.g., elastically extensible, strap. For example, the strap may be configured to be tensioned in use and direct a force that draws the display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 closer to and into the field of view of a portion of the user's face, particularly the user's eyes. In one embodiment, the strap may be configured as a tie.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a first tie that is constructed and positioned such that, in use, at least a portion of its lower edge passes upward relative to the superior auti-basal point of the user's head and overlaps a portion of the parietal bone without overlapping the occipital bone.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a second tie that is constructed and positioned such that, in use, at least a portion of its upper edge passes inferiorly relative to the inferior autism point of the user's head and overlaps or is inferior to the occipital bone of the user's head.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a third tie constructed and arranged to interconnect the first tie and the second tie to reduce the tendency of the first tie and the second tie to move apart from one another.

In certain forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 includes straps that are bendable, e.g., non-rigid. An advantage of this aspect is that the straps are more comfortable against the user's head.

In certain forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps that are constructed to be breathable so that moisture vapor can be transmitted through the straps.

In certain forms of the present technology, one or more positioning and stabilizing structures 1300 are provided, each configured to provide a holding force corresponding to a different size and/or shape range. For example, the system may be suitable for large head sizes but not small head sizes, and another form includes one form of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that may be suitable for small head sizes but not large head sizes.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a cushioning material (e.g., a foam pad) for contacting the user's skin. The cushioning material may provide additional fit to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, especially if the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is constructed from a rigid or semi-rigid material.

5.2.2.1 Temporal Connector As shown in FIG. 4C , some forms of head mounted display system 1000 or positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 include temporal connectors 1250, each of which may overlap a respective one of the user's temporal bones in use. A portion of the temporal connector 1250 contacts, in use, an area of the user's head proximate the supra-aural point, i.e., above the user's ear. In some embodiments, the temporal connector is a strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. In other embodiments, the temporal connector is an arm of the head mounted display unit 1200. In some embodiments, the temporal connector of head mounted display system 1000 may be formed in part by a strap portion of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 (e.g., lateral strap portion 1330) and in part by the arm 1210 of head mounted display unit 1200.

The temporal connectors 1250 may be lateral portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 such that each temporal connector 1250 is positioned on either the left or right side of the user's head.

In some embodiments, the temporal connector 1250 may extend in the anterior-posterior direction and may be substantially parallel to the sagittal plane.

In some forms, the temporal connectors 1250 may be coupled to the display unit housing 1205. For example, the temporal connectors 1250 may be connected to lateral sides of the display unit housing 1205. For example, each temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to a respective one of the lateral left face surface 1234 and the lateral right face surface 1236.

In certain configurations, the temporal connectors 1250 may be pivotally connected to the display unit housing 1205, providing relative rotation between each temporal connector 1250 and the display unit housing 1205.

In certain configurations, the temporal connector 1250 may be removably connected to the display unit housing 1205 (e.g., via magnets, mechanical fasteners, hook and loop material, etc.).

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be positioned such that, in use, it extends generally along or parallel to the Frankfort horizontal of the head and above the cheekbone of the user.

In some forms, the temporal connectors 1250 are positioned relative to the user's head, similar to the arms of eyeglasses, and may be positioned above the antihelix of each ear.

In some forms, the temporal connectors 1250 may have a generally elongated, flat configuration. In other words, each temporal connector 1250 is much longer and wider (from top to bottom on the page) than it is thick (into the page).

In some forms, the temporal connectors 1250 may each have a three-dimensional shape with curvature in all three axes (X, Y, and Z). The thickness of the temporal connector 1250 may be substantially uniform, while its height varies throughout its length. The purpose of the shape and dimensions of the temporal connector 1250 is to fit closely to the user's head in order to retain a low-profile and unobtrusive profile (i.e., not appear overly bulky).

In some forms, the temporal connectors 1250 may be constructed from a rigid or semi-rigid material, which may include plastic, Hytrel (a thermoplastic polyester elastomer), or another similar material. A rigid or semi-rigid material may be self-supporting and/or capable of retaining its shape without being worn. This may provide a more intuitive or clearer understanding to the user of how to use the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, as opposed to a generally flimsy, non-shape-retaining positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. Maintaining the temporal connectors 1250 in an in-use state prior to use may prevent or limit distortion while the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is worn by the user, allowing the user to quickly don or don the head mounted display system 1000.

In certain configurations, the temporal connector 1250 may be a stiffener, which may limit the amount of extension or deformation of the arm during use, thereby allowing for more effective (e.g., direct) translation of tension forces through the temporal connector 1250.

In certain configurations, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be designed such that the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 springs "out of the box" and generally assumes its in-use configuration. Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be arranged to retain its in-use shape after being out of the box (e.g., because stiffening material may be formed to maintain the shape of some or a portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). Advantageously, the shape of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally curvilinear, similar to the rear of the user's head, so that orientation of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is clear to the user. That is, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally dome-shaped.

In certain configurations, a flexible and/or elastic material may be disposed around the rigid or semi-rigid material of the temporal connectors 1250. The flexible material may be more comfortable against the user's head to improve wearability and provide a soft contact to the user's face. In one configuration, the flexible material is a fabric sleeve that is permanently or removably coupled to each temporal connector 1250.

In one form, the fabric may be overmolded onto at least one side of the stiffening. In one form, the stiffening may be formed separately to the elastic component, in which case a sock of user-contacting material (e.g., Breath-O-Prene®) may be covered or slid over the stiffening. In alternative forms, the user-contacting material may be provided to the stiffening by adhesive, ultrasonic welding, stitching, hook-and-loop material, and/or stud connectors.

In some configurations, the user-contacting material may be provided on both sides of the stiffener, or may be provided only on the user-contacting side (e.g., the user-contacting side) of the stiffener to reduce material bulk and cost.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 is constructed from a flexible material (e.g., fabric) that is comfortable against the user's skin and may not require additional layers for added comfort.

5.2.2.2 Rear Support Site As shown in FIG. 4C, some forms of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a rear support site 1350 to help support the display screen and/or display unit housing 1205 (shown in FIG. 4B) proximate to the user's eyes. The rear support site 1350 may help secure the display screen and/or display unit housing 1205 to the user's head in order to properly orient the display screen proximate to the user's eyes.

In some embodiments, the rear support portion 1350 may be coupled to the display unit housing 1205 via the temporal connector 1250.

In certain configurations, the temporal connector 1250 may be directly coupled to the display unit housing 1205 and the rear support portion 1350.

In some forms, the rear support portion 1350 may have a three-dimensional contour that fits the shape of the user's head. For example, the three-dimensional shape of the rear support portion 1350 may have a generally curved three-dimensional shape adapted to overlay the parietal and occipital regions of the user's head in use.

In some configurations, the posterior support portion 1350 may be a posterior portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The posterior support portion 1350 may provide a fixation force that is at least partially directed in an anterior direction.

In certain configurations, the posterior support portion 1350 is the lowermost portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, the posterior support portion 1350 may contact the area of the user's head between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscle. The posterior support 3008 may hook onto the lower edge of the occipital bone (e.g., the back of the head). The posterior support portion 1350 can provide an upwardly and/or forwardly directed force to maintain contact with the back of the user's head.

In certain embodiments, the rear support portion 1350 is the lowest portion of the entire head mounted display system 1000. For example, the rear support portion 1350 may be located at the base of the user's neck (e.g., overlying the occipital bone and trapezius muscle below the user's eyes) such that the rear support portion 1350 is lower than the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the posterior support portion 1350 may include a padded material that may contact the user's head (e.g., overlaying the area between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscle). The padded material may provide additional comfort to the user and limit marks caused by the posterior support portion 1350 pulling against the user's head.

5.2.2.3 Forehead Support Some forms of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a forehead support or front support 1360 configured to contact the user's head above the user's eyes during use. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 5B includes a forehead support 1360. In some examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 4A may include a forehead support 1360. The forehead support 1360 may overlie the frontal bone of the user's head. In certain forms, the forehead support 1360 may also be above the sphenoid and/or temporal bones. This may also allow the forehead support 1360 to be located above the user's eyebrows.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be a forward portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and may be positioned further forward of the user's head than any other portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The posterior support portion 1350 may provide a force that is at least partially directed in a posterior direction.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may include cushioning (e.g., fabric, foam, silicone, etc.) that may contact the user and help limit marks caused by the straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The forehead support 1360 and the interfacing structure 1100 may work together to provide comfort to the user.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be separate from the display unit housing 1205 and may contact the user's head at a different location (e.g., higher up) than the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 can be adjusted to allow the positioning and stabilizing structure 3000 to accommodate the shape and/or configuration of the user's face.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 (e.g., on a lateral side of the forehead support 1360). The temporal connector 1250 may extend at least partially downwardly to couple to the posterior support portion 1350.

In certain configurations, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include multiple pairs of temporal connectors 1250. For example, one pair of temporal connectors 1250 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 and a pair of temporal connectors 1250 may be coupled to the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, to improve user comfort, the forehead support 1360 may be displayed at an angle generally parallel to the user's forehead. For example, the forehead support 1360 may overlie the frontal bone and position the user in an orientation that is substantially parallel to the coronal plane. Positioning the forehead support substantially parallel to the coronal plane may reduce the likelihood of bed sores that may result from uneven presentation.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be offset from the rear support or rear support site that contacts the rear region of the user's head (e.g., the area where the occipital bone overlaps the trapezius muscle). In other words, the axis along the rear strap will not intersect with the forehead support 1360, which may be positioned lower and forward than the axis along the rear strap. The resulting offset between the forehead support 1360 and the rear strap may create a moment that counteracts the weight force of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205. A larger offset may create a larger moment and therefore more assistance in maintaining the proper position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205. The offset may be increased by moving the forehead support 1360 closer to the user's eyes (e.g., further forward and downward along the user's head) and/or by increasing the angle of the rear strap to be more vertical.

5.2.2.4 Adjustable Straps As shown in FIG. 4C , portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be adjustable to apply selective tension to the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to secure the position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254 through which at least one of the temporal connectors 1250 may be threaded and folded back on itself. The length of the temporal connectors 1250 threaded through each eyelet 1254 may be selected by the user to adjust the pulling force provided by the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, threading a greater length of the temporal connectors 1250 through the eyelet 1254 may provide a greater pulling force.

In some embodiments, at least one of the temporal connectors 1250 may include an adjustment portion 1256 and a receiving portion 1258. The adjustment portion 1256 may be positioned through an eyelet 1254 on the display unit housing 1205 and may be coupled (e.g., by folding back on itself) to the receiving portion 1258. The adjustment portion 1256 may include hook material and the receiving portion 1258 may include loop material (or vice versa) such that the adjustment portion 1256 may be removably retained in a desired position. In some embodiments, the hook and loop material may be Velcro®.

In certain configurations, adjusting the position of the adjustment portion 1256 relative to the receiving portion 1258 may apply a rearward force to the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to increase or decrease the sealing force of the light shield against the user's head (e.g., when the light shield acts as a seal-forming structure).

In certain configurations, the adjustment region 1256 may be constructed from a flexible and/or elastic material that may conform to the shape of the user's head and/or allow the adjustment region to be threaded through the eyelet 1254. For example, the adjustment region(s) 1256 may be constructed from an elastic fabric, which may provide elastic tension. The remaining portions of the temporal connector 1250 may be constructed from the rigid or semi-rigid materials described above (although it is contemplated that additional portions of the temporal connector 1250 may also be constructed from a flexible material).

5.2.2.4.1 Head Straps In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 3000 can include an upper strap portion 1340 that can overlap the upper region of the user's head.

In some forms, the upper strap portion 1340 may extend between a front portion of the head mounted display system 1000 and a rear portion of the head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the upper strap portion 1340 may be constructed from a flexible material and may be configured to complement the shape of the user's head.

In certain configurations, the upper strap portion 1340 may be connected to the display unit housing 1205. For example, the upper strap portion 1340 may be coupled to the upper face 1230. The upper strap portion 1340 may also be coupled to the display unit housing 1205 proximate a rear end of the display unit housing 1205.

In certain configurations, the upper strap portion 1340 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360. For example, the upper strap portion 1340 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 proximate an upper edge. The upper strap portion 1340 may be connected to the display unit housing 1205 via the forehead support 1360.

In some configurations, the upper strap portion 1340 may be connected to the rear support portion 1350. For example, the upper strap portion 1340 may be connected adjacent to an upper edge of the rear support portion 1350.

In some forms, the upper strap portion 1340 may overlap the frontal and parietal bones of the user's head.

In certain configurations, the upper strap portion 1340 may extend along a sagittal plane such that it extends between the front and rear portions of the head mounted display system 1000.

In certain configurations, the upper strap portion 1340 may apply a tensile force that is at least partially directed upward, which can counteract the force of gravity.

In certain configurations, the upper strap portion 1340 may apply a pulling force that is at least partially directed in a rearward direction, which can pull the interfacing structure 1100 toward the user's face (and provide a site of sealing force when the shade shield 3304 acts as a seal-forming structure).

In some forms, the upper strap portion 1340 may be adjustable to apply selective tension to the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to secure the position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205.

In certain configurations, the display unit housing 1205 and/or the forehead support 1360 (as the case may be) may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254 through which the upper strap portion 1340 may be threaded and folded back on itself. The length of the upper strap portion 1340 threaded through the eyelet 1254 may be selected by the user to adjust the tension provided by the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, threading a greater length of the upper strap portion 1340 through the eyelet 1254 may provide a greater tension.

In some configurations, the upper strap portion 1340 may include an adjustment portion and a receiving portion. The adjustment portion may be positioned via the eyelet 1254 and may be coupled with the receiving portion (e.g., by folding back on itself). The adjustment portion may include hook material and the receiving portion may include loop material (or vice versa) so that the adjustment portion may be releasably held in a desired position. In some embodiments, the hook and loop material may be Velcro®.

5.2.2.5 Rotation Control In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 and/or display screen 1220 can be pivoted relative to the user's face while the user is wearing the positioning and stabilizing structure. This may allow the user to view the physical environment while still wearing the user interface 3000. This may be useful for a user who wants to take a break to view the virtual environment, but does not want to remove the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300.

In some forms, a pivot connection 1260 may be formed between an upper portion of the display unit housing 1205 and the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, the pivot connection 1260 may be formed on the upper face 1230 of the display unit housing 1205.

In certain configurations, the swivel connection 1260 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360. The display unit housing 1205 may be able to pivot around the lower edge of the forehead support 1360.

In one form, the temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 to allow the display unit housing 1205 to pivot.

In some forms, the pivot connection 1260 may be a ratchet connection, allowing the display unit housing 1205 to be maintained in the raised position without additional user intervention.

6, head mounted display system 1000 includes a controller 1270, which may be engageable by a user to provide user input to the virtual environment and/or to control the operation of head mounted display system 1000. Controller 1270 may be connected to display unit 1200 and may provide the user with the ability to interact with virtual objects output from head mounted display unit 1200 to the user.

5.2.3.1 Handheld Controller In some forms, the controller 1270 may include a handheld device, which a user can easily hold in one hand.

In certain embodiments, the head mounted display system 1000 may include two handheld controllers. The handheld controllers may be substantially identical to one another, and each handheld may be operable by a respective one of the user's hands.

In some forms, the user can interact with the handheld controller(s) to control and/or interact with virtual objects in the virtual environment.

In some embodiments, the handheld controller includes a button that may be actuable by a user. For example, a user's fingers may be able to press a button while holding the handheld controller.

In some configurations, the handheld controller may include a directional control (e.g., a joystick, a control pad, etc.). The user's thumb may be able to engage the directional control while holding the handheld controller.

In certain embodiments, the controller 1270 may be wirelessly connected to the head mounted display unit 1200. For example, the controller 1270 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or any similar means.

In certain embodiments, the controller 1270 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via a wire.

5.2.3.2 Fixed Controller In some forms, at least a portion of the controller 1270 may be integrally formed with the display unit housing 1205.

In some embodiments, the controller 1270 may include control buttons integrally formed on the display unit housing 1205. For example, the control buttons may be formed on the upper face 1230 and/or the lower face 1232 such that the user's fingers can engage the control buttons when the user holds the palm of the hand against the lateral left or right face 1234, 1236 of the display unit housing 1205. Control buttons may also be located on other faces of the display unit housing 1205.

In some embodiments, the user may interact with a control button to control at least one operation of the head mounted display system 1000. For example, the control button may be an on/off button that may selectively control whether the display screen 1220 outputs an image to the user.

In certain embodiments, the operation buttons and the head-mounted display unit 1200 may be connected by wire.

In some embodiments, the head mounted display system 1000 may include both a handheld controller and control buttons.

5.2.4 Speakers Referring to FIG. 6, in some forms the head mounted display system 1000 includes a sound system or speakers 1272 connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 and positionable proximate to the user's ears to provide aural output to the user.

In some forms, the speakers 1272 may be positionable around the user's ears and may block or limit the user's ability to hear ambient noise.

In certain configurations, the speaker 1272 may be wirelessly connected to the head mounted display unit 1200. For example, the speaker 1272 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or any similar means.

In some forms, the speaker 1272 includes a left-ear transducer and a right-ear transducer. In some forms, the left-ear and right-ear transducers output different signals such that the volume and/or noise a user hears at one ear (e.g., the left ear) may be different from the volume and/or noise a user hears at the other ear (e.g., the right ear).

In some forms, the speaker 1272 (e.g., the volume of the speaker 1272) may be controlled using the controller 1270.

5.2.5 Power Source Referring to FIG. 6, some forms of the head mounted display system 1000 may include an electrical power source 1274 capable of providing power to the head mounted display unit 1200 and any other electrical components of the head mounted display system 1000.

In certain configurations, the power source 1274 may include a wired electrical connection that may be coupled to an external power source that may be fixed to a particular location.

In certain configurations, the power source 1274 may include a portable battery that can power the head mounted display unit 1200. A portable battery can increase the mobility of the user as compared to a wired electrical connection.

In certain configurations, the head mounted display system 1000 and/or other electronic components of the head mounted display system 1000 may include an internal battery and may be usable without the power source 1274.

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 may include a power source 1274 at a location remote from the head mounted display unit 1200. Electrical wiring may extend from the distal location to the display unit housing 1205 to electrically connect the power source 1274 to the head mounted display unit 1200.

In certain configurations, the power source 1274 may be coupled to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, the power source 1274 may be permanently or removably coupled to a strap of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The power source 1274 may be coupled to a rear portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 so that it can generally face the display unit housing 1205 and/or the head mounted display unit 1200. Thus, the weight of the power source 1274, as well as the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 and the display unit housing 1205, can be distributed throughout the head mounted display system 1000 instead of being concentrated at a front portion of the head mounted display system 1000. Shifting the weight to a rear portion of the head mounted display system 1000 can limit moments on the user's face, improving comfort and allowing the user to wear the head mounted display system 1000 for longer periods of time.

In certain configurations, the power source 1274 may be supported by the user distal to the user's head. For example, the power source 1274 may be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 and/or display unit housing 1205 only via an electrical connector (e.g., a wire). The power source 1274 may be stored in the user's pants pocket, on a belt clip, or in a similar manner that supports the weight of the power source 1274. This removes the weight that the user's head must support, and may make wearing the head mounted display system 1000 more comfortable for the user.

In some forms, the head mounted display unit 1200 may include a power source 1274. For example, the display unit 1220 may be a mobile phone or other similar electronic device that includes an internal power source 1274.

6, some forms of the head mounted display system 1000 include a control system 1276 that helps control the output received by the user. In particular, the control system 1276 can control the visual output from the display screen 1220 and/or the audible output from the speaker 1272.

In some forms, the control system 1276 may include sensors that monitor different parameters (e.g., in the physical environment) and communicate the measured parameters to a processor. The output received by the user may be affected by the measured parameters.

In some forms, the control system 1276 is integrated with the head mounted display unit 1200. In other forms, the control system 1276 is housed within the control system support 1290 and is separate from but connected (e.g., electrically connected) to the head mounted display unit 1200.

5.2.6.1 Power Source In some forms, the control system 1276 may be powered by a power source 1274, which may be at least one battery that is used to power the components of the control system 1276. For example, the sensors of the control system 1276 may be powered from the power source 1274.

In some forms, at least one battery of the power source 1274 may be a low power system battery 1278 and a main battery 7008.

In certain embodiments, a low power system battery 1278 may be used to power a real-time (RT) clock 1282 of the control system 1276.

5.2.6.1.1 Integrated Power Support Site In some forms, the battery support site 1288 may support the low power system battery 1278 and/or the main battery 7008. The battery support site 1288 may be supported directly on the head mounted display system 1000.

In some embodiments, the battery support portion 1288 may be located within the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the rear support portion 1288 may be disposed on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, the battery support portion 1288 may be coupled to the rear support portion 1350. The weight of the head mounted display system 1000 may be more balanced around the user's head. One form of the battery support portion 1288 is a battery pack housing, which is described in more detail herein.

5.2.6.1.2 Remote Power Support Site In some forms, the battery support site 1288 may support the low power system battery 1278 and/or the main battery 7008. The battery support site 1288 may be coupled to the user independently of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and/or the display unit housing 1205 (e.g., coupled via a belt clip). The battery support site 1288 may also be supported away from the user's body (e.g., if the head mounted display system 1000 receives power from a computer or video game console). A tether may couple the battery support site 1288 to the control system 1276 and/or other electronics. The location of the battery support site may improve comfort for the user since the weight of the low power system battery 1278 and/or the main battery 7008 is not supported on the user's head.

5.2.6.2 Orientation Sensor In some forms, the control system 1276 includes an orientation sensor 1284 that can sense the orientation of the user's body. For example, the orientation sensor 1284 may sense when the user rotates their entire body and/or their head individually. In other words, the orientation sensor 1284 may measure the angular position (or any similar parameter) of the user's body. By sensing the rotation, the sensor 1284 may communicate to the display screen 1220 to output a different image.

In some embodiments, an external direction sensor may be placed in the physical environment in which the user is wearing the head mounted display system 1000. The external direction sensor may track the movements of the user, similar to the direction sensor 1284 described above. The use of an external direction sensor may reduce the weight that the user needs to support.

5.2.6.2.1 Cameras In some forms, the control system 1276 may include at least one camera, which may be positioned to view the user's physical environment.

In some forms, the orientation sensor 1284 may be a camera and configured to observe the user's physical environment to determine the orientation of the user's head (e.g., which direction the user's head is tilted).

In some forms, the orientation sensor 1284 includes multiple cameras positioned throughout the head mounted display system 1000 to provide a more complete view of the user's physical environment and to more accurately measure the orientation of the user's head.

In some configurations, the camera 1284 is coupled to the front face 1238 of the display unit housing 1205. The cameras 1284 may be arranged in a sequence to provide a "first person" view.

In certain configurations, the display screen 1220 may use the camera 1284 to display the user's physical environment, allowing the user to feel as though they are viewing the physical environment without assistance from the head mounted display system 1000 (i.e., a first person perspective). This may allow the user to navigate around the physical environment without removing the head mounted display system 1000.

In one form, virtual objects may be displayed while the display screen 1220 displays the user's physical environment. The camera 1284 may enable the head mounted display system 1000 to operate as an MR device. The control system 1276 may include controls for switching operation between the VR and MR devices.

5.2.6.3 Eye Sensor In some forms, the control system 1276 may include an eye sensor that can track the eye movements of the user. For example, the eye sensor can measure the position of at least one of the user's eyes and determine in which direction the user's at least one eye is looking.

In some forms, the control system 1276 may include two eye sensors, each corresponding to one eye of the user.

In some forms, the eye sensor may be located within or adjacent to the lens 1240.

In some forms, the eye sensors may measure the angular position of the user's ears to determine the visual output from the display screen 1220.

5.2.6.4 Processing System In some forms, the control system 1276 includes a processing system that can receive measurements from various sensors of the control system 1276.

In some forms, the processing system may receive measurements recorded by the orientation sensor 1284 and/or the eye sensor. Based on these measurements, the processor may communicate with the display screen 1220 to modify the output image. For example, if the user's eyes and/or the user's head are rotated upward, the display screen 1220 may display a higher portion of the virtual environment (e.g., in response to a prompt from the processing system).

5.3 Augmented Reality Display Interface As shown in Figures 5A-5B, a display device or head mounted display system 1000 according to one aspect of the present technology comprises the following functional aspects: a display screen 1220, a display housing 3200, and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. In some forms, the functional aspects may provide one or more physical components. In some forms, one or more physical components may provide one or more functional aspects. In use, the display 3100 is positioned adjacent to and in front of the user's eyes such that the user can view the display unit 3100.

In other aspects, the head mounted display system 1000 may include an interfacing structure 1100, a controller 1270, a speaker 1272, a power source 1274, and/or a control system 1276. In some embodiments, these may be integral parts of the head mounted display system 1000, while in other embodiments, these may be modular and integrated into the head mounted display system 1000 as desired by the user.

5.3.1 Display Unit Head mounted display unit 1200 may include structure for providing a viewable output to a user. In particular, head mounted display unit 1200 is arranged to be held (e.g., manually, by positioning and stabilizing structure, etc.) in an operative position in front of the user's face.

In some embodiments, the head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display screen 1220, a display unit housing 1205, and/or an interfacing structure 1100. These components may be integrally formed within a single head mounted display unit 1200, or may be separable and selectively connected by a user to form the head mounted display unit 1200. Additionally, the display screen 1220, the display unit housing 1205, and/or the interfacing structure 1100 may be included within the head mounted display system 1000, but may not be part of the head mounted display unit 1200.

5.3.1.1 Display Screen As shown in Figure 5A, some forms of head mounted display unit 1200 include a display screen 1220. The display screen 1220 may include electrical components that provide a viewable output to a user.

In one form of the present technology shown in Figures 5A and 5B, the display screen 1220 provides a light output that is observable by a user. The light output allows the user to observe the virtual environment and/or virtual objects.

The display screen 1220 may be positioned in close proximity to the user's eyes such that the user can view the display screen 1220. For example, the display screen 1220 may be positioned in front of the user's eyes. The display screen 1220 may display computer-generated images viewable by the user to augment the user's physical environment (e.g., the computer-generated images may appear to be present in the user's physical environment).

In some forms, the display screen 1220 is an electronic display. The display screen 1220 can be a liquid crystal display (LCD) or a light emitting diode (LED) display.

In some embodiments, the computer-generated image may be projected onto the display screen 1220.

In some embodiments, the display screen 1220 can extend wider than the distance between the user's pupils. Also, the display screen 1220 may be wider than the distance between the user's cheeks.

In some embodiments, the display screen 1220 may display at least one image viewable by a user. For example, the display screen 1220 may display an image that changes in response to a given condition (e.g., the passage of time, user movement, input from the user, etc.).

In certain embodiments, portions of the display screen 1220 may be visible to only one eye of the user. In other words, a portion of the display screen 1220 may be positioned in front of and adjacent to only one eye of the user (e.g., the right eye) and block the view of the other eye (e.g., the left eye).

In one embodiment, the display screen 1220 may be split into left and right halves (e.g., a left side and a right side) to display two images at a time (e.g., one image on each side).

Similar images may be displayed on each side of display screen 1220. In some embodiments, the images may be identical, while in other embodiments, the images may be slightly different.

By combining the two images on the display screen 1220 to form a binocular display, a more realistic AR or MR experience can be provided to the user. In other words, the user's brain can process the two images from the display screen 1220 together as one image. By providing two (e.g., non-identical) images, the user can see virtual objects around them and can expand their field of view in the virtual environment.

In certain configurations, the display screen 1220 may be positioned to be visible to both eyes of a user. The display screen 1220 may output a single image that can be viewed by both eyes simultaneously. This may simplify processing compared to a multi-image display screen 1220.

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a single lens 1240 (e.g., a monocular display). The lens 1240 may be positioned in front of both eyes (e.g., so that both eyes view the image from the display screen 1220 through the lens 1240) or in front of only one eye (e.g., where the image from the display screen 1220 can be viewed by only one eye). This may be particularly useful in AR or MR where the user wishes to limit the virtual stimuli and observe the physical environment without overlaying virtual objects.

In certain configurations, particularly when using the display screen 1220 in an AR or MR environment, the display screen 1220 can be turned off while the user continues to wear the display screen 1220 and interact with the physical environment. This allows the user to choose when to receive virtual stimuli and when to just observe the physical environment.

In certain configurations, the display screen 1220 may be transparent (or translucent). For example, the display screen 1220 may be glass that allows the user to see through the display screen 1220. This may be particularly useful in AR or MR applications, allowing the user to have a continuous view of the physical environment.

5.3.1.1.1 Optical Lens As shown in FIG. 5A, display screen 1220 may be disposed within lens 1240. A user may view an image provided by display screen 1220 through lens 1240. Lens 1240 may be transparent and/or translucent along with display screen 1220 such that a user can observe the physical environment while looking through lens 1240. In some examples, a user may be able to observe (e.g., visually observe) the physical environment with or without the computer-generated image output by display screen 1220.

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 includes two lenses 1240 (e.g., a binocular display), one for each of the user's eyes. In other words, each of the user's eyes sees through a separate lens positioned in front of the respective pupil. Each of the lenses 1240 may be identical, but in some embodiments, one lens 1240 may be different (e.g., have a different magnification) from the other lens 1240. For example, the lenses 1240 may be prescription lenses 1240, and each of the user's eyes may have a different prescription.

In certain configurations, the display screen 1220 may output two images simultaneously. Each eye of the user may only see one of the two images. Alternatively, the images may be displayed side-by-side on the display screen 1220. Each lens 1240 allows each eye to see only the image that is proximate to that eye. The user may then combine the two images into a single image.

In certain configurations, each lens 1240 may include a separate display screen 1220 that outputs a different image. For example, different computer-generated images may be displayed to the user's eyes.

In one form, the user may control whether both, one, or neither of the display screens 1220 are output simultaneously. This may be useful if the user wishes to switch which eye views the computer-generated image.

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a single lens 1240 (e.g., a monocular display). The lens 1240 may be positioned in front of both eyes (e.g., so that both eyes view the image from the display screen 1220 through the lens 1240) or in front of only one eye (e.g., where the image from the display screen 1220 can be viewed by only one eye).

5A and 5B, the display unit housing 1205 may provide a support structure for the display screen 1220 to maintain the position of at least some of the components of the display screen 1220 relative to one another, further protecting the display screen 1220 and/or other components of the display unit 1200. The display unit housing 1205 may be constructed from a material suitable for providing protection from impact forces to the display screen 1220. The display unit housing 1205 may also be in contact with the user's face and may be constructed from a biocompatible material suitable for limiting irritation to the user.

The display unit housing 1205 according to some forms of the present technology may be constructed from a hard, rigid or semi-rigid material such as plastic.

In certain configurations, the rigid or semi-rigid material may be at least partially covered with a soft and/or flexible material (e.g., fabric, silicone, etc.). This may improve biocompatibility and/or user comfort since at least a portion of the display unit housing 1205 that the user engages (e.g., grasps with one's hand) comprises a soft and/or flexible material.

The display unit housing 1205 according to other forms of the present technology may be constructed from a soft, flexible, resilient material such as silicone rubber.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 may at least partially protrude from the display unit housing 1205. For example, unlike the VR head mounted display system 1000, the display screen 1220 in the AR (or MR) head mounted display system 1000 may not be completely enclosed by the display unit housing 1205. The user may be able to view the display screen 1220 directly or may be able to see through the display screen 1220 (e.g., if the display screen 1220 is transparent or translucent).

In certain configurations, the display unit housing 1205 may support sensors or other electronics, as described below. The display unit housing 1205 can provide protection for the electronics without substantially obstructing the user's view of the display screen 1220.

5.3.1.3 Interfacing Structure As shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B, some forms of the present technology include an interfacing structure 1100 positioned and/or arranged to conform to the shape of the user's face, which may provide added comfort to the user while wearing and/or using the head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 is coupled to a surface of the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 may be constructed from a biocompatible material.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 of the present technology may be constructed from a soft, flexible, and/or elastic material.

In certain configurations, the interfacing structure 1100 according to the present technology may be constructed from silicone rubber and/or foam.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 may contact sensitive areas of the user's face that may be areas of discomfort. The material forming the interfacing structure 1100 may cushion these sensitive areas and limit the user's discomfort while wearing the head mounted display system 1000.

In certain configurations, these sensitive areas may include the user's forehead. Specifically, this may include the area of the user's head adjacent to the cranial muscles and/or frontal bone, such as the brow bone. This area may be sensitive due to limited natural cushioning from muscle and/or fat between the user's skin and bone. Similarly, the bridge of the user's nose may also contain little natural cushioning.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 may include a single element. In some embodiments, the interfacing structure 1100 may be designed for mass manufacturing. For example, the interfacing structure 1100 may be designed to comfortably fit a wide range of different face shapes and sizes.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 may include different elements that overlie different areas of the user's face. Different portions of the interfacing structure 1100 may be constructed from different materials to provide the user with different textures and/or cushioning in different areas.

In some forms, the interfacing structure 1100 may include nose pads (e.g., as used with eyeglasses) that may contact the lateral sides of the user's nose. The nose pads may exert light pressure on the user's nose to maintain the position of the head mounted display system 1000, but would not exert a significant uncomfortable force (e.g., the nose pads would not experience a rearwardly directed pulling force).

5.3.2 Positioning and Stabilizing Structure As shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B, the display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 of the head mounted display system 1000 of the present technology may be held in an in-use position by a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300.

To hold the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 in its correct operating position, the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 provides ideal comfort for the user's head to accommodate the induced load from the weight of the display unit in a manner that minimizes facial marks and/or pain over time. A universal fit must also be possible (without tradeoffs between comfort, ease of use, and manufacturing costs). Design criteria include adjustability over a range and low barrier to entry for people with poor dexterity with a simple setup solution with few touch points. A further consideration is the response to dynamic environments in which the head mounted display system 1000 may be used. As part of an immersive experience of a virtual environment, users may communicate (i.e., converse) while using the head mounted display system 1000. In this manner, the user's jaw or mandible may move relative to other bones of the skull. Furthermore, the entire head may move over a period of use of the head mounted display system 1000. For example, there is movement of the user's upper body (and possibly lower body), and in particular, there is movement of the head relative to the upper and lower body.

In one form, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 provides a holding force that overcomes the effects of gravity on the display screen 1220 and/or display unit 1205.

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is configured in a manner consistent with being comfortably worn by a user. In one embodiment, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 has a low profile or cross-sectional thickness to reduce the perceived or actual bulk of the device. In one embodiment, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one strap having a rectangular cross-section. In one embodiment, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one flat strap.

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilization structure 1300 is provided that is configured to be not so large and bulky as to prevent the user from comfortably moving their head from side to side.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a strap constructed from a laminate of a textile user-contacting layer, a foam inner layer, and a textile outer layer. In one form, the foam is porous to allow moisture (e.g., sweat) to pass through the strap. In one form, the skin-contacting layer of the strap is formed from a material that helps direct moisture in the core away from the user's face. In one form, the textile outer layer includes a loop material that engages with a hook material site.

In certain forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes an extensible, e.g., elastically extensible, strap. For example, the strap may be configured to be tensioned in use and direct a force that draws the display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 toward a portion of the user's face, particularly adjacent to and in line with the user's eyes. In one embodiment, the strap may be configured as a tie.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a first tie that is constructed and positioned such that, in use, at least a portion of its lower edge passes upward relative to the superior auti-basal point of the user's head and overlaps a portion of the parietal bone without overlapping the occipital bone.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a second tie that is constructed and positioned such that, in use, at least a portion of its upper edge passes inferiorly relative to the inferior autism point of the user's head and overlaps or is inferior to the occipital bone of the user's head.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a third tie constructed and arranged to interconnect the first tie and the second tie to reduce the tendency of the first tie and the second tie to move apart from one another.

In certain forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 includes straps that are bendable, e.g., non-rigid. An advantage of this aspect is that the straps are more comfortable against the user's head.

In certain forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps that are constructed to be breathable to allow moisture vapor to be transmitted through the straps.

In certain forms of the present technology, one or more positioning and stabilizing structures 1300 are provided, each configured to provide a holding force corresponding to a different size and/or shape range. For example, the system may be suitable for large head sizes but not small head sizes, and another form includes one form of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that may be suitable for small head sizes but not large head sizes.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a cushioning material (e.g., a foam pad) for contacting the user's skin. The cushioning material may provide additional fit to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, especially if the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is constructed from a rigid or semi-rigid material.

5.3.2.1 Temporal Connectors As shown in FIG. 5B, some forms of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 include temporal connectors 1250, each of which may overlie a respective one of the user's temporal bones in use. A portion of the temporal connector 1250, in use, contacts the area of the user's head proximate the supra-aural point, i.e., above each of the user's ears.

The temporal connectors 1250 may be lateral portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 such that each temporal connector 1250 is positioned on either the left or right side of the user's head.

In some embodiments, the temporal connector 1250 may extend in the anterior-posterior direction and may be substantially parallel to the sagittal plane.

In some embodiments, the temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to the display unit housing 1205. For example, the temporal connector 1250 may be connected to a lateral side of the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be positioned such that, in use, it extends generally along or parallel to the Frankfort horizontal of the head and above the cheekbone of the user.

In some forms, the temporal connectors 1250 are positioned relative to the user's head, similar to the arms of eyeglasses, and may be positioned above the antihelix of each ear.

In some forms, the temporal connectors 1250 may have a generally elongated, flat configuration. In other words, each temporal connector 1250 is much longer and wider (from top to bottom on the page) than it is thick (into the page).

In some forms, the temporal connectors 1250 may each have a three-dimensional shape with curvature in all three axes (X, Y, and Z). The thickness of the temporal connector 1250 may be substantially uniform, while its height varies throughout its length. The purpose of the shape and dimensions of the temporal connector 1250 is to fit closely to the user's head in order to retain a low-profile and unobtrusive profile (i.e., not appear overly bulky).

In some forms, the temporal connectors 1250 may be constructed from a rigid or semi-rigid material, which may include plastic, Hytrel (a thermoplastic polyester elastomer), or another similar material. A rigid or semi-rigid material may be self-supporting and/or capable of retaining its shape without being worn. This may provide a more intuitive or clearer understanding to the user of how to use the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, as opposed to a generally flimsy, non-shape-retaining positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. Maintaining the temporal connectors 1250 in an in-use state prior to use may prevent or limit distortion while the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is worn by the user, allowing the user to quickly don or don the head mounted display system 1000.

In certain configurations, the temporal connector 1250 may be a stiffener, which may limit the amount of extension or deformation of the arm during use, thereby allowing for more effective (e.g., direct) translation of tension forces through the temporal connector 1250.

In certain configurations, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be designed such that the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 springs "out of the box" and generally assumes its in-use configuration. Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be arranged to retain its in-use shape after being out of the box (e.g., because stiffening material may be formed to maintain the shape of some or a portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). Advantageously, the shape of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally curvilinear, similar to the rear of the user's head, so that orientation of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is clear to the user. That is, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally dome-shaped.

In certain configurations, a flexible and/or elastic material may be disposed around the rigid or semi-rigid material of the temporal connector 1250. The flexible material may be more comfortable against the user's head to improve wearability and provide a softer contact to the user's face. In one configuration, the flexible material is a fabric sleeve that is permanently or removably coupled to the temporal connector 1250.

In one form, the fabric may be overmolded onto at least one side of the stiffening. In one form, the stiffening may be formed separately to the elastic component, in which case a sock of user-contacting material (e.g., Breath-O-Prene®) may be covered or slid over the stiffening. In alternative forms, the user-contacting material may be provided to the stiffening by adhesive, ultrasonic welding, stitching, hook-and-loop material, and/or stud connectors.

In some configurations, the user-contacting material may be provided on both sides of the stiffener, or may be provided only on the user-contacting side (e.g., the user-contacting surface) of the stiffener to reduce material bulk and cost.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 is constructed from a flexible material (e.g., a woven fabric) that is comfortable against the user's skin and may not require additional layers for added comfort.

Some forms of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include only the temporal connector 1250. The temporal connector 1250 may be shaped like the temples or arms of eyeglasses and may rest against the user's head in a similar manner. For example, the temporal arm 3304 may provide a force directed toward the lateral side of the user's head (e.g., toward the respective temporal bone).

5.3.2.2 Rear Support Region As shown in FIG. 5B, some forms of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a rear support, such as a rear support region 1350, to help support the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 proximate to the user's eyes. The rear support region 1350 may help secure the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to the user's head in order to properly orient the display screen 1220 proximate to the user's eyes.

In some embodiments, the rear support portion 1350 may be coupled to the display unit housing 1205 via the temporal connector 1250.

In certain configurations, the temporal connector 1250 may be directly coupled to the display unit housing 1205 and the rear support portion 1350.

In some forms, the rear support portion 1350 may have a three-dimensional contour that fits the shape of the user's head. For example, the three-dimensional shape of the rear support portion 1350 may have a generally curved three-dimensional shape adapted to overlay the parietal and occipital regions of the user's head in use.

In some configurations, the posterior support portion 1350 may be a posterior portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The posterior support portion 1350 may provide a fixation force that is at least partially directed in an anterior direction.

In certain configurations, the posterior support portion 1350 is the lowermost portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, the posterior support portion 1350 may contact the area of the user's head between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscle. The posterior support portion 1350 may hook onto the lower edge of the occipital bone (e.g., the back of the head). The posterior support portion 1350 can provide an upwardly and/or forwardly directed force to maintain contact with the back of the user's head.

In certain embodiments, the rear support portion 1350 is the lowest portion of the entire head mounted display system 1000. For example, the rear support portion 1350 may be located at the base of the user's neck (e.g., overlying the occipital bone and trapezius muscle below the user's eyes) such that the rear support portion 1350 is lower than the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the posterior support portion 1350 may include a padded material that may contact the user's head (e.g., overlaying the area between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscle). The padded material may provide additional comfort to the user and limit marks caused by the posterior support portion 1350 pulling against the user's head.

5.3.2.3 Forehead Support As shown in Figures 5A and 5B, some configurations of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a forehead support 1360 that, during use, may contact the user's head above the user's eyes. For example, the forehead support 1360 may overlie the frontal bone of the user's head. In certain configurations, the forehead support 1360 may also be above the sphenoid and/or temporal bones, which may allow the forehead support 1360 to be positioned above the user's eyebrows.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be a forward portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and may be positioned further forward of the user's head than any other portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The posterior support portion 1350 may provide a force that is at least partially directed in a posterior direction.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may include cushioning (e.g., fabric, foam, silicone, etc.) that may contact the user and help limit marks caused by the straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The forehead support 1360 and the interfacing structure 1100 may work together to provide comfort to the user.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be separate from the display unit housing 1205 and may contact the user's head at a different location (e.g., higher up) than the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 can be adjusted to allow the positioning and stabilizing structure 3000 to accommodate the shape and/or configuration of the user's face.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 (e.g., on a lateral side of the forehead support 1360). The temporal connector 1250 may extend at least partially downwardly to couple to the posterior support portion 1350.

In certain configurations, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include multiple pairs of temporal connectors 1250. For example, one pair of temporal connectors 1250 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 and a pair of temporal connectors 1250 may be coupled to the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, to improve user comfort, the forehead support 1360 may be displayed at an angle generally parallel to the user's forehead. For example, the forehead support 1360 may overlie the frontal bone and position the user in an orientation that is substantially parallel to the coronal plane. Positioning the forehead support substantially parallel to the coronal plane may reduce the likelihood of bed sores that may result from uneven presentation.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be offset from the rear support that contacts the rear region of the user's head (e.g., the area where the occipital bone overlaps the trapezius muscle). In other words, the axis along the rear strap will not intersect with the forehead support 1360, which may be positioned lower and forward than the axis along the rear strap. The resulting offset between the forehead support 1360 and the rear strap may create a moment that counteracts the weight force of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205. A larger offset may create a larger moment and therefore more assistance in maintaining the proper position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205. The offset may be increased by moving the forehead support 1360 closer to the user's eyes (e.g., further forward and downward along the user's head) and/or by increasing the angle of the rear strap to be more vertical.

5.3.2.4 Adjustable Straps Portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be adjustable to provide selective tension to the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to secure the position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254 through which at least one of the temporal connectors 1250 may be threaded and folded back on itself. The length of the strap of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 threaded through each eyelet 1254 can be selected by the user to adjust the tension. For example, a greater tension can be provided by threading a greater length through the eyelet 1254.

In some embodiments, at least one of the temporal connectors 1250 may include an adjustment portion 1256 and a receiving portion 1258. The adjustment portion 1256 may be disposed through an eyelet 1254 on the display unit housing 1205 and may be coupled (e.g., by folding back on itself) to the receiving portion 1258. The adjustment portion 1256 may include hook material and the receiving portion 1258 may include loop material (or vice versa) such that the adjustment portion 1256 may be removably retained in a desired position. In some embodiments, the hook and loop material may be Velcro®.

In certain configurations, the strap may be constructed at least in part from a flexible and/or elastic material that may conform to the shape of the user's head and/or allow the adjustment site to be threaded through the eyelet 1254. For example, the adjustment site(s) 1256 may be constructed from an elastic fabric, which may provide elastic tension. The remaining portions of the temporal connector 1250 may be constructed from the rigid or semi-rigid materials described above (although it is contemplated that additional portions of the temporal connector 1250 may also be constructed from a flexible material).

5.3.2.4.1 Upper Strap Section In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 3000 can include an upper strap section 1340 that can overlap the upper region of the user's head.

In some forms, the upper strap portion 1340 may extend between a front portion of the head mounted display system 1000 and a rear portion of the head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the upper strap portion 1340 may be constructed from a flexible material and may be configured to complement the shape of the user's head.

In certain configurations, the upper strap portion 1340 may be connected to the display unit housing 1205. For example, the upper strap portion 1340 may be coupled to the upper face 1230. The upper strap portion 1340 may also be coupled to the display unit housing 3528 proximate the rear end of the display unit housing 1205.

In certain configurations, the upper strap portion 1340 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360. For example, the upper strap portion 1340 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 proximate an upper edge. The upper strap portion 1340 may be connected to the display unit housing 1205 via the forehead support 1360.

In some configurations, the upper strap portion 1340 may be connected to the rear support portion 1350. For example, the upper strap portion 1340 may be connected adjacent to an upper edge of the rear support portion 1350.

In some forms, the upper strap portion 1340 may overlap the frontal and parietal bones of the user's head.

In certain configurations, the upper strap portion 1340 may extend along a sagittal plane such that it extends between a front portion and a rear portion of the head mounted display system 1000.

In certain configurations, the upper strap portion 1340 may apply a tensile force that is at least partially directed upward, which can counteract the force of gravity.

In some forms, the upper strap portion 1340 may be adjustable to apply selective tension to the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to secure the position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205.

In certain configurations, the display unit housing 1205 and/or the forehead support 1360 may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254 through which the upper strap portion 1340 may be threaded and folded back on itself. The length of the upper strap portion 1340 threaded through the eyelet 1254 may be selected by the user to adjust the tension provided by the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, threading a greater length of the upper strap portion 1340 through the eyelet 1254 may provide a greater tension.

In some configurations, the upper strap portion 1340 may include an adjustment portion and a receiving portion. The adjustment portion may be positioned via the eyelet 1254 and may be coupled with the receiving portion (e.g., by folding back on itself). The adjustment portion may include hook material and the receiving portion may include loop material (or vice versa) to releasably hold the adjustment portion in a desired position. In some embodiments, the hook and loop material may be Velcro®.

5.3.2.5 Rotation Control In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 and/or display screen 1220 can be pivoted relative to the user's face while the user is wearing the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. This may allow the user to view the physical environment without having to look into the head mounted display unit 1200 (e.g., viewing a computer-generated image). This may be useful for users who want to take a break to view the virtual environment, but do not want to remove the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300.

In certain configurations, the pivot connection 1260 may be coupled to the temporal connectors 1250. The head mounted display unit 1200 may be capable of pivoting about an axis extending between the temporal connectors 1250 (e.g., a substantially horizontal axis that, in use, may be substantially perpendicular to the Frankfort horizontal).

In certain configurations, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 includes a pair of arms 1210 that, in use, can extend away from the display screen 1220 (e.g., in a cantilever configuration) and extend rearward.

In certain configurations, the pair of arms 1210 may extend at least partially along the temporal connector 1250 and be connected to the temporal connector 1250 by a pivot connection 1260.

In some forms, the pivot connection 1260 may be a ratchet connection, allowing the display unit housing 1205 to be maintained in the raised position without additional user intervention.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 may include a neutral position (e.g., see FIG. 5B, substantially horizontal when in use) and a pivoted position (e.g., pivoted about a horizontal axis when in use).

In certain configurations, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 90° relative to the temporal connector 1250. In certain configurations, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 80° relative to the temporal connector 1250. In certain configurations, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 70° relative to the temporal connector 1250. In certain configurations, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 60° relative to the temporal connector 1250. In certain configurations, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 50° relative to the temporal connector 1250. In certain configurations, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can be pivoted between about 0° and about 45° relative to the temporal connector 1250. At least in its maximum pivoted position, the display screen 1220 can be above the user's eyes, so that the user does not need to look into the display screen 1220 to view the physical environment.

5.3.3 Controller
6, head mounted display system 1000 includes a controller 1270, which may be engageable by a user to provide user input to the virtual environment and/or to control the operation of head mounted display system 1000. Controller 1270 may be connected to display unit 1200 and may provide the user with the ability to interact with virtual objects output from head mounted display unit 1200 to the user.

5.3.3.1 Handheld Controller In some forms, the controller 1270 may include a handheld device, which a user can easily hold in one hand.

In certain embodiments, the head mounted display system 1000 may include one handheld controller. The handheld controllers may be substantially identical to one another, and each handheld may be operable by a respective one of the user's hands.

In some forms, the user can interact with the handheld controller(s) to control and/or interact with virtual objects in the virtual environment.

In some embodiments, the handheld controller includes a button that may be actuable by a user. For example, a user's fingers may be able to press a button while holding the handheld controller.

In some configurations, the handheld controller may include a directional control (e.g., a joystick, a control pad, etc.). The user's thumb may be able to engage the directional control while holding the handheld controller.

In certain embodiments, the controller 1270 may be wirelessly connected to the head mounted display unit 1200. For example, the controller 1270 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or any similar means.

In certain embodiments, the controller 1270 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via a wire.

5.3.3.2 Fixed Controller In some forms, at least a portion of the controller 1270 may be integrally formed with the display unit housing 1205.

In some embodiments, the controller 1270 may include control buttons integrally formed on the display unit housing 1205. For example, the control buttons may be formed on the upper face 1230 and/or the lower face 1232 such that the user's fingers can engage the buttons when the user holds the palm of the hand against the lateral left or right face 1234, 1236 of the display unit housing 1205. Control buttons may also be located on other faces of the display unit housing 1205.

In some embodiments, a user can interact with a control button to control at least one operation of the head mounted display system 1000. For example, the control button can be an on/off button that can selectively control whether the display screen 1220 outputs an image to the user.

In certain embodiments, the operation buttons and the head-mounted display unit 1200 may be connected by wire.

In some embodiments, the head mounted display system 1000 may include both a handheld controller and control buttons.

In some forms, it may be preferable for the AR or MR device to have only a control button(s). While wearing the AR or MR head mounted display system 1000, the user may be able to interact with their physical environment (e.g., walk around, use tools, etc.). Thus, the user may prefer to keep their hands off the controller 1270.

5.3.4 Speakers Referring to FIG. 6, some forms of the head mounted display system 1000 include a sound system or speakers 1272 connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 and positionable adjacent the user's ears to provide aural output to the user.

In some forms, the speakers 1272 may be positionable around the user's ears and may block or limit the user's ability to hear ambient noise.

In certain configurations, the speaker 1272 may be wirelessly connected to the head mounted display unit 1200. For example, the speaker 1272 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, or any similar means.

In some forms, the speaker 1272 includes a left-ear transducer and a right-ear transducer. In some forms, the left-ear and right-ear transducers output different signals such that the volume and/or noise a user hears at one ear (e.g., the left ear) may be different from the volume and/or noise a user hears at the other ear (e.g., the right ear).

In some forms, the speaker 1272 (e.g., the volume of the speaker 1272) may be controlled using the controller 1270.

5.3.5 Power Source As shown in FIG. 6, some forms of the head mounted display system 1000 may include an electrical power source 1274 that can provide power to the head mounted display unit 1200 and any other electrical components of the head mounted display system 1000.

In certain configurations, the power source 1274 may include a wired electrical connection that may be coupled to an external power source that may be fixed to a particular location.

In certain configurations, the power source 1274 may include a portable battery that can power the head mounted display unit 1200. A portable battery can increase the mobility of the user as compared to a wired electrical connection.

In certain configurations, the head mounted display system 1000 and/or other electronic components of the head mounted display system 1000 may include an internal battery and may be usable without the power source 1274.

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 may include a power source 1274 at a location remote from the head mounted display unit 1200. Electrical wiring may extend from the distal location to the display unit housing 1205 to electrically connect the power source 1274 to the head mounted display unit 1200.

In certain configurations, the power source 1274 may be coupled to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, the power source 1274 may be permanently or removably coupled to a strap of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The power source 1274 may be coupled to a rear portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 so that it is generally opposite the display unit housing 1205 and/or the head mounted display unit 1200. Thus, the weight of the power source 1274, as well as the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 and the display unit housing 1205, can be distributed throughout the head mounted display system 1000 instead of being concentrated at a front portion of the head mounted display system 1000. Shifting the weight to a rear portion of the display interface can limit moments on the user's face, improving comfort and allowing the user to wear the head mounted display system 1000 for longer periods of time.

In certain configurations, the power source 1274 may be supported by the user distal to the user's head. For example, the power source 1274 may be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 and/or display unit housing 1205 only via an electrical connector (e.g., a wire). The power source 1274 may be stored in the user's pants pocket, on a belt clip, or in a similar manner that supports the weight of the power source 1274. This removes the weight that the user's head must support, and may make wearing the head mounted display system 1000 more comfortable for the user.

5.3.6 Control System In some forms, the control system 1276 may be powered by a power source 1274 (e.g., at least one battery) that is used to power the components of the control system 1276. For example, the sensors of the control system 1276 may be powered from the power source 1274.

In some forms, at least one battery of the power source 1274 may be a low power system battery 1278 and a main battery 7008.

In certain embodiments, a low power system battery 1278 may be used to power a real-time (RT) clock 1282 of the control system 1276.

5.3.6.1.1 Integrated Power Support Site In some forms, the battery support site 1288 may support the low power system battery 1278 and/or the main battery 7008. The battery support site 1288 may be supported directly on the head mounted display system 1000.

In some embodiments, the battery support portion 1288 may be located within the display unit housing 1205.

In some configurations, the battery support portion 1288 may be disposed on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, the battery support portion 1288 may be coupled to the rear support portion 1350. The weight of the head mounted display system 1000 may be more balanced around the user's head.

5.3.6.1.2 Remote Power Support Site In some forms, the battery support site 1288 may support the low power system battery 1278 and/or the main battery 1280. The battery support site 1288 may be coupled to the user independently of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and/or the display unit housing 1205 (e.g., coupled via a belt clip). The battery support site 1288 may also be supported away from the user's body (e.g., if the head mounted display system 1000 receives power from a computer or video game console). A tether may couple the battery support site 1288 to the control system 1276 and/or other electronics. The location of the battery support site may improve comfort for the user since the weight of the low power system battery 1278 and/or the main battery 7008 is not supported on the user's head.

5.3.6.2 Orientation Sensor In some forms, the control system 1276 includes an orientation sensor 1284 that can sense the orientation of the user's body. For example, the orientation sensor 1284 may sense when the user rotates their entire body and/or their head individually. In other words, the orientation sensor 1284 may measure the angular position (or any similar parameter) of the user's body. By sensing the rotation, the sensor 1284 may communicate to the display screen 1220 to output a different image.

In some embodiments, an external orientation sensor may be placed in the physical environment in which the user is wearing the head mounted display system 1000. The external position sensor can track the movements of the user, similar to the orientation sensor 1284 described above. The use of an external orientation sensor can reduce the weight that needs to be supported by the user.

5.3.6.2.1 Cameras In some forms, the control system 1276 may include at least one camera, which may be positioned to view the user's physical environment.

In some forms, the orientation sensor 1284 may be a camera and configured to observe the user's physical environment to measure and determine the orientation of the user's head (e.g., which direction the user's head is tilted).

In some forms, the orientation sensor 1284 includes multiple cameras positioned throughout the head mounted display system 1000 to provide a more complete view of the user's physical environment and to more accurately measure the orientation of the user's head.

5.3.6.3 Eye Sensor In some forms, the control system 1276 may include an eye sensor that can track the movement of the user's eyes. For example, the eye sensor can measure the position of at least one of the user's eyes and determine in which direction the user's at least one eye is looking.

In some forms, the control system 1276 may include two eye sensors, each corresponding to one eye of the user.

In some forms, the eye sensor may be located within or adjacent to the lens 1240.

In some forms, the eye sensors may measure the angular position of the user's ears to determine the visual output from the display screen 1220.

In some forms, the user's eyes act as controllers and the user may move their eyes to interact with virtual objects. For example, a virtual cursor may follow the position of the user's eyes. Eye sensors may track and measure the user's eye movements and communicate with a processing system 1286 (described below) to move the virtual cursor.

5.3.6.4 Processing System In some forms, the control system 1276 includes a processing system 1286 (e.g., a microprocessor) that can receive measurements from various sensors of the control system 1276.

In some forms, the processing system 1286 may receive measurements recorded by the orientation sensor 1284 and/or the eye sensor. Based on these measurements, the processor may communicate with the display screen 1220 to modify the output image. For example, if the user's eyes and/or the user's head are rotated upward, the display screen 1220 may display a higher portion of the virtual environment (e.g., in response to instructions from the processing system 1286).

5.4 Head Mounted Display Systems That May Include a Separate Battery Pack Figures 7A-7C, 8, 9, 21A-21E, 23A-23D, 28A-28E, 31A-31B, 32A-32C, and 33 show examples of a head mounted display system 1000. In these particular examples, the head mounted display system 1000 is configured for use as a virtual reality (VR) headset. The head mounted display system 1000 in each of these examples includes a head mounted display unit 1200 and a battery pack 1500. The head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display configured for VR. The battery pack 1500 is configured to provide current to the head mounted display system 1000. Although various features are described herein in the context of a head mounted display system 1000 that includes a battery pack 1500 separate from the head mounted display unit 1200, it is understood that, unless the context otherwise requires, each feature is also applicable to a head mounted display system 1000 that does not include a battery pack 1500 separate from the head mounted display unit, or to a head mounted display system 1000 that includes a battery pack 1500 located elsewhere than behind the user's head.

Each head mounted display system 1000 includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in front of the user's eyes so that the display is viewable by the user in use. The head mounted display unit 1200 may also be configured to hold a battery behind the user's head in use.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head, which in these embodiments includes a crown strap portion 1310 configured to overlie the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to overlie or lie below the occipital bone of the user's head in use.

In these embodiments, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 further includes a pair of lateral strap portions 1330 configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, each configured to rest on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may further include an upper strap portion 1340 configured to connect between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200. The upper strap portion 1340 may be configured to overlie an upper portion of the user's head in use.

5.4.1 Top Strap Region In the embodiment shown in Figures 7A-7C, 8, 9, 21A-21E, 23A-23D, 28A-28E, 31A-31B, 32A-32C, and 33, the position of the top strap region 1310 is movable in a forward and rearward direction relative to the upper strap region 1340. That is, a user may move the top strap region 1310 through a range of positions on the user's head without also moving the upper strap region 1340. The ability to move the top strap region 1310 is advantageous in that it may allow a user to expand the top strap region 1310 and the back strap region 1320 without moving the upper strap region 1340. Advantageously, the expansion of the crown strap region 1310 and the rear strap region 3120 may create a hoop stress within the loop formed by these two regions, providing a secure fit to the rear surface of the user's head. In particular, the angle between the crown strap region 1310 and the rear strap region 1320 may be adjustable by the user.

The top strap portion 1310 passes underneath the upper strap portion 1340 in this embodiment. By passing underneath, the top strap portion 1310 can advantageously engage the user's head reliably (e.g., sufficiently tightly) without restricting the ability of the upper strap portion 1340 to move in a fore-aft direction.

As shown particularly in FIGS. 7B and 7C, the upper strap portion 1340 may pass through a buckle 1312 connected to the crown strap portion 1310. The buckle 1312 may be configured to limit lateral movement of the upper strap portion 1340, an advantage of which is that the upper strap portion 1340 may remain centered on the user's head during use. In this example, the buckle 1312 is positioned in the sagittal plane of the user's head during use. In this example, the buckle 1312 is substantially rigid and may be formed from, for example, a thermoplastic material. The buckle 1312 may alternatively be formed from a flexible material, such as a woven material.

In other embodiments, the crown strap portion 1310 may be secured to the upper strap portion 1340. In some embodiments, the crown strap portion 1310 is connected and secured to the upper strap portion 1340.

5.4.2 Upper Strap Section As shown particularly in FIGS. 7A and 7B, in this embodiment, upper strap section 1340 may be connected to rear head strap section 1320.

In this embodiment, the upper strap portion 1340 is adjustable in length. This has the advantage that the user may achieve a more secure, stable, and/or comfortable fit when wearing the head mounted display system 1000. The upper strap portion 1340 may be adjustable in length between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the battery pack 1500. Alternatively or additionally, the upper strap portion 1320 may be adjustable in length between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the back of the head strap portion 1320.

In this embodiment, the upper strap section 1340 is connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 via eyelets 1202 connected to the head mounted display unit 1200, loops back and fastens to itself. The ends of the upper strap section 1340 may be fastened to another section of the upper strap section 1340 with hook and loop fastener connections.

In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 7A and 8, the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap section 1340 is configured to loop back through the eyelet 1202 and secure to itself. However, the user-facing layer 1344 does not pass through the eyelet. The user-facing layer 1344 remains in contact with the user's head. The upper strap section 1340 may be substantially inextensible.

As shown in FIGS. 7A and 8, the upper strap portion 1340 comprises a layered structure. That is, the upper strap portion 1340 may be formed from multiple layers. In these examples, the upper strap portion 1340 includes a generally non-stretchable layer 1343 that may prevent the upper strap portion 1340 from extending longitudinally (optionally with other components or layers that may also prevent the upper strap portion 1340 from extending longitudinally). As shown in FIGS. 7A and 8, the forward end of the generally non-stretchable layer 1343 is spaced along the length of the upper strap portion from the head mounted display unit. This advantageously allows the head mounted display unit 1200 to adjust the length of the upper strap portion 1340 without interfering with the generally non-stretchable layer 1343.

In these embodiments, the upper strap portion includes a user-facing textile layer 1344. That is, the user-facing layer 1344 may be formed from a textile material. Additionally or alternatively, the upper strap portion 1340 may include a textile outer layer 1341.

In the embodiments shown in Figures 7A-7C and 8, the upper strap portion 1340 includes a power cable 1510 that, in use, connects the battery pack 1500 to the head mounted display unit 1200 and provides power from the battery pack to the head mounted display unit 1200. The battery pack 1500 may provide power to the display and other electronic components. In these embodiments, the power cable 1510 is built into the upper strap portion 1340.

22A-22D show another embodiment of the present technology in which the power cable 1510 is embedded in the upper strap section 1340. In this embodiment, the power cable 1510 is insertable by a user through the interior of the upper strap section 1340. In particular, the power cable 1510 is insertable through the upper strap section 1340 between the substantially non-extensible layer 1343 and the outer layer 1341. FIG. 21E shows the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in a disassembled state, while FIGS. 21A and 21C show the assembled head mounted display system 100. FIG. 21B shows a cross-sectional view of the interior of the upper strap section 1340, with the internal power cable 1510 visible.

5.4.3 Front and Rear Sections of Upper Strap Section Figure 33 shows another embodiment of the present technology. In this embodiment, upper strap section 1340 includes a front section 1345 and a rear section 1346. The rear section 1346 is configured to engage the user's head in use. However, the front section 1345 is configured not to engage the user's head in use. The front section 1345 is spaced away from the user's head. The advantage of this is that this spacing partially or completely avoids the front section 1345 compressing, excessively contacting or otherwise interfering with the user's hair on the user's head in the area where the front section 1345 is in use.

Excessive compression or interference with the user's hair may result in a lack of comfort during use or embarrassment when the user removes the head mounted display system. Having the upper strap portion 1340 with the front portion 1345 not engage (e.g., not press against) the user's head during use may at least partially address these issues or concerns. The amount that the front portion 1345 may contact a particular user's hair depends on the length and style of the user's hair. Although the front portion 1345 may not engage the user's head, if the user has a sufficiently long hair length and/or style, the user's hair may nevertheless contact the front portion 1345. However, because the front portion 1345 does not engage the user's head, it does not excessively compress, interfere with, or disturb the user's hair.

The front portion 1345 may not engage with the user's head, for example, by not contacting the user's head (e.g., not contacting the user's skin even if the user does not have hair), by pushing, wrapping, and/or fitting to the user's head, and/or by exerting a force on the user's head. The rear portion 1346 may engage with the user's head, for example, by not contacting the user's head (e.g., not contacting the user's skin even if the user does not have hair), by pushing, wrapping, and/or fitting to the user's head, and/or by exerting a force on the user's head.

As shown in FIG. 33, in this particular embodiment, the upper strap portion 1340 includes a shape having a bend between a rear portion 1346 and a front portion 1345. The upper strap portion 1340 may be shaped to follow the curvature of the user's head at the rear portion 1346 of the upper strap portion 1340 and to deviate from the curvature of the user's head at the front portion 1345 of the upper strap portion 1340. In some embodiments, the upper strap portion 1340 is stiffened to support the front portion 1345 in a spaced apart relationship relative to the user's head. The front portion 1345 may be spaced upward from the edge of the user's head, the forehead, and/or the frontal bone region.

33, the front portion 1345 curves downward toward the head mounted display unit 1200. Additionally, the front portion 1345 of the upper strap portion 1340 may extend partially upwardly from the rear portion 1346 of the upper strap portion 1340 (e.g., extending from a forward end 1347 of the rear portion 1346).

The forward portion 1345 of the upper strap portion 1340 may be connected to the rearward portion 1346 of the upper strap portion 1340 at the forward end 1347 of the rearward portion 1346.

In various embodiments of the present technology, the forward end 1347 of the posterior portion 1346 may be positioned in a number of different locations relative to the user's head. The forward end 1347 may be positioned posterior to the edge region of the user's head. For example, the forward end 1347 may be positioned between the edge region of the user's head and the coronal suture in use. In some embodiments, the forward end 1347 may be positioned posterior to the frontal bone of the user's head in use. In some embodiments, the forward end 1347 may be positioned proximate to the coronal surface of the user's head in use, which is aligned with the base of the ears of the user's head. In some embodiments, the forward end 1347 may be positioned posterior to the coronal surface aligned with the base of the ears of the user's head in use. In some embodiments, the forward end 1347 of the posterior portion 1346 may be positioned proximate to the crown strap portion 1310 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 3300 in use. As described above, the upper strap portion 1340 may include a curved portion. For example, as shown in FIG. 33, the bend can be located at or adjacent to the forward end 1347 of the posterior portion 1346.

33, the upper strap portion 1340 connects between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the battery pack 1500 to provide power to the head mounted display system 1000. The battery pack 1500 may be placed against the rear surface of the user's head during use. An advantage of this may be that the upper strap portion 1340 may shift the downward weight force of the battery pack 1500 against the upward support force on the head mounted display unit 1200 which counters the downward weight force of the head mounted display unit 1200.

The upper strap portion 1340 may be adjustable in length. As shown in FIG. 33, the upper strap portion 1340 is configured to connect to the head mounted display unit 1200 via eyelets 1202 that connect to the display unit housing 1205 of the head mounted display unit 1200, loop back, and fasten to itself (e.g., with a hook-and-loop fastener fastening or a buckle). In particular, the user-facing layer 1344 of the upper strap portion 1340 is configured to pass through the eyelets 1202, loop back, and fasten to itself (e.g., with a hook-and-loop fastener fastening, a buckle, etc.). In this particular embodiment, the outer layer of the upper strap portion 1340 does not pass through the eyelets 1202.

The user-facing layer 1344 may be user-contacting (e.g., may be a user-contacting layer) or user-non-contacting (e.g., may be a user-non-contacting layer). Some or all of the user-facing layer 1344 may contact the user (e.g., against the hair/head). At least some of the user-facing layer 1344 may not contact the user and/or may not engage the user's head. For example, in the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 of FIG. 33, a portion of the user-facing layer 1344 (e.g., anterior region 1345) does not contact the user (e.g., is spaced from the user's head). Additionally, in the embodiment of FIG. 33, a portion of the user-facing layer 1344 (e.g., posterior region 1346) contacts the user (e.g., is in contact with the user's hair/head).

The upper strap portion 1340 (e.g., both the front portion 1345 and the rear portion 1346) may be substantially inextensible and may comprise a layered structure. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 33, the upper strap portion 1340 comprises a substantially inextensible layer 1343. In this embodiment, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 at least partially stiffens the upper strap portion 1340. In some embodiments (e.g., the embodiment of FIG. 33 and other embodiments), the substantially inextensible layer may function as a stiffener. For example, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 may stiffen the upper strap portion 1340 by imparting a shape to the upper strap portion 1340. It should be understood that this is referred to as stiffening in the sense that a stiffened strap may still bendable, but is freestanding or stiffer than a flexible strap portion. The substantially inextensible layer 1343 extends along both the front portion 1345 and the rear portion 1346. The generally non-stretchable layer 1343 may stiffen the front region 1345 to support the front region 1345 in a spaced apart relationship relative to the user's head. That is, the front region 1345 may be stiffened to support away from the user's head in use so as not to engage the user's head. As shown in FIG. 33, the front end of the generally non-stretchable layer 1343 is spaced apart along the length of the upper strap region 1340 from the head mounted display unit 1200. For example, there is a gap between the front end of the generally non-stretchable layer 1343 and the head mounted display unit 1200. In some embodiments, the upper strap region 1340 includes a woven layer 1344 facing the user. In some embodiments, the upper strap region 1340 includes a woven outer layer, for example, covering the generally non-stretchable layer 1343.

In some embodiments, the upper strap portion 1340, including the front portion 1345 that does not engage the user's head, includes a power cable 1510 (not shown in FIG. 33) for connecting the battery pack 1500 to the head mounted display unit 1200 in use to provide power from the battery pack 1500 to the head mounted display unit 1200. The power cable 1510 may be built into the upper strap portion 1340. For example, the power cable 1510 may be insertable by the user through the interior of the upper strap portion 1340. In some embodiments, the power cable 1510 may be insertable through the upper strap portion 1340 between the substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 and the textile outer layer.

The generally inextensible layer 1343 can be part of an adjustment stiffener 1380. The adjustment stiffener 1380 is described below, the features of which can be used in the adjustment stiffener that forms the generally inextensible layer 1343 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 33.

It should be understood that the upper strap portion 1340 described with reference to FIG. 33 (e.g., an upper strap portion 1340 having a forward portion 1345 that does not engage a user's head in use) may have any one or more of the features described with reference to any of the other exemplary upper strap portions described herein. Similarly, an upper strap portion 1340 having a forward portion 1345 that does not engage a user's head may be applied to any of the other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

5.4.4 Battery Pack In some embodiments of the present technology, as shown by way of example in Figure 7A, the battery pack 1500 connects to the upper strap portion 1340 at an upper location 1501 and a lower location 1502. In other embodiments, the battery pack 1500 may connect to the upper strap portion 1340 at only one of these locations and/or to a different component.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be configured to hold the battery pack 1500 (or other counterweight) low on the user's head. In some examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in a position that overlaps the occipital bone of the user's head when in use. In some embodiments of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in a position adjacent to the occipital bone of the user's head and at or near the vertical axis of rotation of the user's head. Supporting the battery pack 1500 low on the user's head may allow the rear surface of the user's head to be curved inward (forward and downward) toward the user's spine, allowing the battery pack 1500 to be positioned close to the axis of rotation of the user's head. The axis of rotation may be at or near the user's spine. Supporting the battery pack as close as possible to the axis of rotation of the user's head may advantageously reduce destructive forces on the battery pack when the user violently rotates or moves his or her head during, for example, gaming.

7A embodiment, the battery pack 1500 is removably connected to the upper strap portion 1340. The battery pack 1500 may connect to the upper strap portion 1340 by a hook-and-loop connection. Alternatively, the battery pack 1500 may connect via a button, a stud (e.g., a dome), or the like. In this embodiment, the lower location 1502 where the battery pack 1500 connects to the upper strap portion 1340 is adjacent to the rear strap portion 1320.

By connecting the battery pack 1500 in this manner, an advantage is that the top strap portion 1310 and/or the back strap portion 1320 may be able to engage the user's head without being obstructed by the battery pack 1500.

The battery pack 1500 may have a concave inner surface configured to approximately correspond to the curvature of the user's head.

22A-22C show battery packs 1500 according to various embodiments of the present technology, for example, suitable for use in a head mounted display system 1000 as shown in FIGS. 7A-7C, 8, 9, 21A-21E, 23A-23D, 28A-28E, 31A-31B, 32A-32C, and 33. The rear of the user's head is indicated by 1010 to illustrate each battery pack 1500 and its position in use therein. In these embodiments, as shown in each figure, the battery pack 1500 comprises a battery pack housing 1505 and a plurality of cells 1502 housed within the housing 1505. As shown in FIG. 22A, the cells 1502 can be equidistantly spaced within the battery pack housing 1505 from the front wall of the battery pack housing 1505. As shown in FIG. 22B, one or more of the cells 1502 may be spaced further back from the front wall of the battery pack housing 1505 than another one or more cells 1502. By spacing the cells 1502 further back, an advantage may be that the battery pack 1500 may be able to generate a greater moment to counter the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200. Alternatively or additionally, as shown in FIG. 22C, each of the multiple cells 1502 may be spaced apart from the front wall of the battery pack housing 1505.

22C, the battery pack housing may include a counterweight 1512 configured to contribute to the balance of weight between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1500. In the embodiment of FIG. 22C, the battery pack housing 1505 is spaced from the rear surface 1010 of the user's head (which may be designed for comfort in this particular embodiment by padding 1511). The counterweight 1512 may be a weight formed from metal, water, sand, or other dense material in a permanently fixed or removable configuration. In some embodiments, the battery pack 1500 may be replaced by a counterweight alone, for example, when the battery is placed in the head mounted display unit 1200. The battery pack housing 1505 may also include supports to increase the offset distance from the rear surface 1010 of the user's head.

62A shows a head mounted display system 1000 according to another embodiment of the present technology. As with other embodiments disclosed herein, it includes a head mounted display unit 1200 and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 including a rear support portion 1350 including a crown strap portion 1310 and a rear strap portion 1320 connected to a pair of lateral strap portions 1330 connected to an arm 1210 of the head mounted display unit 1200 at an eyelet 1212. Also as with other embodiments described herein, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes an upper strap portion 1340 and a battery pack 1500. The upper strap portion 1340 includes a user facing layer 1344 and a substantially non-stretchable layer 1343. In this embodiment, both the user facing layer 1344 and the substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 of the upper strap portion 1340 are connected to the head mounted display unit 1200.

62A, in this embodiment, the battery pack 1500 is connected to the upper strap portion 1340 at the upper side (e.g., upper end) of the battery pack 1500 and is connected (or connectable) to the rear strap portion 1320 at the lower side of the battery pack 1500. This embodiment is an embodiment in which the upper strap portion 1340 does not connect to the rear strap portion 1320. In this embodiment, the battery pack 1500 is connected to the rear strap portion 1320 by the lower battery pack strap portion 1515. The lower battery pack strap portion 1515 may be connected to the rear strap portion 1320 with a hook-and-loop connection, press studs, magnetic clips, or other suitable fastening. In other embodiments, the lower battery pack strap portion 1515 may be permanently connected to the rear strap portion 1320.

62A, the head mounted display system 100 includes a pad 1511 configured to contact the rear surface of the user's head, which may be a partially rearward facing, partially upward facing surface, or in some embodiments a partially rearward facing, partially downward facing surface. The battery pack housing 1505 is spaced from the rear surface of the user's head by the pad 1511. The pad 1511 may be formed from silicone or foam, which may make the presence of the battery pack 1500 more comfortable for the user. In this embodiment, the battery pack housing 1505 rests against the pad that itself rests against the user's head. The pad 1511 may conform to the user's head and distribute the force exerted by the battery pack 1500 on the user's head evenly and over a large surface area.

5.4.4.1 Vertical Battery Pack In some embodiments, such as those embodiments described with reference to FIGS. 7A-7C, 8, 21A-21E, 22A-22C, 28A-28E, 31A-33, 36A-36C, 39A-39C, 42C-42D, 46-53G, and 62A, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in a vertical orientation during use. The battery pack 1500 may have a length, a width, and a depth. The length, width, and depth may be substantially perpendicular to one another. It is to be understood that the battery pack 1500 may be curved along its length (e.g., as illustrated in FIG. 62A) and/or may not have a uniform width or depth, for example. However, the battery pack 1500 may be generally elongated in width or depth.

As illustrated in many of the above references, the positioning and stabilizing structures are configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in an orientation in which the length of the battery pack 1500 is aligned substantially vertically when in use. The length of the battery pack may be aligned with the sagittal plane of the user's head when in use. Because much of the weight of the battery pack 1500 is supported by the upper strap portion 1340 when in use, a battery pack 1500 that is longer than it is wide and oriented with its length axis substantially vertical may advantageously provide a stable fit because the weight of the battery pack 1500 is aligned directly below the connection to the upper strap portion rather than to either side of it.

5.4.4.2 Horizontally Positioned Battery Pack In FIG. 62A and many other illustrated embodiments of the technology described herein, the crown strap portion 1310 is configured to overlap the parietal bone at a location behind and above the user's head. That is, the crown strap portion 1310 is configured to pass through the sagittal plane of the user's head at a location away from the junction between the parietal bone and the frontal bone (e.g., the coronal suture) and away from the junction between the parietal bone and the occipital bone (e.g., the lambdoid suture) in use. In such embodiments, the crown strap portion 1310 may extend rearward and upward from its connection to each lateral strap portion 1330 at an oblique angle to the lateral strap portions 1330, for example at an angle of 45 degrees or thereabouts. The crown strap portion 1310 may intersect the sagittal plane of the user's head at a location substantially equidistant from the coronal and lambdoid sutures in some embodiments.

However, in other embodiments of the present technology, such as the embodiment shown in FIG. 62B, the parietal strap portion 1310 is configured to overlap a region of the user's head in use at the junction between the parietal and occipital bones (e.g., at or near the lambdoid suture). For example, the parietal strap portion 1310 may be located proximate and superior to the lambdoid suture of the user's head in use. The parietal strap portion 1310 in this embodiment may intersect the sagittal plane of the user's head in a posterior position rather than a posterior-superior position (as in the embodiment of FIG. 62A). As illustrated in FIG. 62B, the parietal strap portion 1310 and the lateral strap portion 1330 may be configured to lie on a common plane in use. The parietal strap portion 1310 may extend posteriorly from its connection to each lateral strap portion 1330 in a direction parallel to the lateral strap portions.

In the embodiment of FIG. 62B, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in a horizontal orientation when in use. As described above, the battery pack 1500 in various embodiments may have a length, a width, and a depth, with the length being greater than the width and the depth. In the embodiment of FIG. 62B, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in an orientation in which the length of the battery pack 1500 is aligned substantially horizontally when in use. As shown, the length of the battery pack 1500 may be aligned parallel to the top strap portion 1310 when in use. The battery pack 1500 may be connected to the top strap portion 1310. For example, the battery pack 1500 is supported by the top strap portion 1310. In some embodiments, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include additional straps (e.g., battery pack support straps) that support the battery pack 1500 and hold it against the back of the user's head. The additional straps may be connected (for example) to the lateral strap regions 1330 or the crown strap region 1310, may lie against the rear surface of the battery pack 1500, or may be connected to the sides or ends of the battery pack 1500.

5.4.4.3 Battery Pack Connection As described elsewhere, the battery pack 1500 may be connected to the upper strap section 1340 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 at an upper location 1501 and a lower location 1502. As shown in FIG. 7A, in some embodiments of the present technology, the lower location 1502 is located at or adjacent to the rear lower end of the upper strap section 1340 and/or the occipital strap section 1320. FIGS. 68A and 68B show alternative embodiments of the present technology in which the lower end of the upper strap section 1340 connects to the occipital strap section 1320 and the lower location 1502 where the battery pack 1500 connects to the upper strap section 1340 is spaced upwardly from the occipital strap section. As shown in FIG. 68B, the lower section of the upper strap section 1340 may then be free to deform inwardly toward the occipital of the patient's head as the headgear is fastened to provide a stable fit. This deformation may occur when the head mounted display system 1000 is worn by a user and/or when the occipital strap portion 1320 or another strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is tightened.

68C and 68D show a further embodiment of the present technology in which the battery pack 1500 is connected to the upper strap portion 1340 at a pivot connection 1516 that allows the battery pack 1500 to pivot about a horizontal axis. The battery pack 1500 also connects to the upper strap portion 1340 at an upper position 1501 and a lower position 1502. In this embodiment, the battery pack 1500 is connected to the upper strap portion 1340 by a spring element at the upper position 1501 and the lower position 1502. The spring element may be any connector that elastically connects the battery pack 1500 to the upper strap portion 1340. The upper strap portion 1340 is stiffened (e.g., by a stiffening substantially inextensible layer 1343) but is capable of elastic deformation when the straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 are tightened or fitted to the user's head. The spring element may lightly resist the conformation of the upper strap section 1340 to the user's head to provide elastic tension to the strap. The ability of the upper strap section 1340 to elastically deform without being constrained by the shape of the battery pack 1500 may advantageously allow the upper strap section 1340 to fit a range of head shapes and sizes. FIG. 68C shows the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in the process of being fitted to a small head, while FIG. 68D shows the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in the process of being fitted to a medium head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may deform less to fit a larger head than a small head. The battery pack 1500 (or other counterweight) may be held in a stable position by the pivot connection 1516 while being prevented from rotating by the spring elements in the upper position 1501 and the lower position 1502.

5.4.5 Stiffening of the Crown and/or Rear Strap Regions Referring again to the embodiment shown in FIG. 62A, the crown strap region 1310 may be constructed of a layered construction. The crown strap region 1310 may be substantially inextensible. The crown strap region 1310 may flex to conform to the shape of the user's head, but may be inextensible to transmit forces along the crown strap region 1310. In the embodiment of FIG. 62A, the crown strap region 1310 includes a user contacting layer 1318 and a substantially inextensible layer 1317. The user contacting layer 1318 may be formed from a woven material and may be formed from the same material as the user contacting layer 1344 of the upper strap region 1340 and/or the lateral strap region 1330. The generally inextensible layer 1317 may be formed from a material that does not stretch in length under forces experienced during use of the head mounted display system and may be formed from the same material as the generally inextensible layer 1343 of the upper strap portion 1340. As shown, a forward end of the generally inextensible layer 1317 of the crown strap portion 1310 is located at or adjacent the junction between the crown strap portion 1310 and the rear strap portion 1320.

The rear strap region 1320 may also include a layered structure. The rear strap region 1320 may also be substantially inextensible. As shown, the rear strap region 1320 includes a user contacting layer 1328 and a generally inextensible layer 1327. The user contacting layer 1328 may be formed from a woven material. A forward end of the generally inextensible layer 1327 of the rear strap region 1320 may be located at or adjacent to the junction between the crown strap region 1310 and the rear strap region 1320.

The generally inextensible layer 1317 of the crown strap portion 1310 may be connected at one or both ends to the generally inextensible layer 1327 of the rear strap portion 1320, for example by adhesive, overmolding, welding, or by the generally inextensible layers 1317 and 1327 of the two strap portions 1310 and 1320 being integrally formed with one another.

The substantially inextensible or "rigid" crown strap portion 1310 and rear strap portion 1320 may provide a stable rear support portion 1350 because the crown and rear strap portions 1310, 1320 are less likely to ride up or down on the user's head during use.

5.4.6 Elastic Strap Sections In some embodiments of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include one or more elastic strap sections. The elastic strap sections may supplement or replace any one or more of the strap sections of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 described herein. FIG. 62C illustrates a head mounted display system 1000 including the same features as the head mounted display system 1000 illustrated in FIG. 62A. Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 illustrated in FIG. 62C includes elastic strap sections forming lateral strap sections 1330. In this particular embodiment, the head mounted display system 1000 includes an arm 1210 connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 at a pivot point 1213. Connected to the arm 1210 and/or the head mounted display unit 1200 are lateral strap sections 1330 formed from an elastic material. The elastic material may be, for example, knitted or braided, and configured to have a tendency to stretch in length under tension and return to a resting length. In some embodiments, the lateral strap portions 1330 are formed by both elastic and non-elastic strap portions, where the elastic strap portions overlap the non-elastic strap portions. The non-elastic strap portions may connect to the crown strap portion 1310 and the rear strap portion 1320.

Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes an elastic crown strap portion 1331 configured to be positioned over the parietal bone of the user's head in use. In this particular embodiment, the battery pack 1500 is positioned between the elastic crown strap portion 1331 and the user's head (and is also separated by padding 1511). The elastic crown strap portion 1331 can help hold the battery pack 1500 against the user's head and/or can help hold the head mounted display unit 1200 against the patient's face.

Furthermore, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in this embodiment includes an elastic occipital strap portion 1333 configured to lie over the occipital bone of the user's head in use. The elastic occipital strap portion 1333 may be positioned over the occipital strap portion 1320 and may help secure the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to the occipital bone of the user's head.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may, for example, comprise a pair of guides on each lateral side of the user's head, located near and above the user's ears. Each guide may be located at or near the junction of the crown strap portion 1310 and the rear strap portion 1320. The elastic strap portions may pass through the guides, which may advantageously hold the elastic strap portions up against the user's ears. The junction of the elastic crown strap portion 1331 and the elastic rear strap portion 1333 may be located at or near the guides.

It is to be understood that in some embodiments, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1330 comprises elastic strap portions, such as only lateral strap portions 1330, only elastic crown strap portions 1331, only elastic occipital strap portions 1333, and/or any combination thereof.

5.4.7 Alternative Top Strap Connections for Head Mounted Display FIGS. 67A and 67B show a head mounted display system 1000 according to another embodiment of the present technology. In this embodiment, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprises an upper strap arm 1365 that connects the upper strap section 1340 to the head mounted display unit 1200. In this embodiment, there are two upper strap arms 1365. The upper strap arm 1365 may be substantially rigid, or at least may be sufficiently rigid so that it can retain its shape in use and can support the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200. That is, the upper strap arm 1365 may transfer the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 to the upper strap section 1340. The upper strap section 1340 may resist the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 by fastening to the back of the user's head or by using a counterweight, such as a battery pack 1500, positioned behind the user's head.

The upper strap arm 1365 may be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 at a pivot point 1213, allowing the head mounted display unit 1200 to pivot relative to the upper strap arm 1365. The upper strap sections 1340 connecting to the head mounted display unit 1200 at the pivot points 1213 on either side of them can advantageously avoid rotational forces of the head mounted display unit 1200 when the upper strap sections 1340 are tightened (e.g., when their effective length is adjusted). As shown, the upper strap arms 1365 may extend forward, laterally, and downward from the upper strap sections 1340 and connect to the lateral sides of the head mounted display unit 1200.

67A and 67B, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a lateral surface strap portion 1330 that connects to the head mounted display unit 1200 at the pivot point 1213 in addition to the upper strap arm 1365. In some embodiments, the lateral strap portion 1330 is configured to resiliently extend under tension. In other embodiments, the lateral strap portion 1330 is substantially inextensible. In further embodiments, the head mounted display system 1000 may include an arm 1210 to which the lateral strap portion 1330 is connected. The arm 1210 may be as described in any embodiment disclosed herein.

5.4.8 Power Cable Strap Site As noted above, the head mounted display system 1000 may include a power cable 1510 connected between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200. Figures 25A-C and 26A-B show such an embodiment. The power cable 1510 may be located within the upper strap site 1340 (Figures 25B and 25C) when in use, or may be located along the upper strap site 1340 (Figure 25A) when in use.

26A-26B, the power cable 1510 is attached to a power cable strap portion 1520 adjacent to the head mounted display unit 1200. In this embodiment, the power cable strap portion 1520 is extendable in length. The serpentine portion of the power cable 1510 is attached to the power cable strap portion 1520 in a serpentine pattern, allowing the length of the power cable strap portion 1520 and the serpentine portion of the power cable 1510 to be extended. Additionally, in these embodiments, the power cable 1510 is attached to the crown strap portion 1320.

27 and 28A-28E show a further example of the present technology in which a power cable 1510 connects to a head mounted display unit 1200 and a battery pack 1500. As described herein, the head mounted display unit 1200 may comprise a display unit housing 1205 comprising a display, and an interfacing structure 3800 in facing relationship with and constructed and arranged to engage the user's face.

As shown in FIG. 27, the power cable 1510 can be stored in the display unit housing 1205 outside the perimeter of the interfacing structure 3800. In this example, the display unit housing 1205 includes a rearward-facing side (viewable in FIG. 27) and an interfacing structure 3800 extending rearward from the rearward-facing side. The rearward-facing side can be larger than the perimeter of the interfacing structure 3800 allowing the power cable 1510 to be stored in the display unit housing 1205 through an opening 1206 in the rearward-facing side of the display unit housing 1205.

27 embodiment, the opening 1206 is within the periphery of the display unit housing 1205. More specifically, in this embodiment, the rear-facing side of the display unit housing 1205 includes a rectangular shape and the interfacing structure 3800 includes a rounded shape. The opening 1206 in the rear-facing side is disposed proximate a corner of the rectangle on the rear-facing side.

58A and 58B show views of a portion of a head mounted display 1200 according to another embodiment of the present technology. In this embodiment, the opening 1206 is provided at the periphery of the display unit housing 1205.

The head mounted display unit 1200 may include one or more power cable retention features 1207 that may be configured to constrain the position and/or orientation of the power cable 1510 within the display unit housing 1205. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 58A and FIG. 58B, the head mounted display unit 1200 includes two power cable retention features 1207. In other embodiments, there may be one, three, or more power cable retention features 1207. The power cable retention features 1207 may be rigid portions of annular shape through which the power cable 1510 passes. Each power cable retention feature 1207 may be in the form of a closed ring through which the power cable 1510 passes, or in the form of an open ring through which the power cable 1510 is pressed such that the ring snaps around the power cable 1510. The power cable retention feature 1207 may hold the power cable 1510 in position within the display unit housing 1205 and can absorb forces that may be exerted on the power cable 1510 and prevent those forces from being transmitted to the connection between the power cable 1510 and the electronics in the head mounted display unit 1200.

28A-28E show an example of a head mounted display system 1000 having a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 including a rear support portion 1350 including a crown strap portion 1310 configured to overlay the parietal bone of the user's head in use and an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to overlay or underlay the occipital bone of the user's head in use. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 further includes a pair of lateral strap portions 1330 configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, each configured to be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes an upper strap portion 1340 configured to connect between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200, the upper strap portion 1340 configured to overlay an upper portion of the user's head in use.

In each of these embodiments, the power cable 1510 runs along (e.g., attached to, otherwise secured to, or aligned with) the upper strap portion 1340 from the battery pack 1500 to the head mounted display unit 1200 (as shown in FIG. 28A).

The power cable 1510 may extend from the battery pack 1500 along one of the crown strap portion 1310 and the lateral strap portion 1330 (as shown in FIGS. 28B and 28C) to the head mounted display unit 1200. The power cable 1510 may be connected to the head mounted display unit on its laterally facing side (as shown in FIG. 28C).

The power cable 1510 may extend along the rear strap portion 1320 (as shown in FIG. 28D) and one of the lateral strap portions 1330. The power cable 1510 may include slack portions configured to allow movement between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the battery pack 1500 (e.g., during actual use, adjustment, or transportation), as shown in FIG. 28C and FIG. 28E, respectively.

8, in some embodiments of the present technology, a portion of the power cable 1510 may be disposed within the battery pack 1500 and extend from or be retracted therein. An advantage of this may be that it may be possible to adjust the length of the top strap portion 1340 without affecting the position of the battery pack 1500 and/or the rear strap portion 1320. The retractable power cable 1510 may also be incorporated into other embodiments, such as any of the other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

One or more layers of the upper strap portion 1340 may be partially located within the battery pack 1500 and may extend from or retract into the battery pack 1500 along with the power cable 1510.

8, in this embodiment, the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap portion 1340 is disposed within the battery pack 1500 and can extend from or retract into the battery pack 1500 along with the power cable 1510. Additionally, the generally non-stretchable layer 1343 of the upper strap portion 1340 is disposed within the battery pack 1500 and can extend from or retract into the battery pack 1500 along with the power cable 1510. In other embodiments, such as the embodiment shown in FIG. 7A, the generally non-stretchable layer 1343 is disposed between the battery pack 1500 and the user's head. In this embodiment (and also in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7A), the user contact layer 1344 of the upper strap portion 1340 is disposed between the battery pack 1500 and the user's head.

The portion of the power cable 1510 located within the battery pack 1500 and one or more layers of the upper strap portion 1340 located partially within the battery pack 1500 may form a retraction portion of the upper strap portion 1340 that can be extended from or retracted into the battery pack 1500 to adjust the length of the upper strap portion 1340 between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200. That is, the power cable 1510 and one or more layers of the upper strap portion 1340 may form a retraction portion that can be extended from or retracted into the battery pack 1500 by a user. The retraction portion may include, for example, the outer layer 1341, the power cable 1510, and the substantially non-extensible layer 1343. The user-facing layer 1344 may not form part of the retraction portion. The user-facing layer 1344 may be disposed between the battery pack 1500 and the user's head. The user-facing layer 1344 may be separate from one or more other layers of the upper strap portion 1340. The battery pack 1500 may slide over the user-facing layer 1344 (and any other layers not located within the battery pack 1500) to allow adjustment of the length of the upper strap portion 1340 between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200 and/or to allow positioning of the battery pack 1500 on the user's head.

In some embodiments of the present technology, the retraction portion of the upper strap portion 1340 is movable between a plurality of predetermined positions relative to the battery pack 1500, where the position of the retraction portion is fixable relative to the battery pack 1500. For example, the retraction portion may be movable relative to the battery pack 1500 between three positions corresponding to small, medium, and large sizes. A user may adjust the upper strap portion 1340 to a predetermined one of these sizes. In some embodiments, the upper strap portion 1340 may be fixed to the head mounted display unit 1200. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, the upper strap portion 1340 is adjustable at the head mounted display unit 1200 in that the user may pull more or less the upper strap portion 1340 (or at least one end portion of its outer layer 1341) through the eyelet 1202. A user may make coarse adjustments to the length of the upper strap portion 1340 by changing the amount of the upper strap portion 1340 within the battery pack, and may make fine adjustments by changing the amount of the upper strap portion 1340 that can be pulled through the eyelet 1202. Thus, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may provide two mechanisms for length adjustment of the upper strap portion 1340, which may include a coarse adjustment mechanism and a fine adjustment mechanism.

In other embodiments, the retraction portion of the upper strap portion 1340 can be continuously moved through a range of possible positions relative to the battery pack 1500. The retraction portion can be held in place by a locking mechanism (e.g., a spring-loaded buckle or other catch) or can be held in place by tension in the upper strap portion 1340 when in use.

5.4.11 Arms As shown in Figures 7A, 8, and 9, the head mounted display unit 1200 comprises a display unit housing 1205 and a pair of arms 1210 extending from the display unit housing 1205. In each embodiment, the lateral strap portions 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 each connect to one of the arms 1210. The arm features described herein may be incorporated into other embodiments, such as any of the other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

As shown in Figures 7A, 8, and 9, respectively, each lateral strap portion 1330 connects to the rear end of a respective one of the pair of arms 1210. In this embodiment, as shown in Figures 7A and 8, each lateral strap portion 1330 passes through an eyelet 1212 at the rear end of a respective arm 1210 and is secured back onto itself.

In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 9, each lateral strap portion 1330 connects to a respective one of the pair of arms 1210 proximate the forward end of the arm 1210. In particular, each lateral strap portion 1330 passes through an eyelet 1214 at or proximate the rear end of the respective arm 1210, passes through a hole 1216 proximate the forward end of the arm, and is secured to the arm 1210. In this embodiment, as shown, each lateral strap portion 1330 is secured to a laterally facing side of the respective arm 1210. As shown in FIG. 9, an end 1332 of each lateral strap portion 1330 is secured to the arm 1210. The lateral strap portion 1330 may be secured to the respective arm 1210 using a hook-and-loop fastening arrangement, by one or more of a series of domes, or by another suitable mechanism. In other embodiments, the arm 1210 may include a spring-loaded buckle or other catch that prevents retraction of the lateral strap portion 1330 through the hole 1216.

7A, 8, and 9, each of the pair of arms 1210 is pivotable relative to the display unit housing 1205. Each of the arms 1210 may be covered with a woven material. Each arm 1210 may be covered with a tubular woven material.

FIG. 21D shows a pair of arms 1210 according to another embodiment of the present technology. Each arm 1210 has an eyelet 1214 (in this embodiment in the form of an open slot into which a strap section may be quickly inserted) and a hole 1216 through which the strap section may be pulled out and secured back onto itself or another section that it is configured to attach to.

29A-29D show arms 1210 according to further embodiments of the present technology. Each lateral strap portion 1330 may be secured to its own exposed portion within the arm 1210, as shown in FIG. 29A, FIG. 29B, and FIG. 29C. The end 1332 of the lateral strap portion 1330 is secured back onto the lateral strap portion 1330, as shown in FIG. 29A, FIG. 29B, and FIG. 29C, respectively. As shown in FIG. 29B and FIG. 29C, the eyelet 1214 at or adjacent the rear end of the arm 1210 is partially open, allowing the strap 1330 to move transversely relative to the eyelet 1214 so that the strap 1330 can move in and out of the eyelet 1214. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 29D, each arm 1210 is covered by a sock and each lateral strap portion 1330 (e.g., its end 1332) is secured to the sock (e.g., with a hook-and-loop fastener type fastening).

30A and 30B, each arm 1210 includes a substantially rigid portion 1217 overmolded onto a woven portion 1218. In these embodiments (or in other embodiments), the straps connecting to the arms 1210 may include features to prevent the strap from slipping through, such as a widened portion of the strap.

5.4.12 Adjustable stiffeners Figures 21A-21E and 23A-23E show a head mounted display system 1000 according to a further embodiment of the present technology, sharing features with the embodiments shown in Figures 7A-7C, 8, and 9, but not all of them are repeated. The following description focuses on the differences. Figures 24A, 24C, and 24D show an adjustable stiffener 1380, described below. Figure 24B shows a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 having a crown strap region 1310, a rear strap region 1320, and an upper strap region 1340 configured for use with the adjustable stiffener 1380. The adjustable stiffeners 1380 described herein may be applied to other embodiments, such as any of the other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

21A-21E and 23A-23D, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a lateral strap portion 1330 configured to connect to the arm 1210. In other embodiments, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include an elastic element configured to connect to a cover on the arm 1210 and connect via a button connection and/or hook-and-loop fastening.

With reference to FIGS. 21A-21E, 23A-23D, and 24A-24D, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can include an adjustment stiffener 1380 that includes a substantially inextensible member. In these embodiments, the adjustment stiffener 1380 is configured to connect to the rear head strap region 1320. The adjustment stiffener 1380 can be configured to reduce the length of the rear head strap region 1320.

The rear strap section 1320 may include three or more rear strap connection points 1323, and the adjustment stiffener 1380 may be selectively connectable to a first pair of the rear strap connection points 1323 and a second pair of the rear strap connection points 1323. When the adjustment stiffener 1380 connects to the first pair of the rear strap connection points 1323, the rear strap section may have a first effective length (e.g., corresponding to a small size). When the adjustment stiffener 1380 connects to the second pair of the rear strap connection points 1323, the rear strap section may have a second effective length that is longer than the first effective length (e.g., corresponding to a large size). These different connection options allow the effective length of the strap section to be changed by the user to achieve a good fit when using the head mounted display system 1000.

In some embodiments, when the adjustment stiffener 1380 is connected to the first pair of rear strap connection points 1320, the adjustment stiffener 1380 restrains the rear strap portion 1320 to a first effective length.

24A, 24C, and 24D, the adjustment stiffener 1380 includes a pair of adjustment stiffener connection points 1383 configured to connect to the rear strap connection points 1323. The rear strap section 1320 shown in FIG. 24B includes four rear strap connection points 1323 (in this example, two points 1323a corresponding to the standard size and two points 1323B corresponding to the large size).

The second pair of rear head strap connection points 1323B may be located inward of the first pair of rear head strap connection points 1323a.

In other embodiments, the rear strap section 1320 may include a left section that is separate from a right section, and the adjustment stiffener 1380 is configured to connect the left and right sections.

Referring again to Figures 21A-21E, 23A-23D, and 45A-45D, the adjustment stiffening material 1380 in these embodiments includes a medial stiffening portion 1381 and a pair of lateral stiffening portions 1382 extending laterally from the medial stiffening portion 1381, with the adjustment stiffening material connection points 1383 located on the lateral stiffening portions 1382. In these embodiments, one adjustment stiffening connection point 1383 is located on each lateral stiffening portion 1382.

In these embodiments, the medial stiffening portion 1381 is configured to be positioned, in use, to overlap the user's occipital bone and overlap the junction between the user's parietal bones. More specifically, the medial stiffening portion 1381 is configured to be positioned on the user's head at or adjacent the user's frontal bone, overlapping the junction between the user's parietal bones and connecting to the occipital strap portion 1320.

As shown, the adjustment stiffener 1380 may form part of the upper strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The adjustment stiffener may form a substantially non-extensible layer 1343 in the upper strap portion 1340.

In the embodiment shown in Figures 21A-21E, the adjustment stiffener 1380 is permanently attached within the upper strap section 1340. In particular, the adjustment stiffener 1380 is permanently attached to the user-facing layer 1344 of the upper strap section 1340. The upper strap section 1340 may be foldable, for example, at a hinge region, for transport.

In each of the embodiments shown in Figures 21A-21E and 23A-23D, a battery pack is configured to connect to the adjustment stiffener 1380. In addition, a power cable 1510 is disposed between the adjustment stiffener 1380 and the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap section 1340 during use. The power cable 1510 is insertable between the adjustment stiffener 1380 and the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap section 1340.

23A-23D, the adjustment stiffener 1380 is separable from the user-facing layer 1344 of the upper strap portion 1340, as shown particularly in FIG. 23D. In this embodiment, the adjustment stiffener 1380 is insertable between the user-facing layer 1344 and the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap portion 1340. The adjustment stiffener 1380 is configured to connect to the user-facing layer 1344. In particular, the adjustment stiffener 1380 includes hook material 1384 configured to form a hook-and-loop connection to the user-facing layer 1344 of the upper strap portion 1340. The adjustment stiffener 1380 may be foldable, for example, at a hinge region, for transport.

As shown in FIG. 23D, the power cable 1510 may be permanently attached to the adjustment stiffener 1380. Additionally, the battery pack 1500 may be permanently attached to the adjustment stiffener 1380 (e.g., using screws or other permanent attachments).

In the embodiment shown in Figures 24C and 24D, the adjustment stiffener 1380 includes a lower cutout 1385 between a pair of lateral stiffening sections 1382 that allows the adjustment stiffener 1380 to flex at or adjacent the junction of the lateral stiffening section 1382 and the medial stiffening section 1381. The adjustment stiffener 1380 shown in Figure 24D also includes a lateral cutout 1385 on the opposing lateral side of the medial stiffening section 1381 adjacent the lateral stiffening section 1382, allowing the adjustment stiffener 1380 to flex adjacent the lateral cutout 1385. In the embodiment shown in Figure 24B, the user-facing layer 1344 of the upper strap section 1340 includes a cutout 1325 that corresponds to (e.g., is aligned with) the lower cutout 1385 in the adjustment stiffener 1380. The cutouts 1385 and/or 1325 provide a flexing behavior that allows the rear head strap region 1320 (or other straps to which the adjustment stiffeners may be connected) to stretch. The advantage of this stretching is that it can provide accommodation by way of conformance to variations in head size or dynamic forces during use.

31A, 31B, and 32A-H show a head mounted display system 1000 in accordance with further embodiments of the present technology, which in these embodiments includes a lockable and extensible connection portion 1335. The lockable and extensible connection portion 1335 may be provided in any of the other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

In general, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a first strap portion and a second strap portion connected by a lockable and extensible connection portion 1335, which may include both an elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 and a substantially non-extensible connector strap portion 1336. In some embodiments, the substantially non-extensible connector strap portion 1336 is a portion of the first strap portion.

The elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 may be configured to allow a predetermined amount of separation of the first strap portion from the second strap portion. That is, it may elastically extend to a predetermined extent that allows the first strap portion and the second strap portion to separate (which may assist the user in donning the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). The substantially non-extensible connector strap portion 1336 may be configured to releasably attach the first strap portion to the second strap portion to prevent separation of the first strap portion from the second strap portion (or at least reduce the extent of possible separation). That is, when the substantially non-extensible connector strap portion 1336 is attached to the first strap portion and the second strap portion, it prevents them from separating as the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 would otherwise allow (which may secure the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 on the user's head in use). Additionally, the elastically non-stretchable connector strap portion 1338 has the advantage that it can hold the head mounted display system 1000 on the user's head with sufficient stability, allowing the user to adjust the fit before connecting the substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion 1336.

A user may wear the head mounted display system 1000 with the first and second strap portions unattached by the substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion 1336 (FIG. 31A). The elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 is expandable to allow the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to fit over and/or around the user's head, after which the user may attach the first and second strap portions together with the substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion 1336 to hold them tightly together for use of the head mounted display system 1000 (FIG. 31B).

The substantially non-stretchable connector strap section 1336 is adjustable in length. As shown in Figures 31A, 31B, and 32D-32F, the substantially non-stretchable connector strap section 1336 includes a clip 1339 having one eyelet through which a portion of the substantially non-stretchable connector strap section 1336 is threaded back into place and secured on itself (e.g., with a hook-and-loop fastener), allowing the strap to be pulled somewhat through the eyelet.

In these embodiments, the substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion 1336 includes a magnetic clip 1339 configured to magnetically attach to a connection point 1337 on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300.

In some embodiments, the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 may connect directly to the head mounted display unit 1200 at a pivot point on the inner surface of the arm 1210 or may connect to the side of the head mounted display unit 1200.

In some embodiments, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a lockable and extensible connection portion 1335 at each lateral strap portion 1330. As shown in FIGS. 31A, 31B, and 32F, the lockable and extensible connection portion 1335 is provided at the lateral strap portion 1330. In this embodiment, the lockable and extensible connection portion 1335 connects the lateral strap portion 1330 to the strap portion formed by the junction of the crown strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320.

As shown in FIG. 32A, each lockable and extensible connection portion 1335 may be located on an arm 1210 (e.g., an arm as described herein) that extends rearwardly from the head mounted display unit 1200. In some embodiments, the lockable and extensible connection portion 1335 may connect directly to a connection point on the head mounted display unit 1200 (e.g., without the arm 1210). In such embodiments, the lockable and extensible connection portion 1335 may pivot about its connection portion to the head mounted display unit 1200.

As shown in FIG. 32B, each lockable, extensible connection portion 1335 may be located proximate to a junction between each lateral strap portion 1330, crown strap portion 1310, and occipital strap portion 1320.

32C, 32D, and 32E, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can include a lockable and extensible connection portion 1335 at the rear strap portion 1320. In some embodiments, the lockable and extensible connection portion 1335 can connect a portion of the rear strap portion 1320 to the adjustment stiffener 1380 at this location.

In the embodiment shown in FIG. 32D and FIG. 32E, the lateral occipital strap portion 1321 forms a substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion 1336, which is connected to the medial occipital strap portion 1322 via a magnetic clip 1339. The elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 connects the lateral occipital strap portion 1321 and the medial occipital strap portion 1322 such that there is a predetermined amount of separation between the lateral occipital strap portion 1321 and the medial occipital strap portion 1322 when the lateral occipital strap portion 1321 is not attached to the medial occipital strap portion 1322 by the magnetic clip 1339. It is to be understood that in other embodiments of the present technology, the clip of the substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 may not be magnetic. For example, it may be a mechanical clip such as a buckle. It may be a hook configured to hook around a corresponding point of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. In some embodiments, the substantially non-stretchable connector strap portion 1336 may form a loop that fits over a corresponding lug on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, or may connect to a connection point on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 via a hook-and-loop connection.

In the embodiment of FIG. 32D, an elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 is connected between the medial occipital strap portion 1322 and the junction between the lateral occipital strap portion 1321 and the parietal strap portion 1310.

In the embodiment of FIG. 32E, the elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 is connected between the lateral occipital strap portion 1321 and to the lateral portion of the lateral occipital strap portion 1321. The elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 may pass through a hole in the lateral occipital strap portion 1321 and be attached to the outward facing surface of the lateral occipital strap portion 1321. The advantage of this configuration is that less of the elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 contacts the user's head. Any portion of the elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 that does not contact the user's head as it extends and stretches may advantageously not have potentially undesirable effects on the user's head, such as friction or binding to the user's skin. These effects may be uncomfortable and/or leave marks on the user's skin.

Furthermore, as the elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 stretches, if part or all of the elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 is disposed on the outer surface of the substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336, any friction on the elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 will be lower than if it were sandwiched between the user's head and the substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336. Less friction has the advantage that it is easier to stretch without undue resistance. In some embodiments of the present technology, the entire elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 is disposed on the outer surface (e.g., not in contact with the patient) of the non-stretchable strap portion.

Additionally, if at least a portion of the elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 does not contact the user's head, the elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 may be formed from, for example, plastic or metal springs, which may be a less viable option if the elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 contacts the user's head. Similarly, portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that contact the head, such as the substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 and/or portions of the elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338, may be formed from materials configured for user comfort rather than stretchability. In some embodiments, the elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 may include a user contact portion and a non-user contact portion, where the non-user contact portion may be more stretchable than the user contact portion. The user contact portion may be configured to be softer for comfort, and the non-user contact portion may be configured to be less soft for stretchability.

In some embodiments, the hole in the substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 through which the elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 passes may be adjacent to an end of the substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336, e.g., a magnetic clip 1339.

In FIG. 32F, an elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 connects between the arm 1210 and the junction between the lateral strap portion 1330 and the crown strap portion 1310. In this embodiment, the lateral strap portion 1330 forms a substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 of the lockable stretchable connection portion 1335. The lateral strap portion 1330 connects to the arm 1210 via a magnetic clip 1339.

In FIG. 32G, the elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 connects between the arm 1210 and the junction between the crown strap portion 1310 and the rear strap portion 1320. That is, the elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 connects between the arm and the rear support portion 1350 in this embodiment. In this embodiment, the substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 of the lockable stretchable connection portion 1335 forms the lateral strap portion 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 connects to the rear support portion 1350 via a magnetic clip 1339 at the rear end of the substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336. The substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 connects at the front end of the arm 1210 by passing through the eyelet 1212 and fastening back on itself with, for example, a hook-and-loop connection. When donning or doffing the head mounted display system 1000, the user may cut the clip 1339. The elastically stretchable connector strap portion 1338 then allows the arm 1210 to be separated a predetermined amount from the rear support portion 1350 when the user is donning or doffing the head mounted display system 1000. The connection between the substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 and the arm 1210 may also be adjusted, for example, by threading the substantially non-stretchable strap portion 1336 more or less through the eyelet 1212. The combination of adjustment at the arm 1210 and the magnetic clip 1339 allows for easy donning and doffing while allowing for set-and-forget adjustment of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300.

In other embodiments, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a lockable and extensible connection portion 1335 at other locations, such as the crown strap portion 1310, the upper strap portion 1340, or elsewhere.

5.4.14 Dial Adjuster FIG. 32H illustrates a head mounted display system 1000 according to another embodiment of the present technology. This example includes all of the features of the embodiment shown in FIG. 32G. In other embodiments, one or more of the features, such as the lockable extensible connection portion 1335, may be omitted and replaced with lateral strap portions 1330. Unlike FIG. 32G, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 illustrated in FIG. 32H includes a dial adjuster 1329. The dial adjuster 1329 may be configured to provide length adjustment of the strap portions. In the embodiment of FIG. 32H, the dial adjuster 1329 is configured to adjust the length of the rear strap portion 1320. For example, the dial adjuster 1329 may include a dial configured to be rotated by a user in a first direction to shorten the length of the rear strap portion 1320 and to be rotated by a user in a second direction opposite the first direction to increase the length of the rear strap portion 1320.

The dial adjuster 1329 may be configured with a rack and pinion assembly. The rear strap portion 1320 may be formed in two portions (e.g., halves) connected by the dial adjuster 1329. The dial adjuster 1329 may allow the two portions of the rear strap portion 1320 to move telescopically. The dial adjuster 1329 may include one or more rack portions on the rear strap portion 1320, for example, two rack portions each on one of the two prongs of the rear strap portion 1320. The rack portions may be configured to engage with a pinion or cog connected to a dial that is rotatable by a user. Each of the rack portions and the pinion may include teeth, ribs, or the like configured to engage with each other. Rotating the dial in a first direction (e.g., clockwise) may pull the rack portions on the rear strap portion 1320 together, increasing the overlap between the two rack portions, thereby decreasing the effective length of the rear strap portion 1320. Rotating the dial in a second direction (e.g., counterclockwise) can force the rack sections apart, reducing the overlap between the rack sections and increasing the effective length of the rear head strap section 1320. In some embodiments, the dial adjuster 1329 can have static torque resistance provided by corresponding features, such as, for example, static friction or indentations, to provide the minimum force required to lengthen the strap section to which it is connected and to avoid unintended lengthening of the strap section. The rack section can be a rigid section overmolded onto a flexible section of the rear head strap section 1320.

The dial adjuster 1329 may provide an intuitive and easy adjustment of the strap portion to allow the user to obtain a good fit. It is understood that the dial adjuster 1329 may be applied to any strap portion of the head mounted display system 1000. The dial adjuster 1329 may facilitate the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to fit a variety of user head sizes. The head mounted display system 1000 may include a dial adjuster 1329 at any one or more of the rear head strap portion 1320, the crown strap portion 1310, the upper strap portion 1340, and one or both of the lateral strap portions 1340. More generally, the head mounted display system 1000 may include an adjustment mechanism at any one or more of the rear head strap portion 1320, the crown strap portion 1310, the upper strap portion 1340, and one or both of the lateral strap portion 1340, or at other strap portions. The adjustment mechanism may be a dial adjuster 1329 having one or more of the features described above, or may be another mechanism for adjusting the length of the strap portion.

19A and 19B show head mounted display systems 1000 according to further embodiments of the present technology, each comprising a head mounted display unit 1200 with a display, and a positioning and stabilising structure 1300 configured to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in an operable position on a user's head, in use.

In these embodiments, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes a pair of lateral strap portions 1330 configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, each configured to be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use.

Each positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes a front support portion 1360 configured to engage the user's head in use over the frontal bone of the user's head. This is shown in Figures 19A and 19B.

In each embodiment, the front support portion 1360 is connected to the head mounted display unit 1200. The front support portion 1360 may be connected to the head mounted display unit at one or more locations, as described below.

19A and 19B, respectively, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a front connector 1362 connected between the front support portion 1360 and the head mounted display unit 1200. In these examples, the front connector 1362 is positioned substantially in the sagittal plane of the user's head. In other examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include two or more front connectors 1362, which may be symmetrically spaced across the sagittal plane, for example. The front connector 1362 may limit (e.g., restrict or prevent) downward movement of the head mounted display unit 1200 in use, particularly when the user moves his or her head.

The front connector 1362 may be formed from a flexible material. In some embodiments, the flexible material includes a flexible non-elastic material, such as a thermoplastic material. In other embodiments, the flexible material may comprise an elastic material, such as one of silicone, TPE, or an elastic woven strap. The front connector 1362 may advantageously hold the head mounted display unit 1200 steady as the user moves. The front connector 1362 formed from an elastic material may advantageously act as a shock absorber during active user movement.

In other embodiments, the front connector 1362 is formed from a substantially rigid material, such as a thermoplastic material.

5.4.15.2 Front Support Section Connected to Rear Support Section The front support section 1360 may additionally or alternatively be connected to the rear support section 1350.

19A, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a pair of lateral connectors 1364 each connected between the front support portion 1360 and the rear support portion 1350. In this particular embodiment, the rear support portion 1350 includes a crown strap portion 1310 configured to overlie the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to overlie or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head in use. Each of the lateral connectors 1364 may be connected to a respective side of the rear support portion 1350 adjacent the occipital strap portion 1320, or may be connected to a respective side of the occipital strap portion 1320. In the illustrated embodiment, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes a lateral strap portion 1330 connecting the rear support portion 1350 to the head mounted display unit 1200. In other embodiments, the lateral connectors 1364 may be connected to the respective lateral support straps 1330.

Each lateral connector 1364 may be elastically extensible. Alternatively, or additionally, each lateral connector may be adjustable in length.

Each lateral connector 1364 may be fixedly connected to the front support portion 1360 and may be removably attached to the rear support portion 1350. Alternatively, each lateral connector 1364 may be removably attached to the front support portion 1360 and may be removably attached to the rear support portion 1350. In further embodiments, each lateral connector 1364 may be removably attached to the front support portion 1360 and may be fixedly connected to the rear support portion 1350. Each lateral connector 1364 may be connected to the rear support portion 1350 and/or the front support portion 1360 by a snap button, a clip, or a hook-and-loop fastener connection.

The lateral connectors 1364 connecting the front support portion 1360 to the rear support portion 1350 (and in this particular embodiment to the rear head strap portion 1320) allow the front support portion 1360 to be held securely (e.g., sufficiently tightly) against the user's head over the frontal bone. In particular, this advantage is that the front support portion 1360 advantageously allows the front support portion 1360 to support a large amount of weight of the head mounted display unit 1200, which, in use, can be held in the proper position during active movement.

19A and 19B, respectively, the head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display unit housing 1205 and a pair of arms 1210 extending from the display unit housing 1205. In these embodiments, a respective lateral strap portion 1330 connects to each of the arms 1210. Specifically, each lateral strap portion 1330 connects to a rear end of a respective one of the pair of arms 1210. As shown, each lateral strap portion 1330 passes through an eyelet 1212 at the rear end of the respective arm 1210 and is secured back onto itself. In these embodiments, each of the pair of arms 1210 is pivotable relative to the display unit housing 1205.

5.4.15.4 Front Support Point Connecting to Arms Referring to FIG. 19B, in this embodiment the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 comprises a pair of lateral connectors 1364, each connected between the front support point 1364 and a respective one of the pair of arms 1210.

Each lateral connector 1364 may be elastically extensible. Alternatively, or additionally, each lateral connector may be adjustable in length.

Each lateral connector 1364 may be fixedly connected to the front support portion 1360 and may be removably attached to a respective one of the arms 1210. Alternatively, each lateral connector 1364 may be removably attached to the front support portion 1360 and may be removably attached to a respective one of the arms 1210. In a further embodiment, each lateral connector 1364 may be removably attached to the front support portion 1360 and may be fixedly connected to a respective one of the arms 1210. Each lateral connector 1364 may be connected to a respective one of the arms 1210 and/or the front support portion 1360 by a snap button, clip, or hook-and-loop connection.

The lateral connector 1364 connecting the front support portion 1360 to the arm 1210 allows the front support portion 1360 to support some or all of the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 via the arm, optionally in addition to the front connector 1362, and may, in use, hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in place during active movement.

20A and 20B show a head mounted display system 1000 in accordance with another embodiment of the present technology. The head mounted display system 1000 comprises a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to hold a head mounted display unit 1200 in an operable position on a user's head (as shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B in use).

In this embodiment, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head, and one or more front support portions (in this embodiment, a pair of lateral strap portions 1330 and an upper strap portion 1340 in a specific embodiment) configured to connect the rear support portion 1350 to the head mounted display unit 1200 in use. In other embodiments, the upper strap portion 1340 may be omitted, or the positioning and stabilizing structure may have, for example, a pair of upper lateral strap portions and a pair of lower lateral strap portions.

In this embodiment, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a hair strap portion 1370 connected to the rear support portion 1350. The hair strap portion 1370 may be positionable between the user's head and hair descending from the rear portion of the user's head in use. The hair strap portion 1370 may be positionable under the user's hair if the user has sufficiently long hair. The hair strap portion 1370 may be secured under the hair, for example, between the hair and the neck or the hair and the head, to provide additional stability to the head mounted display system 1000. FIG. 20B shows the hair strap portion 1370 under the user's hair.

As described above, in this embodiment, the one or more forward support portions include a pair of lateral strap portions 1330 that connect the rear support portion 1350 to the head mounted display unit 1200.

As shown, the hair strap portion 1370 includes a pair of ends 1371 and 1372 connected to respective lateral sides of the rear support portion 1350. Each end of the hair strap portion 1370 is positioned adjacent to a Frankfort horizontal plane of the user's head in use. The hair strap portion 1370 may be removably attachable to the rear support portion 1350 at one or both ends of the hair strap portion 1370.

In some embodiments, the hair strap portion 1370 comprises a left strap portion and a right strap portion removably attached to the left strap portion. The left strap portion may be removably attached to the right strap portion adjacent the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. When the user puts on the head mounted display system 1000, the user may separate the two strap portions and reconnect them under the hair.

In some embodiments, the hair strap portion 1370 is elastically stretchable. In other embodiments, the hair strap portion 1370 is substantially inextensible.

In this illustrated embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B, the rear support portion 1350 comprises a crown strap portion 1310 configured to overlie the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and a rear strap portion 1320 configured to overlie or lie below the occipital bone of the user's head in use. In particular, a hair strap portion 1370 connects to the rear strap portion in use. The hair strap portion 1370 may connect to the rear strap portion 1320 proximate an end of the rear strap portion 1320.

As described herein, the hair strap portion 1370 may be incorporated into any of the positioning and stabilizing structures 1300 having the rear head strap portion described herein.

5.4.17 Removable Attachment of Rear Sections Figures 36A-36D show a head mounted display system 1000 in accordance with a further embodiment of the present technology, sharing features with embodiments described elsewhere, not all of which are repeated. Figures 36A and 36B show a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 having a crown strap section 1310, a pair of lateral strap sections 1330, and an upper strap section 1340.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 further includes an occipital strap portion 1320 formed by a pair of lateral occipital strap portions 1321 extending from the crown strap portion 1310, each of which is removably attached to a medial occipital portion 1322 configured to overlie or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head in use. In other embodiments, the lateral occipital strap portions 1321 may not extend from the crown strap portion 1310, but may instead extend (e.g., partially downward and partially backward) from another component of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 or the head mounted display system 1000.

The crown strap portion 1310, the medial occipital portion 1322, and the lateral occipital strap portion 1321 may form a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head in use. The crown strap portion 1310 is configured to overlie the parietal bone of the user's head in use. The pair of lateral occipital strap portions 3122 are each configured to be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. For example, as shown in FIG. 36A, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include an upper strap portion 1340 configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200.

In some embodiments, the upper strap portion 1340 connects directly to the rear support portion 1350 (e.g., directly to the crown strap portion 1310 or the rear strap portion 1320). In other embodiments, the upper strap portion 1350 connects to the rear support portion 1350 via another component, such as the battery pack 1500. That is, in some embodiments, the upper strap portion 1340 connects to the rear support portion 1350 by connecting to the battery pack 1500, which connects to a component of the rear support portion 1350, such as the rear strap portion 1320.

The head mounted display system 1000 may include a battery pack 1500 for powering the head mounted display system 1000. The battery pack 1500 may be positioned behind the user's head in use. The battery pack 1500 may be configured to connect to the upper strap portion 1340 in use. Any features of the upper strap portion 1340 and battery pack 1500 described elsewhere herein may apply to the upper strap portion 1340 and battery pack 1500 shown in Figures 36A-36D unless expressly required otherwise.

In the illustrated embodiment, the medial occipital region 1322 is stiffened. The medial occipital region 1322 may comprise an occipital stiffener. In alternative embodiments, the medial occipital region 1322 may comprise a flexible strap, such as a medial occipital region strap. In some embodiments, the medial occipital region 1322 may form part of the upper strap region 1340. The medial occipital region 1322 may be permanently attached within the upper strap region 1340 (e.g., permanently attached to a user-facing layer). In some embodiments, the medial occipital region 1322 may be fixed to the upper strap region 1340 (e.g., sewn or welded in place to the user-facing layer 1344 of the upper strap region 1340). In alternative embodiments, the medial occipital region 1322 may be fixed in a manner similar to that described elsewhere with reference to the adjustment stiffener 1380.

In some embodiments, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a releasable fastener between each of the pair of lateral occipital strap portions 1321 and the medial occipital portion 1322. Each releasable fastener may include a fastener portion configured to attach to a corresponding connection point 1337. In the embodiment of FIGS. 36A-36D, the medial occipital portion 1322 includes a pair of connection points 1337 configured to connect to corresponding fastener portions on the respective lateral occipital strap portions 1321.

As shown in FIG. 36D, in some embodiments, removable attachment is provided by magnetic fasteners. Each magnetic fastener may include a magnetic clip portion configured to magnetically attach to a respective one of the connection points 1337. As shown in FIG. 36D, a magnetic clip 1339 is secured to the lateral occipital strap portion 1321, which magnetic clip 1339 is configured to magnetically attach to the connection points 1337 on the occipital portion 1322.

In an embodiment, the length of each of the lateral occipital strap portions 1321 may be adjustable. For example, each magnetic clip 1338 may have an eyelet 1202, and a portion of each of the pair of lateral occipital strap portions 1321 may pass through the eyelet and be secured back onto itself at a desired length.

5.4.18 Cleanable Sites of the Positioning and Stabilizing Structures Figures 39A-39C show further views of the positioning and stabilizing structures 1300 shown in Figures 36A-36D above. Figures 40A-40B, 41A-41B, 42A-42D show positioning and stabilizing structures 1300 and their components according to further embodiments of the present technology. Many of the features described above in relation to other embodiments of the present technology will not be repeated here, but are applicable in combination with the concepts described below. The positioning and stabilizing structures 1300 shown in Figures 36A-36D, 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D also share some features with each other with the embodiments shown in Figures 21A-21D and 23A-23D. It is to be understood that the features of each of these embodiments are applicable to each of the other embodiments, either as an alternative or in combination, unless otherwise required.

In each of the embodiments shown in Figures 36A-36D, 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a battery pack 1500 for powering the head mounted display system 1000, the battery pack 1500 being configured to be positioned rearwardly relative to the user's head in use. The upper strap portion 1340 of each positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is connected to the battery pack 1500 in use.

5.4.18.1 Outer Layer of Top Strap Region Separable from User-Facing Layer In the embodiments of FIGS. 39A-C, 40A-B, and 41A-B, top strap region 1340 comprises a user-facing layer 1344 and an outer layer 1341 (on the opposite side of top strap region 1340 to user-facing layer 1344). In these embodiments, the user-facing layer 1344 of top strap region 1340, the crown strap region 1310, the occipital strap region 1320, and the lateral strap regions 1330 are separable from the outer layer 1341 of top strap region 1340. For the embodiments of FIGS. 39A-C, FIG. 39B shows these components separated from the outer layer 1341 of top strap layer 1340. Figure 39C shows the separated outer layer 1341 of the upper strap section 1340 (in this embodiment, the outer layer 1341 is formed by an outer sleeve 1348, described below). Figures 42A-42D show the separated components of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in Figures 41A-41B.

The advantage of this type of configuration is that the user-facing layer 1344 of the upper strap portion 1340, the crown strap portion 1310, the occipital strap portion 1320, and the lateral strap portion 1330 may form a washable portion (e.g., a washable subassembly) of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 (washable portions shown separated in FIG. 39B). These components may be user-contacting portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and may all be formed from washable materials, e.g., textile materials, plastic materials, non-electronic components (machine washable or other easily washable materials). This washable portion may be separated from the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap portion 1340 for cleaning by the user, e.g., periodically or as needed when soiled. Alternatively, as described below, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a power cable 1510 connecting the battery pack 1500 to the head mounted display unit 1200. The cleanable portion may be separated from the power cable 1510 (and the battery pack 1500) while being separated from other non-user-contactable components without the user having to manipulate the power cable 1510 (e.g., unplugging it, pulling it out of a sleeve, or otherwise considering the power cable 1510 when removing the cleanable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300).

The outer layer 1341 of the upper strap portion 1340 may be configured to connect to the head mounted display unit 1200 of the head mounted display system 1000. As shown in each of FIGS. 39A, 40A, and 41A, the front portion of the outer layer 1341 may be passed through and looped around a portion of the head mounted display unit 1200 (not shown), such as an eyelet, lug, or the like, and secured to itself, for example, with a hook-and-loop connection (or another suitable connection, such as by a buckle or one of a series of press studs). This connection may be as described elsewhere herein.

42A-42D, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a buckle 1312 attached to the top strap portion 1310, similar to the buckle 1312 described above with reference to FIGS. 7B and 7C. In use, a user contact portion 1342 (e.g., at least a user-facing layer 1344) may be disposed between the buckle 1312 and the top strap portion 1310. The buckle 1312 may be configured to limit lateral movement of the user contact portion 1342, an advantage of which is that the top strap portion 1340 may remain centered on the user's head in use. In this example, the buckle 1312 is disposed in the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. In the embodiment of FIGS. 42A-42D, the buckle 1312 is formed by a length of flexible material extending between two points along the crown strap portion 1310 on opposite sides of the center of the crown strap portion (e.g., symmetrically facing either side of the sagittal plane of the user's head in use). The buckle 1312 may be sewn or welded to the crown strap portion 1310, or may be connected in another suitable manner (e.g., adhesive, additional buckles). FIG. 57 shows a further embodiment of the buckle 1312.

5.4.18.2 Connection Between Rear Strap Section and Upper Strap Section The rear strap section 1320 is removably connected to the upper strap section 1340. In Figs. 39A-39C, the rear strap section 1320 includes a pair of lateral rear strap sections 1321 configured to connect between the crown strap section 1310 and the upper strap section 1340, each lateral rear strap section 1321 configured to be located on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. In this embodiment, each of the lateral rear strap sections 1321 is adjustable in length, thereby allowing the length of the rear strap section 1320 to be adjusted. In this embodiment, the rear strap section 1320 connects to the upper strap section 1340 via a magnetic connection. In particular, each of the lateral rear strap sections 1321 is configured to connect to the upper strap section 1340 via a magnetic fastener. As shown in FIGS. 39A and 39B, the rear strap portion 1320 connects to the top strap portion 1340 via a magnetic clip 1338.

In the embodiment of FIGS. 40A-40B and 41A-41B, the rear strap portion 1320 removably connects to the upper strap portion 1340, but in a manner in which the rear strap portion 1320 is not length adjustable, this may advantageously make the alignment and stabilization structure 1300 more intuitive to set up.

42A and 42B show the connection between the rear strap portion 1320 and the top strap portion 1340 shown in FIGS. 41A-41B. The top strap portion 1340 is configured to be connected to the rear strap portion 1320 via a pivotable connection. That is, the rear strap portion 1320 can pivot relative to the top strap portion 1340 (or vice versa), which may improve comfort. As shown in FIGS. 42A and 42B, the pivotable connection comprises a press stud connection. The press stud connection includes a male press stud portion 1324a and a female press stud portion 1324B and is configured to snap together during assembly of the top strap portion 1340 and the rear strap portion 1320. The male and female portions of the press stud connection may be reversed. In other embodiments, the rear strap portion 1320 may be connected to the top strap portion 1340 in this manner, but may be adjustable in length. In other embodiments, the top strap portion 1340 and the back strap portion 1320 connect via an alternative mechanism, such as a hook-and-loop connection, a magnetic clip, or other suitable connection.

In some other embodiments of the present technology, the rear strap portion 1320 is permanently connected to the upper strap portion 1340, for example, at a rear end where the rear strap portion 1320 releasably connects to the upper strap portion 1340, such as in the embodiment shown in Figures 39A-39C.

56A-56C show another embodiment of a connection between the rear strap portion 1320 and the upper strap portion 1340. In this embodiment, the rear strap portion 1320 includes a rear connection tab 1326 and the upper strap portion 1340 includes a rear connection tab hole 1351. The rear connection tab 1326 may be configured to be passed through the rear connection tab hole 1351 and secured to the upper strap portion 1340. In some embodiments, the rear connection tab 1326 can be connected to the upper strap portion 1340 by a press stud connection. In some embodiments, the rear connection tab 1326 can be connected to the upper strap portion 1340 by a hook and loop connection.

5.4.18.3 Upper Strap Section Outer Sleeve In each of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 39A-C, 40A-B, 41A-B, and 42A-D, the upper strap section 1340 includes an outer sleeve 1348. The outer sleeve 1348 forms the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap section 1340. In these embodiments, the outer sleeve 1348 is connected to the battery pack 1500. The outer sleeve 1348 may be removably connected to the battery pack 1500 or may be permanently connected (e.g., not configured for separation from the battery pack 1500 by a user). For example, the outer sleeve 1348 may be glued, heat staked, screwed, or connected to the battery pack 1500 in another suitable manner.

As mentioned above, the head mounted display system 1000 may include a power cable 1510 connected in use between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display system 1000. In the examples shown in FIGS. 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a power cable 1510 located within the outer sleeve 1348. The power cable 1510 is capable of sliding within the outer sleeve 1348 along the length of the outer sleeve 1348.

In these embodiments, the power cable 1510 is retractable into the battery pack 1500 and extendable from the battery pack 1500. The power cable 1510 is also slidable within the outer sleeve 1348, allowing the length of the outer sleeve 1348 and the upper strap portion 1340 to be adjusted without affecting the amount of slack in the power cable 1510. The power cable 1510 that is retractable into the battery pack 1500 and extendable from the battery pack 1500 may also allow the power cable 1510 to be fixed relative to the head mounted display unit 1200. The power cable 1510 that is not retracted into the head mounted display unit 1200 and extends from the head mounted display unit 1200 may allow the head mounted display unit 1200 to remain small (or at least smaller than the size required to accommodate the retractable power cable 1510). In other embodiments, the power cable 1510 is fixed relative to the outer sleeve 1348. In other embodiments, the power cable 1510 does not retract into or extend from the battery pack 1500.

5.4.18.4 Hook-and-loop Connections The cleanable portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be connected to other components of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 by hook-and-loop connections. Advantageously, this may allow the cleanable portions to be "peelable" from other portions of the head mounted display system 1000. For example, the cleanable portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be connected to the outer sleeve 1348 by one or more hook-and-loop connections 1349. For example, the user-contacting layer 1344 of the upper strap portion 1340 (which in at least some embodiments is part of the cleanable portion) may be connected to the outer sleeve 1348 by hook-and-loop connections 1349. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 40B, the user-contacting layer 1344 connects to the outer sleeve 1348 via hook-and-loop connections 1349 as shown.

In some embodiments, such as the embodiments shown in FIGS. 41A-41B and 42A-42D, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1340 includes a user contact portion 1342, described in more detail below. The user contact portion 1342 includes a user contact layer 1344. The user contact portion 1342 connects to an outer sleeve 1348, for example, with a hook-and-loop connection, or alternatively with a press stud connection, band, or another suitable connection. As shown in FIG. 41A, the user contact portion 1342 is connected to the outer sleeve 1348 by a hook-and-loop connection 1349.

The outer sleeve 1348 may include one or more hook portions 1349a. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 42C, the outer sleeve 1348 includes a plurality of hook portions 1349a. In this embodiment, there are two hook portions 1349a, but in other embodiments, there may be one, three or more hook portions 1349a. In some embodiments, the cleanable portion includes a plurality of continuous loop portions 1349B corresponding to the hook portions 1349a and to which the hook portions 1349a can be attached. As shown in FIG. 42C, the user contact portion 1342 of the cleanable portion includes a pair of continuous loop portions 1349B corresponding to the hook portions 1349a to form a hook-and-loop connection 1349.

In other embodiments of the present technology, the washable portion, which may be, for example, the user contact portion 1342 or the user contact layer 1344, may comprise a surface formed from a continuous loop material to which one or more hook portions 1349a may be attached, forming a hook and loop connection 1349. The outer sleeve 1348 or other portion of the upper strap portion 1340 including the hook portions 1349a may be directly connected to the surface of the washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300.

In other embodiments, the cleanable portion may include a hook portion 1349a and the outer sleeve 1348 or other portion of the non-cleanable portion may include a solid loop portion 1349B or a surface formed from a solid loop material.

5.4.18.5 Other Hook and Loop Connection Examples The concepts described above with respect to the hook and loop connections in the upper strap portion 1340 may be applied to other embodiments of the present technology as well. In some embodiments, the head mounted display system 1000 comprises a head mounted display unit 1200 comprising a display, as described elsewhere herein, and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in an operable position on a user's head, in use.

41A-41C and 42A-42D for purposes of illustrating a more generally applicable aspect of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage a rear portion of a user's head, a pair of lateral strap portions 1310 configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200 (each located on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use), and an upper strap portion 1340 configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, the upper strap portion 1340 being configured to overlie an upper portion of the user's head in use, the upper strap portion 1340 including a user contact portion 1342 and an outer layer 1341. As shown, the user contact portion 1342 of the upper strap portion 1340 and the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap portion 1340 are releasably connected by one or more hook-and-loop fastener connections 1349.

The separability of the user contact area 1342 and the outer layer 1341 from one another by the hook-and-loop fastener connection area 1349 can advantageously allow the user contact area 1342 to be cleaned separately from the outer layer 1341 and any electronics that may be connected to or form part of the outer layer 1341. Alternatively or additionally, one of the user contact area 1342 or the outer layer 1341 may be replaced separately from the other.

In some embodiments, the rear support portion 1350 comprises a crown strap portion 1310 configured to overlie the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and a rear strap portion 1320 configured to overlie or underlie the occipital bone of the user's head in use. However, the hook-and-loop connection between the user contact portion 1342 and the outer layer 1341 may be applied to other configurations of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The crown strap portion 1310, the rear strap portion 1320, and the lateral strap portion 1330 may be separable from the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap portion 1340 along with the user contact portion 1342 by separation of the hook-and-loop connections.

The upper strap section 1349 may include an outer sleeve 1348 that forms the outer layer 1341 of the upper strap section 1340. The outer layer 1348 may be connected to the battery pack 1500 (in embodiments where the battery pack 1500 is present).

Any of the exemplary configurations of hook portions 1349a, continuous loop portions 1349B and/or surfaces formed from continuous loop material may be applied to create a hook-and-loop connection 1349 between the outer sleeve 1348 and the user contact area 1342, or more generally between the outer layer 1341 and the user contact area 1342 or user contact layer 1341.

5.4.18.6 Generally Non-Extensible Layer In this example, the upper strap section 1340 comprises a generally non-extensible layer 1343 (e.g., in some examples, a stiffener, at least partially rigid in the sense that it can at least partially retain its shape under its own weight) located between the outer layer 1341 and the user-facing layer 1344 in use. The generally non-extensible layer 1343 may be identified as a stiffener or stiffening layer in examples that make the upper strap section 1340 stiffer than it would be without the generally non-extensible layer 1343. In some examples, the generally non-extensible layer 1343, while non-extensible, does not substantially increase the stiffness of the upper strap section 1340. The generally non-extensible layer 1343 may facilitate the upper strap section 1340 transferring some or all of the weight of the rear-mounted battery pack 1500 or other counterweight into an uplifting force on the head mounted display unit 1200. This may advantageously cause the user to perceive the head mounted display unit 1200 as being lighter. Additionally, less tension may be required in the other headgear straps (e.g., lateral strap regions 1330) because the head mounted display unit 1200 may not need to be pulled against the user's face as forcefully as may be required if the upper strap region 1340 and/or counterweight/battery pack 1500 were not a part of the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200. The presence of the substantially non-extensible layer 1343, the upper strap region 1340 as a whole, and the counterweight may each (possibly independently or together) contribute to the head mounted display system 1000 being comfortable for the user while providing stability to the user's head during vigorous movement when in use.

The generally non-stretchable layer 1343 may be formed of a thermoplastic material in some embodiments. In embodiments where a rear-mounted battery pack 1500 is not present (e.g., if an optional battery is present in the head mounted display unit 1200), the generally non-stretchable layer 1343 may support the head mounted display unit 1200 by fastening to the rear support portion 1350. As described above, in the embodiments of FIGS. 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a battery pack 1500 for powering the head mounted display system 1000, the battery pack 1500 being configured to be positioned rearward relative to the user's head in use. The upper strap portion 1340 connects to the battery pack 1500 in use.

The battery pack 1500 may be removably connected to the generally non-extensible layer 1343. The generally non-extensible layer 1343 and the battery pack 1500 may include corresponding fastener sites (e.g., corresponding to the first and second fastener sites 1503, 1504) configured to removably connect the battery pack 1500 to the generally non-extensible layer 1343. For example, as shown in Figs. 40A, 41A, and 42D, the generally non-extensible layer 1343 includes a first fastener site 1503. The first fastener site 1503 in these embodiments is located on the rearward facing surface of the upper strap site 1340 in use. As shown in Fig. 42D, the battery pack includes a second fastener site 1504 corresponding to the first fastener site 1503. The first and second fastening sites 1503 and 1504 are configured to connect together in use to connect the battery pack 1500 to the generally non-extensible layer 1343. The first and second fastening sites 1503 and 1504 connect the generally non-extensible layer 1343 to the battery pack 1500 such that the generally non-extensible layer 1343 at least partially supports the weight of the battery pack 1500 in use, e.g., supports a majority of the weight of the battery pack 1500, in these examples.

The first and second fastening portions 1503 and 1504 may be configured to snap-fit together. In other embodiments, the battery pack 1500 may connect to the generally non-extensible layer 1343 via a hook-and-loop fastener connection, may fit into a pocket, or may connect directly or indirectly to the generally non-extensible layer 1343 in another suitable manner. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 42D, the first fastening portion 1503 is a male portion and the second fastening portion 1504 is a female portion. In other embodiments, the first fastening portion 1503 may be a female portion configured to receive a male second fastening portion 1504.

In some embodiments, the generally inextensible layer 1343 is flat (as shown in FIG. 43B). In other embodiments, the generally inextensible layer 1343 is curved in the transverse plane, as shown in FIG. 43D. This curvature may avoid pressure points and provide greater comfort for the user, for example, by matching the curvature to the expected curvature of the human head in the sagittal plane. In some embodiments, the generally inextensible layer may be in the range of 1-3 mm thick, for example 1.5 mm-2 mm thick, for example 1.8 mm thick.

5.4.18.7 Cleanable Section Separable from Generally Non-Extensible Layer The cleanable section may be separable from the generally non-extensible layer 1343. As described above, the upper strap section 1340 includes an outer sleeve 1348 that forms the outer layer 1341. In the embodiment shown in Figures 40A-40B, the generally non-extensible layer 1343 is located within the outer sleeve 1348. As shown in Figure 39C, the outer sleeve 1348 connects to the battery pack 1500.

In this embodiment, when the cleanable portion is separated from the remainder of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 for cleaning, the user-facing layer 1344 is separated from the outer sleeve 1348. The substantially non-extensible layer 1343 remains within the outer sleeve 1348. The battery pack 1500 may or may not be separated from the substantially non-extensible layer 1343, as the user may not need to do so since the cleanable portion can now be cleaned. In some embodiments where the substantially non-extensible layer 1343 does not form part of the cleanable portion (e.g., in embodiments where the cleanable portion is separable from the substantially non-extensible layer 1343), the battery pack 1500 may not be configured to be separated from the substantially non-extensible layer 1343 by the user.

5.4.18.8 Cleanable Section Including Substantially Non-stretchable Section In another embodiment, the generally non-stretchable layer 1343 forms part of the cleanable section. In the embodiment shown in Figures 41A-41B, 42A-42D, and 43A-43D, the upper strap section 1340 includes a user contacting section 1342 which forms a user facing layer 1344 as described above. The generally non-stretchable layer 1343 in this embodiment is provided in the user contacting section 1342. The user contacting section 1342 forms part of the cleanable section and is separable from the outer sleeve 1348 such that the generally non-stretchable layer 1343 forms part of the cleanable section and is separable from the outer sleeve 1348.

In this embodiment, the user contact portion 1342 comprises a user contact sleeve 1342a. As shown in FIG. 41B, the substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 is located within the user contact sleeve 1342a.

43A-43D, the user contact sleeve 1342 may include a stiffening opening 1343a through which the generally non-stretchable layer 1343 can be inserted. The stiffening opening 1343a may be a slit or narrow hole in the material of the user contact sleeve 1342 and may be shaped and sized to correspond to the cross-sectional shape and size of the generally non-stretchable layer 1343 to allow insertion of the generally non-stretchable layer 1343. The stiffening opening 1343a may be located at or adjacent an end of the user contact sleeve 1342 to allow a first end of the generally non-stretchable layer 1343 to be inserted inside the user contact sleeve 1342, and may be wrapped over a second end of the generally non-stretchable layer 1343 to encapsulate the generally non-stretchable layer 1343. The generally non-stretchable layer 1343 may be inserted into the user contact sleeve 1342 in a removable manner. Advantageously, this may allow the user contact sleeve 1342 to be replaced if necessary.

The user contact sleeve 1342 includes a fastener opening 1503a through which the battery pack 1500 can be removably attached to the generally non-extensible layer 1343. The generally non-extensible layer 1343 includes a first fastener portion 1503 configured to connect to a corresponding second fastener portion 1504 of the battery pack 1500. When assembled, the first fastener portion 1503 may be configured to extend through the first fastener opening 1503a configured to connect to the second fastener portion 1504, thereby connecting the generally non-extensible layer 1343 to the battery pack 1500.

The battery pack 1500 may cover either or both of the stiffener opening 1343a and the fastener opening 1503a when in use. Figures 43A and 43C show an overview of the shape of the battery pack 1500. As shown, when in use, both the stiffener opening 1343a and the fastener opening 1503a are within the periphery/edge of the battery pack 1500.

56C, the rear strap portion 1320 includes a rear connection tab 1326, as described above. In this embodiment, the rear connection tab 1326 is configured to connect to the user contact sleeve 1342 on the non-user facing side of the user contact sleeve 1342, the rear connection tab 1326 is configured to pass through a first user contact sleeve hole 1352 on the user facing side of the user contact sleeve 1342 and pass through a second user contact sleeve hole 1353 on the non-user facing side of the user contact sleeve 1342. The rear connection tab 1326 is configured to connect to the user contact sleeve 1342 with a hook and loop fastener connection in this embodiment. In other embodiments, it may be connected with a press stud connection or other suitable connection.

Each of the user contact sleeve 1342a and/or the outer sleeve 1348 may be formed from a woven material by cutting (e.g., by die cutting, ultrasonic cutting, or RF cutting) a sheet of the woven material, folding it into a tubular shape, and ultrasonically welding a seam along the length of the sleeve along with any other edges. When the sleeve is turned inside out, the inside has a sharp welded edge, while the outside advantageously has no sharp edges that would cause discomfort or unsightly wear. An optional alternative preferred aspect is to form the user contact sleeve 1342a and the outer sleeve 1348. Hooks and loops to form a hook and loop connection may be welded or sewn to the woven material. In other embodiments, the woven material may be sewn to form a tubular shape. In other embodiments, the substantially non-extensible layer 1343 may not be encapsulated by the user-contacting sleeve, but may instead be provided in the user-contacting region 1342 by being secured (e.g., by adhesive, fastening with a hook-and-loop fastener connection, insert, overmolding, or other connection) to the user-facing layer 1344.

The outer sleeve 1348 and/or the user-contacting sleeve 1342a may be formed from an elastic or non-elastic material, may be formed from a soft material that is comfortable against the user, is washable (e.g., machine washable), and/or may be formed from a material that helps wick moisture away from the user's face or head. In some embodiments, the sleeve (i.e., the outer sleeve 1348 and/or the user-contacting sleeve 1342a) is formed from any one of elastane, TPE, or nylon. The sleeve may be formed from an elastic material that facilitates insertion of the generally inextensible layer 1343 in the case of the user-contacting sleeve 1342a. The sleeve may be formed from a low friction material (or a material having a low friction inner surface) which, in the case of the outer sleeve 1348, facilitates movement of the power cable 1510 within the outer sleeve 1348 during adjustment of the length of the outer sleeve 1348.

As described above, the head mounted display system 1000 may include a power cable 1510 connected between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200. As shown in both the embodiments of FIG. 40B and FIG. 41B, the power cable may be disposed within a sleeve 1348 (e.g., in a manner described elsewhere herein).

69A and 69B show a battery pack housing 1505 having a second fastening region 1504 and a generally non-extensible layer 1343 having a corresponding first fastening region 1503, respectively, according to another embodiment of the present technology. In this embodiment, the first fastening region 1503 is configured to fit into a hole in the second fastening region and slide in a direction parallel to the plane of the hole such that the post of the first fastening region 1503 slides into the channel of the second fastening region 1504. The second fastening region 1504 may be comprised of a snap-fit arm configured to resist sliding of the post of the first fastening region 1503 out of the channel of the second fastening region 1504.

70A and 70B respectively show a battery pack housing 1505 having a second fastening region 1504 and a substantially non-stretchable layer 1343 having a corresponding first fastening region 1503 according to another embodiment of the present technology. In this embodiment, the first fastening region 1503 comprises a first cylindrical portion configured to be pressed between two corresponding second cylindrical portions of the second fastening region 1504. The second fastening region 1504 comprises a relief cutout in the battery pack housing 1505 configured to allow the second cylindrical portion of the second fastening region 1504 to deform to receive the first cylindrical portion of the first fastening region 1503, but to return towards an undeformed position to effect a snap fit of the first fastening region 1503 to the second fastening region 1504.

71A and 71B respectively show a battery pack housing 1505 having a second fastening portion 1504 and a substantially non-extensible layer 1343 having a corresponding first fastening portion 1503 according to another embodiment of the present technology. In this embodiment, the first fastening portion 1503 comprises a male slide portion configured to be slidably received in a female slide portion of the second fastening portion 1504. Both the male slide portion and the female slide portion may be elongated in shape. The first and second fastening portions 1503, 1504 may be oriented in use such that for disengagement to occur, the female slide portion on the battery pack housing 1505 must slide against the weight of the battery pack 1500 to be removed from the male slide portion.

71A and 71B respectively show a battery pack housing 1505 having a second fastening portion 1504 and a substantially non-extensible layer 1343 having a corresponding first fastening portion 1503 according to another embodiment of the present technology. In this embodiment, the first fastening portion 1503 includes a male slide portion configured to be inserted into an opening in the battery pack housing 1505 formed by the second fastening portion 1504 and slide into a channel formed by the second fastening portion 1504. The second fastening portion may include relief cutouts on two sides of the channel such that the openings in the channel form a snap-fit connection with corresponding portions of the first fastening portion 1503.

46-52B illustrate various features of a battery pack 1500 in accordance with embodiments of the present technology. The battery pack 1500 may include a battery pack housing 1505 connected to a battery pack base 1525. The upper strap portion 1340 may include a user contact portion 1342 forming a user-facing layer 1344, and the battery pack base 1525 may be configured to connect to the user contact portion 1342.

The battery pack 1500 may also include a cable guide 1530 configured to guide the power cable 1510. As shown in FIGS. 47A-48B, the cable guide 1530 may include an elongated portion 1531 through which the power cable 1510 can slide in and out of the battery pack housing 1505. The elongated portion 1531 may be rigid. Advantageously, the elongated portion 1531 may provide a long passage for the power cable 1510 to pass through, which may support a correspondingly long length of the power cable 1510, which may prevent the cable from digging into the wall of the cable guide 1530 as the power cable 1510 moves. The cable guide 1530 may include a cable guide attachment portion 1532 configured to connect to the battery pack base 1525. The battery pack base 1525 includes a cable guide mount 1526 for the cable guide 1530, which is configured to connect to the cable guide attachment portion 1532.

The cable guide 1530 may include one or more teeth 1533, e.g., a plurality of teeth 1533, configured to engage with the upper strap portion 1340. In this embodiment, the cable guide 1530 includes three teeth 1533. As described above, the upper strap portion may include an outer sleeve 1348 forming an outer layer of the upper strap portion 1340, and the outer sleeve 1348 may be connected to the battery pack 1500. The power cable 1510 may be disposed within the outer sleeve 1348 and may be slidable within the outer sleeve 1348 along the length of the outer sleeve 1348. The teeth 1533 of the cable guide 1530 may be configured to engage with the outer sleeve 1348 to secure the outer sleeve 1348 to the battery pack 1500. The teeth 1533 may be located on the elongated portion 1531 of the cable guide 1530 and may face outward relative to the elongated portion 1531. The teeth 1533 of the cable guide 1530 may be configured to clamp the outer sleeve 1348 against the battery pack base 1525.

In some embodiments, at least a portion of the elongated portion 1531 of the cable guide 1530 is located within the outer sleeve 1348 during use. The cable guide mount 1526 of the battery pack base 1525 may include one or more teeth 1527 configured to engage with the upper strap portion 1340, as shown in FIG. 47B. In this particular embodiment, the teeth 1527 of the cable guide mount 1526 are configured to engage with the outer sleeve 1348 to secure the outer sleeve 1348 to the battery pack 1500. In particular, the teeth 1527 of the cable guide mount 1526 may clamp the outer sleeve 1348 against the cable guide 1530.

49B, the battery pack base 1525 includes a base recess 1528 configured to receive a rear strap portion connection tab 1326 configured to connect the rear strap portion 1340 to the user contact portion 1342 of the upper strap portion 1340. The rear strap portion connection tab 1326 may reside in the base recess 1528. The base recess 1528 may advantageously accommodate the rear strap portion connection tab 1326 while maintaining a low profile of the battery pack 1500. The battery pack base 1525 may also include an attachment structure configured to connect the battery pack base 1525 (and thereby the battery pack 1500) to the user contact portion 1342, as described elsewhere herein.

46-50, the battery pack 1500 includes a cable stopper 1540 secured to the power cable 1519 inside the battery pack 1500, the cable stopper 1540 configured to limit the extent to which the power cable 1510 can extend from the battery pack 1500. The cable stopper 1540 in this embodiment is annular (although other embodiments may include different shapes) and includes an adjustment screw 1542 configured to reduce the diameter of the cable stopper 1540 to engage the power cable 1510. The cable stopper 1540 may be clamped onto the power cable 1510 or may be fixed in position relative to the power cable 1510. The cable stopper 1540 may include internal threads 1541 configured to engage the power cable 1510.

As shown in FIGS. 47A-52B, the battery pack housing 1505 in this embodiment includes a power cable opening 1506. Therefore, the power cable opening 1506 is also the power cable opening 1506 of the battery pack 1500. The cable guide 1530 may extend outside the battery pack 1500, for example, through the power cable opening 1506.

51C and 51D, the battery pack housing 1505 may include a power cable divider 1507 configured to accommodate a portion of the power cable 1510 and one or more cell dividers 1508 configured to accommodate the battery cells 1502. The battery pack housing 1505 includes one or more divider walls 1509 separating the power cable divider 1507 and the one or more cell dividers 1508. In this embodiment, the power cable opening 1506 is aligned with the power cable divider 1507. In the illustrated embodiment, the battery pack 1500 includes two cell dividers 1508. The power cable divider 1507 is located between the two cell dividers 1508. The battery pack 1500 includes cells 1502 that are vertically oriented along a left-right axis in use and arranged in series. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 52B, the cells 1502 are angled inward on the rear side of the battery pack 1500. In this embodiment, there are four battery cells 1502, but in other embodiments, there may be one, two, three, or more than three cells 1502. Also, in other embodiments, the cells 1502 may be oriented horizontally.

53A-53F, the power cable 1510 may include a service loop 1513 inside the battery pack 1500. The service loop 1513 may be configured to provide for the power cable 1510 to be extended from and retracted into the battery pack 1500. The retraction and extension of the power cable 1510 relative to the battery pack 1500 is described in more detail elsewhere herein, but in a head mounted display system 1000 in which the power cable 1510 is provided within a headgear strap, e.g., the upper strap portion 1340 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, a retractable and extendable power cable 1510 may advantageously provide for easy adjustment of the length of the upper strap portion 1340 and the power cable 1510 (e.g., to achieve a good fit on the user's head).

As shown in FIG. 53A, the power cable 1510 enters the battery pack 1500 in a direction substantially parallel to the battery pack base 1525 and bends away from the battery pack base 1525 to form a service loop 1513. The power cable 1510 may enter the battery pack 1500 in a direction substantially parallel/tangent to the curvature of the user's head. In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 53B, the power cable 1510 enters the battery pack 1500 in an oblique direction relative to the battery pack base 1525 and bends toward the battery pack base 1525 to form a service loop 1513.

FIG. 53G shows a cross-sectional view of a battery pack 1500 according to another embodiment of the present technology. A power cable 1510 is fixed within the battery pack 1500 at a fixed end 1514. In this embodiment, the power cable 1510 is fixed to the battery pack base 1525 at the fixed end 1514. The fixed end 1514 may be fixed, for example, with an adhesive or a fastener. The power cable 1510 is shown in a retracted configuration and, in the phantom, in an extended configuration. As shown, when the power cable 1510 is in the extended configuration, the length of the service loop 1513 is reduced. The configuration of the service loop 1513, fixed end 1514, and cable guide 1530 in this embodiment may advantageously provide low resistance to the extension/retraction of the power cable 1510. The power cable 1510 in this arrangement extends and retracts with a "rolling" motion. Advantageously, no elasticity is required for the power cable 1510. The power cable 1510 changes radius slightly as it is extended/retracted. The power cable 1510 is bent different amounts during extension/retraction. The elongated portion 1531 may have a long aspect ratio (e.g., a long length compared to its width). The length of the elongated portion may be in the range of 20-40 mm, such as 25-35 mm, 28-32 mm, or about 30 mm long. The inner diameter of the elongated portion may be in the range of 5-10 mm, such as 6.5 mm-8.5 mm, or about 7.5 mm.

Also, as shown in FIG. 53G, the elongated portion 1531 of the cable guide 1530 includes one or more rounded ends 1539. In particular, the cable guide 1530 includes a rounded end 1539 at a first or inner end of the elongated portion 1531 and a rounded end 1539 at a second or outer end of the elongated portion 1531, which advantageously provides low friction to the power cable 1510 and may present a low risk of the power cable 1510 getting caught on the end of the elongated portion 1531. In an embodiment of the present technology, the cable guide 1530 may include rounded ends 1539 at none, one, or both ends of the elongated portion 1531. Each rounded end 1539 may include a radiused edge on either the inside or the outside or both around the opening to the elongated portion 1531. Additionally or alternatively, each rounded end 1539 may include an outwardly flared portion of the cable guide 1530, such as an outwardly flared portion of the elongated portion 1531.

In some embodiments, the cable guide 1530 comprises a fabric sleeve 1534, as shown in FIGS. 53C-53F. The fabric sleeve 1534 may comprise a low friction material configured to provide low resistance to movement of the power cable 1510 through the fabric sleeve 1534. In some embodiments, the fabric sleeve 1534 may be stretchable. The cable guide 1530 may comprise one or more lead-in features 1535 configured to guide the power cable 1510 into the fabric sleeve 1534. The cable guide 1530 may comprise one lead-in feature 1535 as shown in FIG. 53E or two lead-in features 1535, e.g., one on each side of the power cable 1535, as shown in FIG. 53D. The lead-in features may comprise curved surfaces. As shown in FIG. 53E, in some embodiments, the cable guide 1530 may include one or more rollers 1536 configured to reduce friction acting on the power cable 1510 at the entrance to the fabric sleeve 1534.

As shown in FIGS. 53C and 53F, the fabric sleeve 1534 may be located inside the battery pack 1500 in some embodiments. In other embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 53D and 53E, the fabric sleeve 1534 may be located outside the battery pack 1500. In some embodiments, the fabric sleeve 1534, or more generally the cable guide 1530 in whatever form it may take, may be located partially inside and partially outside the battery pack 1500, completely inside or completely outside the battery pack 1500. In some embodiments, the fabric sleeve 1534 may be part of the outer sleeve 1348 of the upper strap section 1340. That is, the outer sleeve 1348 of the upper strap section may extend inside the battery pack 1500 and form the fabric sleeve 1534 portion of the cable guide 1530.

53C, in some embodiments, the battery pack 1500 includes one or more standoffs 1537 configured to constrain the shape and/or movement of the power cable 1510 within the battery pack 1500. In some embodiments, the standoffs 1537 may limit the amount the power cable 1510 may extend from the battery pack 1500 by placing a lower limit on the bend radius of the service loop 1513 of the power cable 1510. The standoffs 1537 may take the form of posts within the battery pack 1500 that extend, for example, from one side of the battery pack housing 1505 or from one side of the power cable divider 1507 to another side. In some embodiments, the standoffs 1537 may support the battery cells 1502.

In some embodiments, one or more portions of the power cable 1510 between the service loop 1513 and one or more battery cells 1502 to which the power cable is connected are secured in place within the battery pack 1500, for example, with adhesive or a bracket secured to the battery pack base 1525, the battery pack housing 1505, or other components of the battery pack 1500 or within the battery pack 1500. As shown in FIG. 53E, the power cable 1510 in this embodiment is secured at location 1538 by adhesive.

53D and 53E, the service loop 1513 of the power cable 1510 may be shaped into a curve with a bend radius small enough so that the service loop 1513 does not experience frictional contact with the battery pack housing 1505 radially outward of the curve. For example, in a fully retracted position of the power cable 1510 (e.g., as shown in FIG. 53E), the service loop 1513 may have no contact, or only a small amount of contact, with the inner wall(s) within the battery pack 1500. The bend radius of the service loop 1513 may be small enough so that the service loop 1513 may not contact any inner wall within the battery pack 1500 when moving from a fully retracted position to an extended position (e.g., as shown in FIG. 53D), so that the service loop 1513 does not experience frictional contact with the battery pack 1500. Advantageously, this may allow a user to extend and retract the power cable 1510, thereby making it easier to adjust the head mounted display system 1000.

Figures 53A, 53B, and 53F each simultaneously show two configurations of the service loop 1513, one showing the service loop 1513 and power cable 1510 in a retracted position and one showing the service loop 1513 and power cable 1510 in an extended position.

5.5 Arms Within the Periphery of the Head Mounted Display Unit In some embodiments of the present technology, the arm 1210 of the head mounted display unit 1200 may extend from the exterior of the display unit housing, while in some embodiments of the present technology, the arm 1210 may extend from the interior of the head mounted display unit 1200.

34A-34I, the head mounted display system 1000 may include a head mounted display unit 1200 and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 (not shown in FIGS. 34A-34I) configured and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in an operating position across the user's face (e.g., the position shown in FIG. 34A) in use. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head and a pair of lateral strap portions 1330 configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, each configured to be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. The head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display unit housing 1205 including a display and an interfacing structure 3800 configured to contact the user's face in use.

The head mounted display unit 1200 may further include a pair of arms 1210, as shown, for example, in FIG. 34A. Each arm 1210 may extend rearwardly from the display unit housing 1205, and each arm 1210 may be configured to be attached to a respective one of the lateral strap portions 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300.

In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 34A-34I, the display unit housing 1205 has a rear side with a perimeter (e.g., an outermost perimeter). Each arm 1210 extends from the display unit housing 1205 into the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing 1205. Arms 1210 extending from inside the perimeter of the display unit housing may reduce the overall width of the head mounted display unit 1200 and/or facilitate approaching an optimal headgear force vector (e.g., approaching parallelism with the front-to-back axis).

34A-34C in particular, the interfacing structure 3800 has a periphery, and each of the arms 1210 is located between the periphery of the rear side of the display unit housing 1205 and the periphery of the interfacing structure 3800. Each of the arms 1210 may be located inwardly of an adjacent portion of the display unit housing 1205. Additionally, each of the arms 1210 may be located laterally of an adjacent portion of the interfacing structure 3800. A lateral majority of the display unit housing 1205 may be lateral to some or all of the arms 1210. A lateral majority of the display unit housing 1205 may be located laterally of a connection between a respective one of the arms 1205 and the display unit housing 1205, for example.

Each of the arms 1210 may include an eyelet 1212 configured to receive a respective one of the lateral strap portions 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The eyelet 1212 of each arm may be located at or proximate to the rear end of the respective arm 1210.

5.5.1 Pivoting of the Arms Each of the pair of arms 1210 may be pivotable relative to the display unit housing 1205. FIGS. 34D-G and 34I show a pivot point 1213 for each arm. The pivot point 1213 may be proximate to the display in the display housing 1205 and may be located in front of the user's face. Each of the arms 1210 may be configured to pivot about a horizontal axis perpendicular to the sagittal plane of the user's head when in use. Each of the arms 1210 may be configured to pivot through an angular range A of at least 9 degrees (FIGS. 34F and 34G). In some examples, the angular range A may be at least 19 degrees.

34D-34G and 34I, each arm 1210 in this example includes a hub portion 1230 and an elongated portion 1231 extending away from the hub portion. The eyelet 1212 of the arm 1210 is formed at the distal (rear) end of the elongated portion 1231. The hub portion 1230 is secured to the display unit housing 1205 at a pivot point 1213 (via an arm attachment portion 1215, described below). The hub portion 1230 rotates about the pivot point 1213, and the elongated portion 1231 is rigidly connected to the hub portion 1230 (e.g., by being integrally formed with the hub portion 1230), so that the elongated portion 1231 rotates with the hub portion 1230 about the pivot point 1213.

In another embodiment of the present technology, as shown in FIG. 34J, each arm 1210 is slidably connected to the display unit housing 1205 and slidably configured to pivot about a pivot point 1213. Although FIG. 34J shows only one side of the head mounted display, it is understood that where a feature of a single arm is described, the feature may apply to both arms 1210 of the head mounted display.

In this embodiment, each pivot point 1213 is a theoretical/imaginary pivot about which the arm 1210 rotates. The pivot points 1213 in this embodiment are not the points at which the arm 1213 connects to the display unit housing 1205, but rather points in space about which the arm 1210 rotates by connecting to the display unit housing 1205 at other locations. Each arm 1210 is slidably connected to the display unit housing 1205 at a location spaced apart from its respective pivot point 1213.

As shown in FIG. 34J, each arm 1210 is slidably connected to a respective one of a pair of guides 1219 (depicted by dashed lines) of the display unit housing 1205 to slide along the respective guide 1219 and pivot about the respective pivot point. Each guide 1219 may be elongated to allow the respective arm 1210 to slide along it. Additionally, each guide 1219 may be curved to force the pivoting motion of the arm 1210 during sliding. Thus, each guide 1219 may be elongated and curved. In this manner, each arm 1210 is configured to pivot about the pivot point 1213 relative to the display unit housing 1205 without a physical connection between the arm 1210 and the display unit housing 1205 being located at the pivot point 1213.

Each arm 1210 includes an eyelet 1212 configured to receive a respective one of the lateral strap portions 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. In this embodiment, the eyelet 1212 of each arm 1210 may be located at or proximate to the rear end of the respective arm 1212, as illustrated in FIG. 34J. In other embodiments, the arms 1210 may connect to the strap portions of the headgear 1300 in other suitable manners, such as clips (e.g., magnetic clips) or hook-and-loop connections between the strap portions and each arm 1210.

34J shows in phantom the front end of the arm 1210 hidden behind a portion of the display unit housing 1205. In this embodiment, the arm 1210 need not be any longer than necessary to span between the intended location of the eyelet 1212 and the guide 1219. As shown, the front end of the arm 1210 is located proximate to the guide 1219. Additionally, the display unit housing 1205 has a pair of rearmost points 1205p, the rearmost points 1205p being located on respective lateral sides of the display unit housing 1205. In this embodiment, each guide 1219 is located proximate to a respective one of the rearmost points 1205p of the display unit housing 1205.

The guides 1219 and arms 1210 may have any configuration that allows the arms 1210 to slide along the guides 1219 but constrains the movement of the arms 1210 to pivot/rotate about the pivot point 1213. The guides 1219 and arms 1210 may be configured in a complementary configuration. The guides 1219 and arms 1210 may be connected in a complementary relationship or a male-female relationship, such as the examples shown in Figures 34K and 34L. In some embodiments, the guides 1219 each include a female portion configured to receive a male portion of the respective arm 1210. In other embodiments, the arms 1210 each include a female portion that receives a male portion of the respective guide 1219 (as shown in Figure 34M for example). In some embodiments, the guides 1219 and arms 1210 are joined in an interlocking configuration that resists separation of the arms 1210 and guides 1219. For example, the arm 1210 and the guide 1219 may have a dovetail connection (shown by way of example in FIG. 34K), an L-shaped connection, a T-shaped connection, or other connection that can both constrain the arm 1210 to pivotal movement about the pivot point 1213 and prevent the arm 1210 from separating from the guide.

Alternatively, the connection between the arm 1210 and the guide 1219 may not itself prevent the arm 1210 from separating from the guide 1219. FIG. 34L shows a configuration in which the guide 1219 is in the form of a slot that receives a protrusion of the arm 1210 and guides the arm 1210 to move along the slot, but prevents the arm 1210 from separating from the guide 1219 by a portion of the arm attachment site 1215 adjacent to the arm, rather than the guide 1219 itself. The guide 1215 may be formed in the arm attachment site 1215, a portion of the display unit housing 1205, or another component of the head mounted display unit 1200. FIG. 34M shows an example in which the arm 1210 includes a slot that receives the guide 1219 in the form of a protrusion configured to fit into the slot. In this example, the arm 1210 may be prevented from separating from the guide 1219 by a portion of the arm attachment site 1215 or another component in the head mounted display unit 1200.

The use of guides 1219 for the arm 1210 advantageously allows the arm 1210 to be shortened, which may provide sufficient space for other components of the head mounted display unit 1200 adjacent to the arm 1210.

The arm 1210 and head mounted display unit 1200 of the embodiment of the present technology shown in Figures 34J-34M may also include any other features described in the specification with reference to other embodiments of the present technology, such as, for example, but not limited to, the arm 1210 being between the periphery of the rear side of the display unit housing 1205 and the periphery of the interfacing structure 3800, the arm attachment site 1215, the range of pivotal motion of the arm 1210, a predetermined resistance to pivotal motion, pivoting between predetermined incremental directions and/or static torque resistance.

5.5.2 Resistance to Pivotal Movement of Arms In some embodiments, each of the arms 1210 has a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement relative to the display unit housing 1205. As depicted in FIG. 34E, each of the arms 1210 may be configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental orientations (e.g., the arms 1210 may snap, drop, or fit into place in a plurality of orientations). The predetermined resistance to pivotal movement must be overcome before the arm 1210 can pivot from one predetermined incremental orientation to another.

In some embodiments, each of the arms 1210 includes one or more first engagement features 1232 configured to sequentially engage with a plurality of second engagement features 1233 of the head mounted display unit 1200 (e.g., of the display unit housing 1205, of the arm attachment site 1215, or of another component) during pivoting of the arm 1210 between predetermined incremental orientations. Figures 34E and 38B-N depict various embodiments of such technology.

Each of the arms 1210 may include a single first engagement feature 1232, as shown, for example, in FIG. 34E or in FIGS. 38J and 38K. Alternatively, each of the arms 1210 may include multiple first engagement features 1232, each configured to engage with a respective one of the second engagement features 1233 at a time and configured to move sequentially between the second engagement features 1233 during pivoting of the arm 1210. This type of configuration is shown in the examples of FIGS. 38B-I and 38L.

In some embodiments, each of the arms 1210 comprises a plurality of first engagement features 1232 configured to engage with one or more second engagement features 1233 of the head mounted display unit 1200, and the one or more second engagement features 1233 are configured to sequentially engage with the first engagement features 1232 during pivoting of the arm 1210 between predetermined incremental orientations.

In some embodiments, the first engagement feature 1232 is a protrusion and the second engagement feature 1233 is a recess. In some embodiments, the first engagement feature 1232 is a recess and the second engagement feature 1233 is a protrusion. The first and second engagement features may be complementary, e.g., male and female features.

In some embodiments, each arm 1210 includes a hub portion 1230 pivotally connected to the display unit housing 1205 (e.g., directly or via an arm attachment portion 1215) and an elongated portion 1231 extending from the hub portion 1230. In some embodiments, such as those shown in Figures 34E, 38J, 38K, and 38L, the one or more first engagement features 1232 of each arm 1210 are provided on the elongated portion 1231 of the arm 1210.

In the embodiment of FIG. 34E, the display unit housing 1205 includes a plurality of second engagement features 1233 (e.g., convex portions formed by a plurality of ridges) corresponding to predetermined incremental directions. Additionally, each of the arms 1210 includes a first engagement feature 1232 configured to fit into each of the second engagement features 1233. A predetermined force (e.g., a predetermined resistance to pivoting) may be required to move each arm 1210 from one second engagement feature 1233 to another.

In some embodiments, each arm 1210 is configured to deform such that one or more first engagement features 1232 can move sequentially between second engagement features 1233 during pivoting of the arm 1210, as depicted in FIG. 38J.

In some embodiments, each arm 1210 includes a spring 1236 configured to bias the elongated portion 1231 of the arm 1210 toward the second engagement feature 1233 such that one or more of the first engagement features 1231 are biased into engagement with the second engagement feature 1232. In FIG. 38K, the arm 1210 includes a spring 1236 in the form of a leaf spring. The spring 1236 may be compressed against a portion of the display unit housing 1205 or the arm attachment portion 1215, for example.

In the embodiment shown in FIG. 38L, the arm includes a plurality of first engagement features 1232 configured to engage with second engagement features 1233.

In some embodiments, such as those shown in Figures 38B, 38C-D, 38E-F, 38G-H, 38I, 38M, and 38N, the first engagement feature 1232 of each arm 1210 is disposed in a circular array on the hub portion 1230 of the arm 1210 and is configured to rotate with the hub portion 1230 about the pivot point 1213 of the arm 1210. In the embodiments shown in Figures 38B, 38C-D, 38E-F, 38G-H, and 38I, the first engagement feature 1232 of each arm 1210 faces radially away from the pivot point 1213 and the second engagement feature 1233 faces radially toward the pivot point 1213. In other embodiments, the first engagement feature 1232 of each arm 1210 faces radially toward the pivot point 1213 and the second engagement feature 1233 faces radially away from the pivot point 1213.

In some embodiments, the first engagement feature 1232 is provided on a deformable portion of the hub portion 1230, the deformable portion configured to deform so that the first engagement feature 1232 can move sequentially between the second engagement features 1233 when the arm 1210 is pivoted. As shown in FIG. 38B, 38C-D, 38E-F, and 38I, the hub portion 1230 can include a raised portion 1234 that is raised relative to the arm 1210 and includes the deformable portion and the first engagement feature 1232. The raised portion 1234 can include a hole 1235 adjacent each deformable portion that allows the deformable portion and the first engagement feature 1232 to deform toward the hole 1235 so that the first engagement feature 1232 can move sequentially between the second engagement features 1233 when the arm 1210 is pivoted. The absence of material in the holes 1235 may allow the arm 1210 to be sufficiently flexible to be sufficiently deformable at the deformable portion so that the arm 1210 can rotate in predetermined increments.

In some embodiments, such as shown in FIGS. 38C-D and 38E-F, each deformable portion includes one or more cantilever arm portions having at least one of the first engagement features 1232 thereon, the cantilever arm portions configured to deform such that the first engagement features 1232 can move sequentially between the second engagement features 1233 when the arm 1210 is pivoted. Each cantilever arm portion may have a single first engagement feature portion 1232 at its end, as shown in FIGS. 38C-D, or may have multiple first engagement feature portions thereon, as shown in FIGS. 38E-F. In some embodiments, the raised portion 1234 has an S-shape, as shown in FIG. 38F.

In some embodiments, the first engagement features 1232 of the arms 1210 form a snap-fit connection to the head mounted display unit 1200 to connect the arms 1210 to the head mounted display unit 1200, as shown in Figures 38G and 38H. In this embodiment, each first engagement feature 1232 is capable of deforming radially inward. The first engagement features 1232 snap-fit into the second engagement features 1233.

In some embodiments, the first engagement feature 1232 faces toward the second engagement feature 1233 in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm 1210 (e.g., an axis through the pivot point 1213) away from the hub portion 1230 of the arm 1210, as shown in FIG. 38M and FIG. 38N. The first engagement feature 1232 may be located on or in the plane of the hub portion 1230, as opposed to on a side. The hub portion 1230 is configured to move parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm 1210 and away from the second engagement feature 1233 when the arm 1210 pivots, such that the first engagement feature 1232 can move sequentially between the second engagement features 1233. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 38N, the hub portion 1230 is biased toward the second engagement feature 1233 by a spring 1236. The spring may be, for example, a coil spring disposed around a pin, bolt, or screw that connects the arm 1210 to the display unit housing 1205.

5.5.2.1 Static Torque Resistance In another embodiment, each of the arms 1210 connects to the display unit housing 1205 such that a predetermined static torque resistance must be overcome for each arm 1210 to pivot relative to the display unit housing 1205. In some embodiments, the predetermined static torque resistance is provided by static friction. The static friction may act between each arm 1210 and a respective portion of the display unit housing 1205 or a respective arm attachment portion 1215 (described below).

In some embodiments, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a pair of friction rings 1220 (e.g., O-rings, washers, etc.). FIG. 38A is a schematic cross-sectional view through the pivot point 1213 of the arms 1210, and FIG. 54 is a schematic cross-sectional view through the pivot point 1213 of the arms 1210 according to another embodiment of the present technology. Each friction ring 1220 can be attached to a respective one of the arms 1210 in contact with an adjacent surface (which can be a surface of the arm attachment site 1215) within the head mounted display unit 1200. The friction rings 1220 provide the static friction that each arm 1210 needs to overcome to pivot relative to the display unit housing 1205.

38A, each friction ring 1220 may be received within a correspondingly shaped recess in the arm 1210, which may hold the friction ring 1220 in place without the friction ring 1220 taking up excessive space within the head mounted display unit 1200. As shown in FIG. 54, each friction ring 1220 may be disposed within a friction ring cavity defined in part by a respective arm 1210 and in part by the portion of the head mounted display unit 1200 to which the arm 1210 is attached. In these embodiments, each arm 1210 is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm attachment portions 1215.

The friction ring 1220 may be attached to or received in the hub portion 1230 of the arm 1210. In this embodiment, it is a bolt 1221 and a nut 1222 that secure the arm 1210 to the arm attachment portion 1215. The nut 1222 may be received in or attached to the hub portion 1230 of the arm 1210. A portion of the bolt 1221 may extend through the hub portion 1230 of the arm 1210 and define the pivot point 1213. The friction ring 1220 may be formed from a high friction material and/or may be clamped to provide the desired friction and a predetermined static torque resistance.

The arms 1210 may have a length such that the rear end of each arm 1210 is positioned adjacent to a respective one of the user's ears.

5.5.3 Arm Attachment Sites As shown particularly in Figures 34B, 34C, 34H, and 34I, in this particular embodiment, each of the arms 1210 is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm attachment sites 1215. The display unit housing 1205 may include a pair of lateral sites 1207 on opposing lateral sides of the display unit housing 1205, with each of the arm attachment sites 1215 attached to an inner side of a respective one of the lateral sites 1207. In this embodiment, each arm is located between a respective arm attachment site 1215 and a respective lateral site 1207 of the display unit housing 1205. Each arm 1210 may be pivotally connected to a respective arm attachment site 1215. In other embodiments, each arm attachment site 1215 is attached to or integrally formed with the display unit housing 1205 or other components, such as a lens plate.

5.5.4 Arm Orientation As shown in FIG. 37A and FIG. 37B, in some embodiments, each of the arms 1210 has a cross-sectional shape with a major axis MA and a minor axis MN. In this embodiment, each arm 1210 is larger in the major axis MA than in the minor axis MN (e.g., the arms 1210 each have a flat shape, e.g., rectangular). In some embodiments of the present technology, the major axis MA is aligned parallel to the sagittal plane of the user's head along the length of the arm 1210 in use. FIG. 37A shows a cross-section of the arm 1210 with a vertical direction (e.g., aligned with the sagittal plane). One drawback of this arrangement (as depicted in FIG. 37A) is that the degree to which the arm 1210 can pivot before interfering with the display unit housing 1205 may be limited. Thus, in some examples of the present technology, as depicted in Fig. 37B, at a point along the length of each arm 1210 located inside the display unit housing (e.g., where interference may occur), the long axis MA is oriented at an oblique angle O relative to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use (equal to the angle O with the vertical axis VA). Compared to the example of Fig. 37A, where there is no or negligible extra space taken up by the arm 1210 and associated surrounding components, in this example the angular range over which the arm 1210 may be pivotable may be increased.

In some embodiments, at a point along the length of each arm 1210 that is located within the display unit housing 1205, the longitudinal axis MA of the cross-sectional shape has a superior medial edge-inferior lateral edge orientation in use. This is the orientation shown in FIG. 37B.

In some embodiments, each of the arms 1210 is shaped such that the cross-sectional major axis MA changes orientation along the length of the arm 1210. For example, the shape or cross-sectional orientation of each arm 1210 may have one orientation on the inside of the head mounted display unit 1200 (e.g., a major axis MA with a superior medial edge-inferior lateral orientation) and another orientation on the outside of the head mounted display unit 1200 (e.g., a vertical orientation). In some embodiments, at a point along the length of each arm 1210 that is located outside the display unit housing 1205, the major axis MA is oriented substantially parallel to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use.

The head mounted display system 1000 having the arm 1200 described with reference to Figures 34A-34I may have any one or more of the other features described herein (such as the upper strap portion 1340) unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

5.5.5 Electronic Volume In some embodiments of the present technology, the head mounted display unit 1200 comprises a pair of electronic volumes 1203. FIG. 55C is a schematic diagram of one side of the head mounted display unit 1200 comprising the electronic volumes 1203. Each electronic volume 1203 may be located on a respective side of the head mounted display unit 1200 and proximate a respective one of the arms 1210. Each electronic volume 1203 may comprise one or more electronic components. The electronic volume 1203 may be a volume of space within the head mounted display unit 1200 that contains one or more electronic components.

As shown in FIG. 55C, each arm includes a hub portion 1230 pivotally connected to the display unit housing 1205 at a pivot point 1213 and an elongated portion 1231 extending from the hub portion 1230. In this embodiment, the elongated portion 1231 is curved to avoid interference with the electronic volume 1203. The elongated portion 1231 may include curved and straight portions, but may be generally elongated. Each arm 1210 may also include an eyelet 1213 for connection to the lateral strap portion 1330, as shown in FIG. 55C. The elongated portion 1231 of each arm 1210 may include an offset portion 1237. The offset portion 1237 may be offset from an axis 1238 passing between the eyelet 1213 and the pivot point 1238. The offset portion 1237 may increase the range of rotation of the arm 1210 without interfering with the electronic volume 1203. The curvature and/or offset portion 1237 of the arm 1210 may advantageously allow the electronic volume 1203 to be located closer (e.g., below) the arm 1210 without the arm 1210 interfering with the electronic volume 1203. Additionally, placing the electronic volume 1203 as far back as possible within the head mounted display unit 1200 may advantageously provide a better weight balance within the head mounted display unit 1200 than if the electronic volume 1203 were located further forward (e.g., away from the user's head). Furthermore, shaping the arm to avoid the electronic volume 1203 may advantageously place the pivot point 1213 and eyelet 1212 in an optimal location.

In some embodiments, the electronic volume 1203 comprises an audio speaker. In other embodiments, the electronic volume may alternatively or additionally include one or more of a sensor, a battery, and a processor.

5.6 Elastic Connector Elements Between Arms and Lateral Strap Regions Referring to Figures 55A and 55B, in some embodiments, a head mounted display system includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 comprising a pair of lateral strap regions 1330 configured to connect between a rear support region 1350 and a head mounted display unit 1200, each configured to be positioned on a respective lateral side of a user's head in use. The head mounted display unit 1200 may comprise a display unit housing 1205 comprising a display, and an interfacing structure 3800 configured to contact a user's face and the pair of arms 1210 in use. As shown particularly in Figure 55B, each arm 1210 may be configured to removably attach directly to a respective one of the lateral strap regions 1330.

The head mounted display unit 1200 may also include a pair of elastic connectors 1250. Each elastic connector 1250 may be configured to form an elastic connector connecting a respective one of the lateral strap portions 1330 to a respective one of the arms 1210. The elastic connectors 1250 may be configured to stretch during donning and donning of the head mounted display system 1000 when the lateral strap portions 1330 are not directly attached to the arms 1210 while maintaining an elastic connector between the lateral strap portions 1330 and the arms 1210. Advantageously, this may allow the head mounted display system 1000 to be donned and doffed without the lateral strap portions 1330 being completely detached from the head mounted display unit 1200. The stretchable nature of the elastic connectors 1250 may allow a degree of tension to be maintained on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 during donning and doffing, which may advantageously hold the head mounted display unit 1200 on the user's head while the user tightens the headgear straps, and may prevent the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 from unintentionally slipping, falling, or otherwise becoming dislodged from its position.

55A and 55B, each arm 1210 includes a hub portion 1230 and an elongated portion 1231. The elastic connector 1250 is connected to the elongated portion 1231 at an elastic connector connection point 1251 in this embodiment. As shown in FIG. 55B, each arm 1210 includes an eyelet 1213 at a rear end of the arm 1210 configured to connect to a respective lateral strap portion 1330. The elastic connector connection point 1251 may be located forward relative to the eyelet 1213. In some embodiments, the elastic connector 1250 is permanently connected to the respective arm 1210. In other embodiments, the elastic connector 1250 may be removably connected to the arm 1210, for example, by a hook-and-loop fastener connection or a press stud connection. In some embodiments, the elastic connectors 1250 may be removably or permanently attached to the lateral strap portions 1330, for example, by hook-and-loop or press stud connections.

35A and 35B, in some embodiments, the head mounted display unit 1200 comprises a display unit housing 1205 and an interfacing structure 3800. The interfacing structure 3800 may be constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a user's face. The interfacing structure 3800 may comprise a face engagement portion 3810 configured to engage with the user's face in use, and a chassis 3802 connected to the face engagement portion 3810 and further connected to the display unit housing 1205 for mounting the interfacing structure 3800 to the display unit housing 1205.

Figures 35A and 35B are schematic cross-sectional views of the interfacing structure 3800 and the upper portion of the display unit housing 1205 aligned with the sagittal plane of the user's head.

35A and 35B, the chassis 3802 of the interfacing structure 3800 is configured to be attached to the upper strap portion 1340 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 for holding the head mounted display unit 1200 in an operable position on the user's head in use. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may further include a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head and a pair of lateral strap portions 1330 configured to connect between the rear support portion 1310 and the head mounted display unit 1205, each configured to be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. Features of the upper strap portion 1340 and the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 are described elsewhere herein.

35A and 35B, the chassis 3802 may include an eyelet 3812 through which the upper strap portion 1340 may loop back and secure to itself. In the embodiment of FIG. 35A, the eyelet 3812 is formed by both the chassis 3802 and the display unit housing 1205 such that the upper strap portion 1340 may wrap around both a portion of the chassis 3802 and a portion of the display unit housing 1205. In the embodiment of FIG. 35B, the eyelet 3812 is formed in an upwardly protruding portion 3814 of the chassis 3802. As shown, the upwardly protruding portion 3814 may protrude through an opening in the display unit housing 1205.

The upper strap portion 1340 passes through the eyelet 3812, loops back around, and may be secured to itself, for example, using a hook-and-loop fastener, a buckle, a magnetic connection, etc.

The chassis 3802 may be a substantially rigid section and may be formed from a thermoplastic material or an elastomer, such as a high-durability elastomer.

5.8 Interfacing Structure In some embodiments, two or more of the chassis, support structure and face-engaging surface of the interfacing structure may be integrally formed as a single component with varying thicknesses and finishes across them to provide a desired level of stiffness in the chassis or a desired level of cushioning in the face-engaging surface. For example, in some such embodiments, the interfacing structure may be formed from a single silicone body. For example, FIGS. 10A-10C show an interfacing structure 3100 comprising a support structure in the form of a support flange 3102 that supports an integral face-engaging flange 3106 having a face-engaging surface 3108. In further embodiments, the interfacing structure 3100 may be provided with additional components. In alternative embodiments, the interfacing structure may be integrally formed as a single component from a foam or elastomeric material.

In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may include a face-engaging portion constructed from a flexible, resilient material (e.g., an elastomer such as silicone) supported by a more rigid support portion (e.g., constructed from a plastic material). In multiple embodiments, this rigid support portion may include a chassis.

For example, referring to FIG. 11A, the interfacing structure 3200 may include a rigid support portion 3202 to which a flexible and resilient face engaging portion 3204 may be provided. The face engaging portion 3204 may be curved in cross section having a support flange 3206 and an integral face engaging flange 3208 having a face engaging surface 3210. An overlapping portion 3212 of the face engaging portion 3204 may be secured to the rigid support portion 3202.

11B, the rigid support portion 3202 may include a positioning portion, e.g., a recess 3214. The face engagement portion 3204 may include a biasing portion, e.g., a spring 3216, received within the recess 3214 and configured to provide a biasing force to the face engagement portion 3204 in the direction of the user's face.

11C, the face engagement portion 3204 may include a fold portion 3218 between the rigid support portion 3202 and the face engagement flange 3208. The fold portion 3218 may include one or more creases to provide a greater degree of flexibility or additional movement to aid in compliance with the user's face.

In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may include a foam section supported by a resilient and flexible face-engaging section, which provides the face-engaging surface.

For example, referring to FIG. 12A, an interfacing structure 3300 may include a rigid support portion 3302 that may provide a flexible and resilient face-engaging portion 3304 in a configuration similar to that described with reference to FIG. 11A. The face-engaging portion 3304 has a support flange 3306 and an integral face-engaging flange 3308 with an overlap portion 3310 secured to the rigid support portion 3302. A foam cushion 3312 having a face-engaging surface 3314 is provided on the user-facing side of the face-engaging flange 3308. In an embodiment, the foam cushion 3312 may be permanently attached to the face-engaging flange 3308. In an alternative embodiment, the foam cushion 3312 may be removably attached to the face-engaging flange 3308. In the embodiment of FIG. 12A, the foam cushion 3312 may include a fabric-foam composite (e.g., a foam core with a fabric outer layer). In the embodiment of FIG. 12B, the foam cushion 3312 can include flocked foam. In the embodiment of FIG. 12C, the foam cushion 3312 can include raw foam.

In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may include a fabric layer provided in the face-engaging region that is elastic and flexible, the fabric layer providing the face-engaging surface.

For example, referring to FIG. 13A, an interfacing structure 3400 may include a rigid support portion 3402 on which a flexible and elastic face-engaging portion 3404 may be provided in a configuration similar to that described with reference to FIG. 11A. The face-engaging portion 3404 has a support flange 3406 and an integral face-engaging flange 3408, with an overlap portion 3410 secured to the rigid support portion 3402. A fabric layer 3412 having a face-engaging surface 3414 is provided on the user-facing side of the face-engaging flange 3408. In the embodiment of FIG. 13A, the fabric layer 3412 is removably attached to the face-engaging portion 3404 using a retaining means 3416. In one embodiment, the retaining means 3416 may be a rigid element that clips the fabric layer 3412 in place. In another embodiment, the retaining means 3416 may be elasticized and may fit over the face-engaging portion 3404 to hold it in place. In an alternative embodiment, referring to FIG. 13B, the fabric layer 3412 may be permanently attached to the face-engaging flange 3308. In this embodiment, it is envisioned that the surface area of the fabric layer 3412 may be smaller compared to that of FIG. 13A because the fabric layer 3412 may be defined in the area that may come into contact with the user's skin, i.e., it does not need to extend far around the outside of the face-engaging portion 3404. This may also have the effect of reducing the influence of the fabric layer 3412 on the spring characteristics of the exposed areas of the support flange 3406.

In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may include a face-engaging portion supported by a more rigid support portion (e.g., constructed from a plastic material) that includes a foam cushion and an elastomeric cover over the foam cushion.

For example, referring to FIG. 14A, the interfacing structure 3500 may include a rigid support portion 3502 on which a flexible and resilient face-engaging portion 3504 may be provided. The face-engaging portion 3504 may have a support flange 3506 and a cushion support flange 3508 extending from the support flange 3506. A foam cushion 3510 is provided on the cushion support flange 3508. A cushion cover 3512 (e.g., made of elastomer) extends over the foam cushion 3510 and, in use, provides a face-engaging surface 3514. In this embodiment, the cushion cover 3512 is removably attached, for example, using fastening means 3516. A free edge of the cushion cover 3512 extends beyond the cushion support flange 3508.

In another embodiment, referring to FIG. 14B, the cushion cover 3512 is permanently attached (e.g., integrally formed) to the support flange 3506 and the cushion support flange 3508. In the embodiment of FIG. 14B, the cushion cover 3512 does not extend around the foam cushion 3512 until it reaches the cushion support flange 3508.

FIG. 14C shows an embodiment in which the cushion support flange 3508 extends from the rigid support portion 3502 and is made of a stiffer material than the cushion cover 3012.

In an embodiment such as that shown in FIG. 14D, the cushion cover 3512 may extend from a location on the cushion support flange 3508 that is adjacent to the user's face when in use. In such an embodiment, the exposure of the foam cushion 3510 may be considered to face "outside" as compared to the "inside" facing exposure of the foam cushion 3510 in the embodiment of FIG. 14B.

14E, the face engagement portion 3504 includes an overlap portion 3516 secured to the rigid support portion 3502. The cushion cover 3512 may overlap at least a portion of the foam cushion 3510 and 3506 support flanges. In one embodiment, an edge of the cushion cover 3512 may be located adjacent to the rigid support portion 3502. In an alternative embodiment, the cushion cover 3512 may be connected to the rigid support portion 3502.

In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may be provided where the support structure and face-engaging portion of the interfacing structure may be integrally formed as a single component with varying thicknesses to provide a desired level of stiffness and/or cushioning at the face-engaging surface.

For example, Figures 15A-15E show an integrally formed interfacing structure 3600 that, in use, is adjacent to the sphenoid region of a user and generally comprises a forehead region 3602, two cheek regions 3604, and two side regions 3606, connecting the forehead region 3602 to each cheek region 3604. A tab 3608 extends from a free end of each cheek region 3604. The interfacing structure 3600 comprises multiple regions of varying thickness. A first region 3610 extends around the interior periphery of the interfacing structure 3600, i.e., the edge of the interfacing structure 3600 closest to the user's face. A second region 3612 extends around the exterior periphery of the interfacing structure 3600. The third region 3614 extends around an interior periphery of the interfacing structure 3600 disposed between the first region 3610 and the second region 3612. The fourth region 3616 is disposed within each cheek region 3604 bounded by the first region 3610 and the third region 3614. In this example, the first region 3610 is thicker (e.g., about 2 mm) than the fourth region 3616 (e.g., about 1.5 mm). The fourth region 3616 is thicker (e.g., about 1 mm) than the third region 3614. The third region 3614 is thicker (e.g., about 0.7 mm) than the second region.

15F-15K show another embodiment of an integrally formed interfacing structure 3600. The first region 3610 includes a rear forehead portion 3630 at the forehead region 3602 and extends upwardly from the inner periphery of the interfacing structure 3600. The third region 3614 includes an upper forehead portion 3632 at the forehead region 3602 and extends beyond the center of the forehead region 3602 to an anterior forehead portion 3634. The second region 3612 includes upper lateral portions 3636 each extending from a respective side portion 3606 toward the upper forehead portion 3632, and an outer peripheral forehead portion 3628 that is relatively fixed to a more rigid support (e.g., a chassis) in use. The relative thicknesses of the regions can be ascertained from the coded scale provided.

In the embodiment shown in Figures 15A-15E, the width of the first region 3610 is greater through the forehead region 3602 than through the cheek region 3604 or the side region 3606. Additionally, the width of the second region 3612 is greater through the forehead region 3602 than through the cheek region 3604.

In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may be provided in a position configured such that, in use, the face engagement portion of the interfacing structure is biased toward engagement with the user's face. In some embodiments, only selected regions of the face engagement portion may be biased toward engagement with the user's face. In some embodiments, the interfacing structure may be shaped such that, when unworn, the region of the face engagement portion extends toward the user at an angle that is non-parallel to the surface of the user's face that the face engagement portion is intended to engage. With reference to FIG. 16A, the interfacing structure 3700 includes a support flange 3702 that supports an integral face engagement flange 3704 that, in use, engages with the user's face 3706. At least a portion of the cross section of the interfacing structure 3700 may be shaped to be "pre-worn," i.e., biased toward the user's face when engaged. For example, the rest position of the face-engaging flange 3704 (indicated by dashed line 3708) may be such that the face-engaging flange 3704 is non-parallel to the user's face (indicated by dashed line 3710) and angled toward the user. This may help promote engagement with the user's face and friction between the interfacing structure 3700 and the user.

In some embodiments, it may be desirable to provide such "pre-fit" in select regions. Referring to FIG. 16B, the first region 3712 of the user's face is typically recessed. Such recessed regions may tend to allow light to enter through gaps between the user's face and the interfacing structure 3700. As such, the corresponding first interfacing region 3714 of the interfacing structure 3700 may be shaped to bias the face-engaging flange 3704 toward engagement with the user's face in the first region 3712. Conversely, the second region 3716 of the user's face is typically protruding and tends to cause discomfort factors due to pressure from the interfacing structure 3700. The corresponding second interfacing region 3718 of the interfacing structure 3700 may be shaped to avoid biasing the face-engaging flange 3704 toward engagement with the user's face in the first region 3712, or at least to a reduced extent compared to the first interfacing region 3714.

5.9 Airflow Through the Interfacing Structure In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may include a chassis configured to allow airflow into and out of the space between the interfacing structure and the user. Heat may be generated during use, for example as a result of user activity, and/or may be emitted from electronic components of the head mounted display unit 1200. Heat may become trapped in this space, causing discomfort to the user. Allowing air to flow in and out of this space may provide an increased cooling effect to the user.

In one embodiment, referring to FIG. 17A, the interfacing structure 3800 may include a chassis 3802 including a main chassis portion 3804 configured to extend laterally across a user's face in use and side chassis portions 3806 configured to extend in a generally rearward direction. The chassis 3802 includes openings 3808 (e.g., chassis airflow ports) between the main chassis portion 3804 and each side chassis portion 3806. A face engagement portion 3810 is provided in the chassis 3802.

Referring to FIG. 17B, a display unit 3820 having a display unit housing 3822 is shown being worn by a user. Air can flow through the opening 3808 and between the display unit housing 3822 and the face engagement portion 3810.

In some embodiments, reinforcement may be provided between the main chassis portion 3804 and each of the side chassis portions 3806. For example, as shown in FIG. 17C, the chassis 3802 may include one or more reinforcement members that span between the main chassis portion 3804 and the side chassis portion 3806.

17D and 17E show another embodiment of a display unit 3820 having an interfacing structure 3800 with a chassis 3802 configured to allow airflow to a space between the interfacing structure 3800 and a user. In this embodiment, the chassis 3802 is configured to be secured to a mounting plate 3824 of the display unit 3820, the mounting plate 3284 having a generally planar configuration and extending laterally across the face of the user in use. A side chassis portion 3806 extends in a generally rearward direction from the mounting plate 3824 toward the side of the user's head.

The face engagement portion 3810 is provided on the chassis 3802. In one embodiment, the face engagement portion 3810 may be a unitary structure constructed from a flexible and resilient material, such as an elastomer, as described with reference to Figures 15A-15E, while the chassis may be constructed from a more rigid material.

In an embodiment, the face engagement portion 3810 may be integral with the chassis 3802 to provide a single component. The single component comprising the face engagement portion 3810 and the chassis 3802 may be removably secured to the display unit 3820, such as to the mounting plate 3284. For example, a removable fastening device may be provided with one or more of hook-and-loop fastening means, magnetic fastening means, and clips or retainers that allow for friction, interference, snap or other mechanical fastening configurations.

The chassis 3802 includes a lateral opening 3808 in each side chassis portion 3806. One or more gaps between the housing of the display unit 3820 and the interfacing structure 3800 allow air flow to and from the external environment through the lateral openings 3808 (as indicated by the dashed arrows in FIGS. 17D and 17E).

In an embodiment, one or more upper openings may be provided in the chassis 3802 to allow airflow between the external environment and the space within the interfacing structure 3800. In an embodiment, one or more lower openings may be provided in the chassis 3802 to allow airflow between the external environment and the space within the interfacing structure 3800. In an embodiment, the chassis 3802 may include one or more of a lateral opening 3808, an upper opening, and a lower opening.

5.10 Inwardly Biased Interfacing Structure FIG. 18A shows an interfacing structure 3800 according to another embodiment of the present technology. Similar to the interfacing structure 3800 described above with reference to FIGS. 17A-17C, the interfacing structure 3800 comprises a chassis including a main chassis portion 3804 configured to extend laterally across a user's face in use, and a side chassis portion 3806 configured to extend in a generally rearward direction. Each side chassis portion 3806 extends in a generally rearward direction from a respective lateral side of the main chassis portion 3804. The interfacing structure 3800 further comprises a face engagement portion 3810 connected around a periphery of the chassis 3804, the face engagement portion 3810 configured to contact the user's face in use.

In this embodiment, each of the side chassis portions 3806 biases inwardly toward the user's head, biasing the face engagement portions 3810 to contact the user's head on each side of the user's head at or adjacent to the user's sphenoid bone. That is, the side chassis portions 3806 bias inwardly such that the face engagement portions 3810 engage the laterally facing surfaces of the user's head laterally relative to the eyes (e.g., at or adjacent to the user's sphenoid bone).

The chassis 3802 may be flexible (e.g., generally or with certain flexible regions) to allow the side chassis regions 3806 to expand laterally to a configuration expanded by the user's head and to be biased inwardly to a non-expanded configuration in use. The side chassis regions 3806 may be flexible to bend or pivot relative to the main chassis region 3804 to allow the side chassis regions 3806 to expand laterally to a configuration expanded by the user's head and to be biased inwardly to a non-expanded configuration in use.

In some embodiments, the side chassis portions 3806 can bend or pivot relative to the main chassis portion 3804, allowing the side chassis portions 3806 to be laterally expanded by the user's head in use into an expanded configuration and biased inwardly to a non-expanded configuration, and each side chassis portion 3806 can be biased inwardly by a biasing component.

The biasing component comprises a spring element configured to pull each side chassis portion 3806 inward. In other embodiments, the biasing component comprises a spring element configured to push each side chassis portion 3806 inward.

The face engagement portion 3810 may have one of the configurations described herein for a portion of an interfacing structure that engages a user's face. The face engagement portion 3810 may include a face engagement flange. The face engagement flange may be curved inwardly from the chassis 3804. The face engagement flange is formed from silicone.

In some embodiments, the chassis 3802 includes at least one opening 3808 between the main chassis portion 3804 and each side chassis portion 3806. In some embodiments, the head mounted display unit 1200 includes a display unit housing, and an air path is provided between the interfacing structure 3800 and the display unit housing through the at least one opening 3808.

5.11 Positioning and stabilizing structure connecting to interfacing structure In some embodiments of the present technology, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 (e.g., one or more straps) that connect to an interfacing structure 3800 of the head mounted display unit 1200 of the head mounted display system 1000 (e.g., the straps connect to the interfacing structure 3800 instead of the display unit housing 1205).

FIGS. 18B-18C show a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 for a head mounted display system 1000 connected to an interfacing structure configured to contact a user's face in use. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in this example includes a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head and a pair of strap portions 1332, 1334 connected to the rear support portion 1350 and configured to connect to an interfacing structure 3800 of the head mounted display unit. FIG. 18D shows an example in which a lateral strap portion 1330 connects to the interfacing structure 3800.

18B-18C show a head mounted display system 1000 (most components of the head mounted display unit 1200, excluding the interfacing structure 3800, not shown) in accordance with embodiments of the present technology. In each embodiment, the interfacing structure 3800 comprises a chassis 3802 including a main chassis portion 3804 configured to extend laterally across a user's face in use, and a pair of side chassis portions 3806 each configured to extend in a generally rearward direction from a respective lateral side of the main chassis portion 3804. The face engagement portions 3810 connect around the periphery of the chassis 3802, the face engagement structures 3810 configured to contact the user's face in use.

The head mounted display system 1000 further comprises a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, each comprising a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head and a pair of lateral strap portions configured to connect the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200 in use. In the embodiment shown in Figures 18B and 18C, the pair of lateral strap portions comprises a pair of upper lateral strap portions 1332 and a pair of lower lateral strap portions 1334. In the embodiment shown in Figure 18D, the pair of lateral strap portions comprises a lateral strap portion 1330 on each side of the user's head.

In each embodiment, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 connects to the head mounted display unit 1200 and, in use, biases the side chassis portions 3806 inwardly against the user's head by the lateral strap portions and biases the face engagement portions 3810 into contact with the user's head on each side of the user's head at or adjacent to the user's sphenoid bone.

As shown, each lateral strap portion can be configured to connect to a respective one of the side chassis portions 3806. Each lateral strap portion can be configured to pull the respective side chassis portion 3806 rearward and flex or pivot the side chassis portion 3806 inward to bias the face engagement portion 3810 at or adjacent the user's sphenoid bone into contact with the user's head.

In other embodiments, each lateral strap portion may be configured to press the respective side chassis portion 3806 inwardly, bending or pivoting the side chassis portion 3806 inwardly to bias the face engagement portion 3810 into contact with the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone. For example, each lateral strap portion may be configured to press the respective side chassis portion 3806 inwardly via a substantially rigid member (e.g., an arm) or via a portion of the side chassis portion 3806 that contacts the lateral strap portion.

As shown in FIG. 18D, the rear support portion 1350 may include a crown strap portion 1310 configured to overlie the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to overlie or lie below the occipital bone of the user's head in use. In some embodiments, the rear support portion 1350 includes a loop strap portion having an upper portion that overlies the parietal bone of the user's head and a lower portion that overlies the occipital bone of the user's head.

18B and 18C, as described above, the pair of lateral strap portions includes a pair of upper lateral strap portions 1332 each configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200 (only its visible interfacing structure 3800) on each side of the user's head in use, and a pair of lower lateral strap portions 1334 each configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200 (only its visible interfacing structure 3800) on each side of the user's head in use. In this embodiment, the upper lateral strap portions 1332 are each configured to apply a force to the head mounted display unit 1200 having both upper and rear components. In some embodiments, the lower lateral strap portions 1334 are each configured to be removably connected to a respective side chassis portion 3806 having a magnetic connection portion.

5.13 Interfacing Structure Comprising Two or More Components In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may comprise a chassis, and one or more of the support portions and/or face-engaging portions of the interfacing structure, or portions thereof, may be removably attached to the chassis.

It is envisioned that the ability to attach the support portions and/or face-engaging portions in a removable manner may aid in one or more of cleaning the interfacing structure, replacement of its components, and/or selection of component characteristics (e.g., level of hardness or softness, surface finish or material, shape, and/or size).

In one embodiment, the releasably attached portions of the interfacing structure may be provided at discrete locations on the chassis, i.e., may not extend along the entire periphery of the chassis. For example, the releasably attached portions may be provided at one or more of the forehead region and/or one or more cheek regions of the interfacing structure. In alternative embodiments, the releasably attached portions of the interfacing structure may be provided along the entire periphery of the chassis, or at least along a substantial portion thereof.

In embodiments, the removably attached portion of the interfacing structure may be made from one or more of a foam material, an elastomeric material, a woven material, or a composite material.

In one embodiment, the interfacing structure may include at least one elastomeric section and at least one foam section. In one embodiment, the at least one foam section may be attached to the interfacing structure such that the elastomeric section covers the foam section to provide a face-engaging surface. In one embodiment, the at least one foam section may be attached to the chassis, the elastomeric section, or both the chassis and the elastomeric section.

In embodiments, a portion of the support portion and/or face-engagement portion of the interfacing structure may be permanently attached (e.g., integrally molded) to the chassis at a selected location. A removable portion may provide space for positioning and attachment relative to the chassis.

5.14 Interfacing Structures Including Foam Components In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may comprise a face engaging portion supported by a more rigid support portion, where the face engaging portion comprises a first foam portion and the support portion comprises a second foam portion.

For example, referring to FIG. 44A, an interfacing structure 6500 may include a support region 6502 made from a first foam, which may be provided with a face-engaging region 6504 made from a second foam. The first foam may be configured to provide greater stiffness than the second foam, and the support region 6502 acts to maintain the position of the softer face-engaging region 6504, providing a comfortable contact point for the user.

In embodiments, the first foam and the second foam may be made of the same material or may have different densities. In embodiments, the first foam may have a first density and the second foam may have a second density that is lower than the first density. In embodiments, the foam may be a viscoelastic foam or a polyurethane foam.

In some embodiments, the face engagement portion 6504 may comprise raw foam. In some embodiments, the face engagement portion 6504 may comprise a fabric-foam composite (e.g., a foam core with a fabric outer layer 6506), or flocked foam to provide a soft contact point against the user's skin, as illustrated, for example, by FIG. 44B.

In an embodiment, as shown in FIG. 44D, the support portion 6502 may include a first support portion 6510 extending in a first direction and a second support portion 6512 extending in a second direction from the first support portion 6510. For example, the first support portion 6510 may extend in a generally radial direction across the user's face, while the second support portion 6512 may extend in a generally posterior direction toward the user's face.

In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may include a support portion and a face-engaging portion integrally formed as a single component, and the support portion and the face-engaging portion may be made of a foam material.

For example, referring to FIG. 45A, the interfacing structure 6600 may include a support portion 6602 from which extends a curved facial engagement portion 6604. In the illustrated embodiment, the recursive transition between the support portion 6602 and the facial engagement portion 6604 creates a generally hook-shaped cross-section.

In some embodiments, the support portion 6602 and the face engagement portion 6604 may be thermoformed.

In an embodiment, the interfacing structure 6600 may comprise raw foam. In an alternative embodiment, the interfacing structure 6600 may comprise a fabric-foam composite (e.g., a foam core with a fabric outer layer 6606), or a flocked foam to provide a soft contact point against the user's skin, as illustrated, for example, by FIG. 45B.

5.15 Interfacing Structure Including At Least One Closed Loop Portion In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure includes a resilient and flexible face engaging portion, the face engaging portion having a curved cross-section, where the face engaging portion may comprise at least one closed loop portion having a sealed cross-section.

For example, referring to FIG. 59A and FIG. 50B, the face engagement portion 3810 includes a cheek portion 3840 that, in use, is provided on either side of the user's nose. The cheek portion 3842 includes a base portion 3842 having a front portion 3844 connected to the chassis 3802, which curves around a rear portion 3846 that provides a user contact surface.

The cheek portion 3840 further includes a loop portion 3850. In this embodiment, the loop portion 3850 includes a front loop portion 3852 that is secured (e.g., with an adhesive) to the front portion 3846 of the base portion 3842. The loop portion 3850 further includes an arcuate portion 3854 that extends rearward from the front loop portion 3852. The loop portion 3850 further includes a loop flange 3856 that extends rearward from the arcuate portion 3854. The cross section of the arcuate portion 3854 tapers between the arcuate portion 3854 and the loop flange 3856. Although not shown, the loop flange 3856 is inserted into the base portion 3842 and secured to the forward facing surface 3848 of the front portion 3846. In so doing, the loop flange 3856 overlaps the base portion 3842 to provide a closed loop.

In the illustrated embodiment, the base portion 3842 and the loop portion 3842 are manufactured as separate pieces and secured together via the forward loop portion 3852. In alternative embodiments, the forward loop portion 3852 may be integrally formed with the base portion 3842 (i.e., the loop portion 3850 would extend from the base portion 3842).

5.16 Interfacing Structure Including Light-Tightening Nose Portion In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure may comprise a facial engaging portion, where the facial engaging portion includes a light-tight nose portion spanning between the cheek portions of the facial engaging portion.

For example, referring to Figures 59A, 59C and 59D, the face engagement portion 3810 includes a nasal portion 3880 that spans between the cheek portions 3840. The nasal portion 3880 includes an anterior nasal portion 3882 that, in use, extends radially and upwardly beyond the anterior portion of the user's nose. In this example, the anterior nasal portion 3882 is connected to the loop portion 3850 by an alar portion 3884.

The nasal portion 3880 includes first and second bridge portions 3886 extending upwardly from the anterior nasal portion 3882. A central slot 3888 extends between the bridge portions 3886 from the rear edge of the nasal portion 3880 toward the anterior nasal portion 3882. An outer slot 3890 is provided between the bridge portion 3886 and the loop portion 3850 and extends to the alar portion 3884. As a result, the bridge portion 3886 acts like a flap and rests on the side of the bridge of the user's nose when in use. The bridge portion 3886 can be elevated to encourage overlap of the bridge portions when positioned on the user to promote a light blocking effect.

5.17 Interfacing Structure Removably Attached to Head Mounted Display Unit In some forms of the present technology, the interfacing structure includes a face engagement portion configured to engage a user's face in use, and a chassis connected to the face engagement portion, and the chassis may be removably attached to the chassis attachment portion of the head mounted display unit.

For example, referring to Figures 59E to 59H, the chassis 8000 includes a main body 8001 having a forehead portion 8002, cheek portions 8004, side portions connecting the forehead portion 8002 and the cheek portions 8004, and a nose portion 8008 extending forward between the cheek portions 8004. Each side portion 8006 of the chassis 8000 includes a chassis catch portion 8010.

Referring to FIG. 59E, in this embodiment, the catch flange 8022 of the chassis catch portion 8010 is connected and extends in a superior-inferior direction substantially the distance between the forehead portion 8002 and the cheek portion 8004. In an alternative embodiment, as shown in FIG. 59F, the catch flange 8022 may extend only a portion of this span (as indicated by the slot 8009).

In the illustrated embodiment, the head mounted display unit 1200 includes a mounting plate 8100 having an integral chassis mounting portion 8200 extending in a rearward direction. In alternative embodiments, the chassis mounting portion 8200 may be provided as a separate component secured to the mounting plate 8100. The chassis mounting portion 8200 includes a mounting catch portion 8210 configured to engage with the chassis catch portion 8010 to removably mount the chassis 8000 to the chassis mounting portion 8200.

As shown in FIG. 59H, the body 8001 of the chassis 8001 has a "U" channel cross-section. The chassis attachment portion 8200 includes a chassis receiving portion in the form of an "L" shaped channel 8202. In use, the body 8001 is inserted into the channel 8202.

The chassis catch feature 8010 includes a catch projection 8014. A catch arm extends from the body 8001 to the catch projection 8014. The catch projection 8014 includes a rearward facing catch surface 8016. The rearward facing catch surface 8016 is angled in a radially outward forward direction (indicated by reference numeral 8018). The catch projection 8014 further includes a forward facing guide surface 8020 angled in a radially inward forward direction from the rearward facing catch surface 8016. A catch flange 8022 extends in a radially inward forward direction from the catch projection 8010.

The attachment catch portion 8210 includes a forward-facing catch surface 8216 that is angled radially inwardly and forwardly. The attachment catch portion 8210 further includes a rearward-facing guide surface 8220 and a transition surface 8222 between the rearward-facing guide surface 8220 and the forward-facing catch surface 8216. The transition surface 8222 is angled radially inwardly and rearwardly from the forward-facing catch surface 8216, with an acute angle therebetween providing a catch edge 8222.

In use, the chassis 8000 is inserted forward into the chassis mounting portion 8200 such that the forward-facing guide surface 8020 bears against the rearward-facing guide surface 8220 and the catch projection 8014 rides on the mounting catch portion 8210 until the catch projection 8014 clears the transition surface 8222.

When the chassis 8000 is fully inserted into the chassis attachment site 8200, a gap 8030 is provided in the rear-to-front direction between the rearward facing catch surface 8016 and the forward facing catch surface 8216. The forward facing catch surface 8216 (more specifically, the catch lip 8222) acts against the rearward facing catch surface 8016 to resist inadvertent release of the chassis 8000.

When a user wishes to remove the chassis 8000, they can apply a radially inward force to the catch flanges 8022, pulling the chassis 8000 in a rearward direction. The angle 8018 of the rearward-facing catch surface 8016, combined with the force applied to the catch flange, encourages the catch projections 8014 to overcome the catch lips 8222 and release the chassis 8000.

60A-60G illustrate alternative embodiments of chassis fastening. In the illustrated embodiment, the chassis 8000 includes a side connector region 8050 and a forehead connector region 8070. A portion of the chassis 8000 includes a body channel 8040 from which an exterior web 8042 extends.

In this embodiment, the chassis 8000 is secured to the display unit housing 1205. The side connector portion 8050 includes receiving slots 8052 into which the ends of the display unit housing 1205 are received, such that the standoff members 8054 maintain a desired spacing between the chassis 8000 and the display unit housing 1205. The exterior flanges 8056 of the side connector portion 8050 include locating features 8058 configured to interact with matching features (not shown) on the display unit housing 1205.

The forehead connector portion 8070 is configured to interface with a forehead locator 8080 having a locator body member 8082 having a tab receiving portion 8084. The tab receiving portion 8084 includes a receiving slot 8086 and a lower slot member 8088. The forehead connector portion 8070 includes a tab 8072 having a tab positioning feature 8074. In use, the tab 8072 is inserted into the receiving slot 8086 and the lower slot member 8088 acts against the tab positioning feature 8074 to resist inadvertent withdrawal.

In this embodiment, the forehead locator 8080 includes an eyelet 3812 and the display unit housing 1205 includes an eyelet slot 8090. The forehead locator 8080 is positioned relative to the display unit housing 1205 by inserting the eyelet 3812 into the eyelet slot 8090, and the chassis 8000 is secured by inserting the tab 8072 into the receiving slot 8086.

5.18 Ventilation of the Interfacing Structure via a Serpentine Path In some forms of the present technology, a serpentine airflow path between the interior of the interfacing structure and the exterior of the head mounted display unit may be provided, the serpentine airflow path passing between the exterior of the interfacing structure and the interior of the display unit housing. As noted above, allowing airflow to and from the space within the interior of the interfacing structure may help provide a cooling effect to the user.

For example, referring to Figures 61A-61G, a rearwardly facing side gap 8300 (i.e., chassis attachment port) may be provided between the display unit housing 1205 and the chassis attachment site 8200. The chassis attachment site 8200 includes a radially facing air port 8210 that opens into the space between the chassis attachment site 8200 and the display unit housing 1205. This provides a tortuous airflow path between the side gap 8300 and the interior of the chassis attachment site 8200, i.e., a circuitous path through which air can flow but light cannot pass directly. Additional light blocking features are shown in the form of upper and lower light blocking flanges 8202, 8204 that extend rearwardly to overlap the chassis 8000 at the cheek regions.

Alternative or additional airflow paths are also contemplated. For example, referring to FIGS. 61E and 61F, a forehead gap 8302 may be provided in the forehead region 8304 between the display unit housing 1205 and the chassis attachment site 8200. Forehead air ports 8212 in the chassis attachment site 8200 can facilitate airflow along this path (and/or through the side gap 8300).

In some forms of the present technology, as shown in FIG. 61G, the face engagement portion 3810 of the interfacing structure may include one or more interface air ports 8220 in a forward-facing portion. In FIG. 61G, the one or more interface air ports 8220 are provided in an upper portion of the face engagement portion 3810, i.e., in a portion adjacent the user's forehead in use. Air may flow through the interface air ports 8220 and the forehead gap 8302, and the overlap of the display unit housing 1205 (which extends rearward beyond the interface air ports 8220) may create a tortuous path that provides a light blocking effect.

In an embodiment, one or more interface air ports 8220 may be provided at one or more lower portions of the face engagement portion 3810, i.e., at the cheek portion adjacent to the cheek of the user in use. In an embodiment, one or more interface air ports 8220 may be provided at one or more lower portions of the face engagement portion 3810 and at an upper portion of the face engagement portion 3810.

In some embodiments, one or more interface air ports 8220 may be provided in at least one lateral portion of the face engagement portion 3810, i.e., the portion that is adjacent the sphenoid region of the user in use. It is understood that the interface air ports 8220 may be provided in at least one lateral portion instead of, or in addition to, the interface air ports 8220 in the superior and/or inferior portions.

5.19 Further Examples of Head Mounted Display Systems 5.19.1 Head Mounted Display Systems Without a Battery Pack FIG. 63 shows a head mounted display system 1000 that includes many of the same features as other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein. The head mounted display system 1000 does not have a battery pack 1500 located behind the user's head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes an upper strap 1340 connected between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the rear strap section 1320. The upper strap section 1340 includes a user facing layer 1344 that contacts the patient's head along at least a majority of its length, a substantially inextensible or stiffening layer 1343, and an outer layer 1341. These layers may be as described elsewhere herein. In this example, the outer layer 1341 connects to the substantially inextensible layer 1343 at a location over the parietal bone of the user in use. The outer layer 1341 may be connected to a generally non-extensible layer 1343 adjacent the buckle 1312. The length of the upper strap section 1340 may be adjusted by pulling the outer layer 1341 more or less through eyelets or around lugs on the head mounted display unit 1200, as described elsewhere herein.

5.19.2 Additional Head Mounted Display Systems That May Be Configured to Particularly Accommodate Long Hair FIG. 64A shows a head mounted display system 1000 with a battery pack 1500 positioned behind the user's head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a crown strap portion 1310, a rear strap portion 1320, a lateral strap portion 1330, and an upper strap portion 1340, which may be as described elsewhere herein. The upper strap portion 1340 and the lateral strap portion 1330 are connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 as described elsewhere herein. The battery pack 1500 in this embodiment may be supported by the upper strap portion 1340 and/or the crown strap portion 1330. The difference in this embodiment compared to the other embodiments is that the battery pack 1500 is not connected to the rear strap portion 1320 either directly or by a portion of the upper strap portion 1340. That is, an opening is provided between the battery pack 1500 and the rear strap portion that intersects with the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. In some embodiments, this opening may be configured (e.g., shaped and sized) to allow passage of the user's hair (e.g., long hair), such as in a ponytail or otherwise tied up, tied and/or back. This may advantageously allow the rear strap portion 1320 to be better secured to the user's head in the rear region and may advantageously reduce adverse effects on the user's hair (e.g., making the user's hair appear messy, e.g., matted, disheveled, etc.).

64B and 64C show a head mounted display system 1000 having a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 similar to that shown in FIG. 64A, but the rear head strap portion 1320 is formed of two portions 1320a and 1320B that are at least partially located on respective lateral sides of the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. The two portions 1320a and 1320B are releasably attached to one another at a pair of connection points 1337. Each connection point 1337 may be provided on a respective one of the two portions 1320a, 1320B of the rear head strap portion 1320. Each connection point 1337 may be located on or adjacent to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use when the two portions 1320a and 1320B of the rear head strap portion 1320 are connected to one another. The connection points 1337 may comprise press studs, magnetic clips, hook and loop fasteners, or the like, or may be connected by a buckle or the like. The rear head strap portion 1320 formed into two detachably attachable portions 1320a and 1320B may advantageously facilitate a user with long hair to wear the head mounted display system 1000, since the two portions of the rear head strap portion 1320 may be connected under the long hair (e.g., between the long hair and the neck) instead of threading the long hair or a ponytail through the rear head strap portion 1320.

64D illustrates a variation of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIGS. 64B and 64C in that the connection point 1337 is offset from the sagittal plane of the user's head. The connection point 1337 may be spaced laterally of the sagittal plane when the two portions of the rear head strap portion are connected to each other in use when the user is wearing the head mounted display system 1000. The first portion 1320a of the rear head strap portion 1320 may be longer than the second portion 1320B of the rear head strap portion 1320 such that the first portion 1320a connects to the second portion 1320B at a laterally rearward position on the user's head in use. This arrangement may be less likely to snag the user's hair in use or while putting on/taking off the head mounted display system 1000.

64E and 64G show a further variation in which the rear strap portion 1320 is formed into two portions 1320a and 1320B. The battery pack 1500 in this embodiment is mounted or supported on the rear strap portion 1320. Specifically, two battery packs 1500a, 1500B are mounted or supported on the respective portions 1320a, 1320B of the rear strap portion 1320. In other embodiments, only one battery pack 1500 is provided on the rear strap portion 1320 or one of its two portions 1320a and 1320B. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 64E and 64G, the battery packs 1500a and 1500B are spaced apart so that the two portions 1320a and 1320B of the rear strap portion 1320 can be connected to each other in the sagittal plane of the user's head or adjacent to each other in use. A power cable 1510 may connect each battery to the head mounted display unit 1200 and run along the two sections 1320a and 1320B of the rear strap section 1320 and the lateral strap section 1330. In some embodiments, one battery pack 1500a may be electrically connected to the other battery pack 1500B, in which case a single power cable 1510 may connect both battery packs 1500a and 1500B to the head mounted display unit 1200. In some embodiments, the head mounted display system 1000 may include one, two, three, or more battery packs 1500. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may still include the top strap section 1340 even if the battery pack(s) 1500 are provided in the rear strap section 1320. In some embodiments, the battery pack 1500 is provided instead of (or in addition to) the top strap portion 1310, the lateral strap portion 1330, and/or other strap portions. The advantage of providing the battery pack 1500 or multiple battery packs at the rear strap portion is that they are located closer to the axis of rotation of the user's head, meaning that less stabilizing force may be required to counteract destructive forces (e.g., when the user turns his head quickly during use) than if the battery pack 1500 were located further from the axis of rotation. Additionally, two or more battery packs 1500 can distribute the weight of the battery packs more widely compared to a single battery pack 1500 for the same total weight of battery cells.

FIG. 64F shows a further embodiment in which a pair of battery packs 1500a and 1500B are provided at respective portions 1320a and 1320B of the rear strap portion 1320. In this embodiment, the rear strap portions 1320a and 1320B are not connected to each other. The rear strap portion 1320 formed by the two portions 1320a and 1320B leaves a gap in the sagittal plane of the user's head. This may advantageously leave a gap for the user's hair, such as a ponytail. The inner ends of the portions 1320a and 1320B of the rear strap portion 1320 may be spaced apart from each other and may be spaced apart laterally from the sagittal plane, respectively. The spacing between the two portions 1320a and 1320B may be in the range of 20 mm to 60 mm, for example, in the range of 30 mm to 50 mm, or may be 40 mm. The rear strap portion 1320, e.g., two portions 1320a and 1320B thereof, may be stiffened, e.g., for fastening to the back of the user's head. The rear strap portion 1320 may be at least partially stiffened by the battery pack 1500. Other strap portions, such as the lateral strap portion 1330 and/or the crown strap portion 1310, may also be stiffened in this embodiment.

5.19.3 Further Adjustability in Positioning and Stabilizing Structures FIG. 65A shows a further embodiment of the head mounted display system 1000 having an adjustable positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The crown strap region 1310, the occipital strap region 1320, the lateral strap region 1330, and the upper strap region 1340 may be as described elsewhere. However, in this embodiment, the upper strap region 1340 is selectively connectable to the head mounted display unit 1200 at a plurality of locations on the upper strap region 1340 to adjust the effective length of the upper strap region 1340. The upper strap region 1340 may be selectively connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 at one of three connection points 1337a, 1337B, and 1337c on the upper strap region 1340. A user can select a connection point 1337 to adjust the effective length of the upper strap region 1340 to achieve a good fit. Each connection point 1337 may comprise a hook and loop fastener, a press stud, or any other suitable feature for attachment to the head mounted display unit 1200. In some embodiments, the excess length of upper strap section 1340 may be fed into the display unit housing 1205, may reside on an upper surface of the display unit housing 1205, or may loop back and be secured to an outer surface of upper strap section 1340. It is to be understood that selective adjustment of upper strap section 1340 may be applied to other embodiments of the technology disclosed herein.

FIG. 65B illustrates another head mounted display system 1000. In this embodiment, at least a portion of the rear strap portion 1320 is capable of pivoting about a pair of pivot points 1213. The pivot points 1213 may be located at the ends of the rear strap portion 1320, or may be located at or near the junctions between the rear strap portion 1320, the lateral strap portion 1330, and the crown strap portion 1310. In other embodiments, the pivot points 1213 may be located along the rear strap portion 1320 such that only a portion of the rear strap portion 1320 pivots about the pivot points 1213. In some embodiments, the rear strap portion 1320 may be stiffened and pivoted about the pivot points 1213. The pivotable rear strap portion 1320 can advantageously help the rear strap portion 1320 to be in a position that is optimal for comfort and stability, for example. The rear head strap portion 1320 may be selectively pivotable (e.g., adjustable by the user) or may be naturally pivoted to a stable position when the user wears the head mounted display system 1000.

FIG. 66 summarizes some adjustability options in a head mounted display system 1000 according to an embodiment of the present technology. As shown, in some embodiments, the lateral strap portion 1330 may pivot relative to the head mounted display unit 1200, for example, about a pivot point 1213. In other embodiments, the arm 1210 of the head mounted display unit 1200 may pivot relative to the display unit housing 1205. The length of the lateral strap portion 1330 may also be selectively adjustable or may extend when tensioned (e.g., the lateral strap portion 1330 may be elastic). In some embodiments, the length of the rear strap portion 1320 may be selectively adjustable or may elastically stretch and expand. In the embodiment of FIG. 66, the rear strap portion 1320 is connected to the front support portion 1360. The rear strap portion 1320 and the front support portion 1360 may form a band around the user's head. In some embodiments, the upper strap section 1340 may be selectively length adjustable or elastic.

5.20 Cleaning In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000, or at least portions thereof, is intended for use by a single user, for cleaning by the user at home (e.g., with soap and water), and does not require specialized equipment for disinfection and sterilization. In particular, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and the interfacing structure 1100 are intended to be cleaned, as both come into direct contact with the user's head.

In some other forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and interfacing structure 1100 components may be used in laboratories, clinics, and hospitals where a single head mounted display may be reused for multiple individuals or used during medical procedures. In laboratories, clinics, and hospitals, respectively, the head mounted display or its associated components may be reprocessed and exposed to, for example, thermal disinfection, chemical disinfection, and sterilization processes. As such, the design of the positioning and stabilizing structure and interfacing structure may be validated for disinfection and sterilization of the mask in accordance with ISO 17664.

Materials may be selected to withstand reprocessing. For example, robust materials may be used in the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to withstand exposure to high levels of disinfectant and agitation by a brush. Additionally, some components of the positioning and stabilizing structure may be separable and disconnected during use to improve the effectiveness of reprocessing.

In some embodiments, the interfacing structure 1100 may come into contact with the user's head during use and may therefore become soiled (e.g., from sweat). The interfacing structure 1100 may be designed to be detached from the display unit housing 1205 to allow it to be removed for cleaning and/or replacement. When cleaning the interfacing structure 1100, it is desirable to prevent the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 from getting wet. Alternatively or additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may become soiled from contact with the user's head and may be removed independently of the interfacing structure 1100 for cleaning and/or replacement. In either case, this may be facilitated by making these components disconnectable for such purposes.

In some embodiments, a cover (e.g., constructed from fabric, silicone, etc.) may be disposed over the interfacing structure in a removable manner and may be removed for cleaning and/or replacement after each use. The cover may allow the interfacing structure 3400 to remain secured to the display unit housing 1205 while still providing a surface that can be easily cleaned after use.

5.21 External Computer In some embodiments, the head mounted display system 1000 (e.g., VR, AR, and/or MR) may be used in combination with another device, such as a computer or a video game console. For example, the display interface may be electrically connected to the other device.

In some forms, at least some of the processing for the head mounted display system 1000 may be performed by a separate device. The separate device may include a larger and/or more powerful processor than the user can comfortably support (e.g., the processor of the separate device may be too heavy for the user to comfortably support on the head).

6. Glossary For purposes of this disclosure, in certain aspects of the technology, one or more of the following definitions may apply. In other aspects of the technology, other definitions may apply.

6.1 General Environment: In certain forms of the present technology, the term environment will be taken to mean: (i) the exterior of the display interface and/or user, and (ii) the immediate surroundings of the display interface and/or user.

For example, ambient light for a display interface may be light in the same room as the user and/or in adjacent rooms, and/or light immediately surrounding the user, such as natural light from the sun.

In certain embodiments, environmental (e.g., acoustic) noise can be considered the background noise level of the room in which the user is located, other than, for example, noise generated by the display device or noise emanating from speakers connected to the display device. Environmental noise may originate from outside the room.

Leakage: The term "leakage" is understood to mean unintended exposure to light. In one embodiment, leakage may occur as a result of an incomplete seal between the display unit and the user's face.

Noise, Radiated (Acoustic): Radiated noise, as used herein, refers to noise transmitted to the user by the ambient air. In one form, radiated noise may be quantified by measuring the target sound power/sound pressure level per ISO 3744.

User: A person who operates a display interface and/or views the images provided by the display interface. For example, a person may wear, mount, and/or remove the display interface.

6.1.1 Materials Silicone or Silicone Elastomer: A synthetic rubber. In this specification, reference to silicone refers to liquid silicone rubber (LSR) or compression molded silicone rubber (CMSR). One commercially available form of LSR is SILASTIC (in a family of products sold under this trademark) manufactured by Dow Corning. Another LSR manufacturer is Wacker. Unless otherwise stated to the contrary, exemplary forms of LSR have a Shore A (or Type A) indentation hardness of about 35 to about 45 as measured using ASTM D2240.

Polycarbonate: A thermoplastic polymer of bisphenol A carbonate.

6.1.2 Mechanical Properties Elasticity: The ability of a material to absorb energy during elastic deformation and to release the energy when unloaded.

Elastic: Elastic materials release substantially all of their energy upon unloading. Examples include certain silicone and thermoplastic elastomers.

Hardness: The ability of a material to resist deformation of itself (as described, for example, by Young's Modulus or the indentation hardness scale measured over a standardized sample size).
- "Soft" materials may include silicone or thermoplastic elastomers (TPEs) and may easily deform, for example under finger pressure.
- "Hard" materials may include polycarbonate, polypropylene, steel, or aluminum, and do not easily deform under finger pressure, for example.

Stiffness (or rigidity) of a structure or component: The ability of a structure or component to resist deformation when subjected to a load. The load can be a force or a moment (e.g., compression, tension, bending, or torsion). A structure or component may offer different resistance in different directions. The opposite of stiffness is flexibility.

Floppy structure or component: A structure or component that changes shape (e.g., bends) within a relatively short period of time (e.g., one second) when forced to support its own weight.

Rigid structure or component: A structure or component that does not substantially change shape when subjected to loads typically encountered in use. An example of such an application may be setting or maintaining a user interface in a sealed relationship.

As one example, an I-beam may include a different bending stiffness (resistance to bending loads) in a first direction compared to a second orthogonal direction. In another example, a structure or component may be floppy in a first direction and stiff in a second direction.

6.2 Materials Closed Cell Foam: Foam containing completely enclosed cells (i.e., closed cells).

Elastane: A polyurethane polymer.

Elastomer: A polymer that exhibits elastic properties. For example, silicone elastomers.

Ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA): A copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate.

Fiber: A filament (mono or poly), strand, yarn, thread, or thread that is much longer than it is wide. Fibers may include animal materials such as wool and silk, vegetable materials such as linen and cotton, and synthetic materials such as polyester and rayon. Fiber may specifically refer to a material that can be woven and/or interlaced (e.g., in a network) with other fibers of the same or different materials.

Foam: Any material, e.g. polyurethane, that has air bubbles introduced during the manufacturing process to produce a lightweight cellular foam.

Neoprene: A synthetic rubber produced by polymerization of chloroprene. Neoprene is used in the following trademarked products: Breath-O-Prene.

Nylon: A synthetic polyamide with elastic properties that can be used to form fibers/filaments for use in textiles, for example.

Open-cell foam: Foam that contains cells, i.e., air bubbles that are not completely enclosed, i.e., open cells.

Polycarbonate: A transparent thermoplastic polymer, typically of bisphenol A carbonate.

Polyethylene: A thermoplastic that is resistant to chemicals and moisture.

Polyurethane (PU): A plastic material made by copolymerizing isocyanate and polyhydric alcohol, which can take the form of, for example, foam (polyurethane foam) and rubber (polyurethane rubber).

Semi-open foam: Foam containing a combination of closed and open (enclosed) cells.

Silicone or silicone elastomer: A synthetic rubber. In this specification, references to silicone refer to liquid silicone rubber (LSR) or compression molded silicone rubber (CMSR). One commercially available form of LSR is SILASTIC (a family of products sold under this trademark) manufactured by Dow Corning. Another LSR manufacturer is Wacker. Unless otherwise stated to the contrary, exemplary forms of LSR have Shore A (or Type A) indentation hardness in the range of about 35 to about 45 as measured using ASTM D2240.

Spacer Fabric: A composite structure that includes two outer woven substrates bonded together and held apart by an intermediate layer of monofilament.

Spandex: An elastic fiber or fabric that contains primarily polyurethane. Spandex is used in the following trademarked products: Lycra.

Textile: A material that includes at least one natural or man-made fiber. As used herein, textile may refer to any material formed as a woven network of fibers and/or interlaced fibers. A type of textile may include fabrics that are constructed by interlacing fibers using certain techniques. These include weaving, knitting, crocheting, knotting, tatting, tufting, or braiding. Fabric may be used synonymously with fabric, but may also refer specifically to treated cloth. Alternatively, the fibers may be constructed using bonding (chemical, mechanical, thermal, etc.), felting, or other nonwoven processes. Textiles created by any of these processes are like textiles and may be considered synonymous with textiles for the purposes of this application.

Thermoplastic elastomers (TPE): These are generally low modulus, flexible materials that are stretchable at room temperature and can return to approximately their original length when stress is released. Trademark products that use TPE include: Hytrel, Dynaflex, Medalist.

Thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU): A thermoplastic elastomer with high durability and flexibility.

6.3 Mechanical Properties Elasticity: The ability of a material to absorb energy during elastic deformation and to release the energy when unloaded.

Elastic: Elastic materials release substantially all of their energy upon unloading. Examples include certain silicone and thermoplastic elastomers.

Hardness: The ability of a material to resist deformation of itself (as described, for example, by Young's Modulus or the indentation hardness scale measured over a standardized sample size).
- "Soft" materials may include silicone or thermoplastic elastomers (TPEs) and may easily deform, for example under finger pressure.
- "Hard" materials may include polycarbonate, polypropylene, steel, or aluminum, and do not easily deform under finger pressure, for example.

Stiffness (or rigidity) of a structure or component: The ability of a structure or component to resist deformation when subjected to a load. The load can be a force or a moment (e.g., compression, tension, bending, or torsion). A structure or component may offer different resistance in different directions.

Floppy structure or component: A structure or component that changes shape (e.g., bends) within a relatively short period of time (e.g., one second) when forced to support its own weight.

Rigid Structure or Component: A structure or component that does not substantially change shape when subjected to loads typically encountered in use.
As one example, an I-beam may include a different bending stiffness (resistance to bending loads) in a first direction compared to a second, orthogonal direction, hi another example, a structure or component may be floppy in a first direction and stiff in a second direction.

6.4 Anatomy The following definitions correspond to the references identified in FIGS.

6.4.1 Facial Anatomy Alar: The outer, exterior wall or "wing" of each nostril.

Alar point: The outermost point on the ala of the nose.

Alar curvature (or alar ridge) point: The most posterior point on the base line of the curve of each ala, found in the crease formed by the joining of the ala to the cheek.

Pinna: The entire external visible part of the ear.

(Nasal) Skeleton: The nasal skeleton includes the nasal bones, the frontal process of the maxilla, and the nasal part of the frontal bone.

(Nose) Bridge: The bridge of the nose is the midline protuberance of the nose, extending from the saddle to the tip of the nose.

(Nose) Cartilaginous skeleton: The nasal cartilaginous skeleton includes the septal, lateral, greater and lesser cartilages.

Corner of the mouth: The point located at the corner of the mouth.

Pelvis: A strip of skin that runs from the anterior nose to the upper lip and separates the nostrils.

Prismatic angle: The angle between a line passing through the midpoint of the nostril opening and a line drawn perpendicular to the Frankfort horizontal and intersecting the bottom of the nose.

Medial canthus point: The point where the upper and lower eyelids meet, located near the nasal saddle.

Superficial cranial muscle: The superficial cranial muscle belly, or frontalis muscle belly, refers to the structure that covers the skull.

External occipital protuberance: A protuberance on the outer surface of the occipital bone.

Frankfort's horizontal plane: A line extending from the lowest point of the orbital rim to the left tragus point, which is the deepest point of the notch above the tragus of the auricle.

Glabella: The most prominent point of the forehead in the midsagittal plane, located on the soft tissue.

Pupillary distance: The distance between the centers of the pupils of the eyes.

Lateral nasal cartilage: A roughly triangular plate of cartilage. Its upper edge is attached to the nasal bone and the frontal process of the maxilla, and its lower edge connects to the greater alar cartilage.

Lower lip (labial point): A facial point between the mouth and the supramentum, located in the midsagittal plane.

Upper lip (supralabial point): The point on the face between the mouth and nose, located in the midsagittal plane.

Alar cartilage: A plate of cartilage located below the lateral nasal cartilage. It curves around the front of the nostril. Its posterior end is connected to the frontal process of the maxilla by a tough fibrous membrane containing three or four smaller cartilages.

Nostril (alar): The roughly oval opening that forms the entrance to the nostril. The singular form of nAReS (nostril) is nARiS (noStril). The nose is separated by the nasal septum.

Nasolabial folds or nasolabial folds: The folds of skin or skin grooves that run from either side of the nose to the corners of the mouth and separate the cheeks from the upper lip.

Nasolabial angle: The angle between the bridge of the nose and the upper lip, intersecting with the subnasal point.

Inferior ear base point: The lowest point where the auricle attaches to the facial skin.

Superior ear base point: The highest point where the auricle attaches to the facial skin.

Nasal tip: The most prominent point or tip of the nose that can be identified in a profile view from the rest of the head.

Philtrum: A midline groove that runs from the lower edge of the nasal septum to the top of the lip in the upper lip area.

Mental point: Located on the soft tissue, at the very front midline of the jaw.

(Nose) Bridge: The bridge of the nose is the midline prominence of the nose, extending from the saddle to the tip of the nose.

Sagittal plane: A vertical plane passing from front to back. The midsagittal plane is the sagittal plane that divides the body into left and right.

Nasal sella point: The most concave point located on the soft tissue covering the frontonasal suture area.

(Nose) Septal cartilage: The nasal septal cartilage forms part of the septum and divides the front of the nasal cavity.

Alar sinus: The lower edge of the auricle where it joins with the skin of the upper lip (upper lip).

Nasal spine point: Located on the soft tissue, the point where the column joins the upper lip in the midsagittal plane.

Supramenton: The most concave point on the midline of the lower lip between the labia minora and the soft tissue pogonion.

Brow ridge: The protruding part of the frontal bone above the eye.

Temporal muscle: A muscle in the temporal fossa that elevates the mandible.

Temporomandibular joint: A freely movable joint between the temporal bone and the mandible that allows opening, closing, protruding, retracting, and lateral movement of the mandible.

Upper red lip: The red part of the lip covered with stratified squamous epithelium that connects to the oral mucosa in the gingivolabial sulcus.

6.4.2 Skull anatomy Frontal bone: The frontal bone contains a large vertical region, the squama frontalis, which corresponds to the area known as the forehead.

Lateral cartilage: The part of the cartilage that is on the outside of the nasal septum cartilage and below the nasal bone.

Mandible: The mandible forms the lower jaw. The mental protuberance is the bony protuberance of the jaw that forms the tip of the chin.

Superficial masseter muscle: The lower part of the masseter muscle lifts the lower jaw.

Maxilla: The maxilla forms the upper jaw and lies above the mandible and below the eye socket. The frontal process of the maxilla projects upwards by the side of the nose and forms part of its lateral border.

Nasal bones: The nasal bones are two small oval bones that vary in size and shape in different individuals. They are located side by side in the middle and upper part of the face and, by their junction, form the "bridge" of the nose.

Nasion point: The intersection of the frontal bone and the two nasal bones, i.e. the immediate concave area between the eyes and the upper part of the bridge of the nose.

Occipital bone: The occipital bone is located at the back and bottom of the skull. It contains the foramen magnum, an oval opening through which the cranial cavity communicates with the spinal canal. The curved plate behind the foramen magnum is the occipital scale.

Orbit: The bony cavity in the skull that houses the eyeball.

Parietal bones: The parietal bones are the bones that when joined together form the top and sides of the skull.

Nasal septum cartilage: Cartilage of the nasal septum.

Sphenoid bone: The cuneiform bone at the base of the skull.

Supraorbital foramen: An opening in the bone below the orbit for the passage of the supraorbital nerve, artery, and vein.

Temporal bone: The temporal bone is located at the base and sides of the skull and supports parts of the face known as the temples.

Superficial trapezius muscle: The superficial layer of the triangular muscle on the upper back.

Zygomatic arch/cheekbones: The face contains two cheekbones that are located at the top and sides of the face and form the cheek ridges.

6.5 User Interface Frame: Frame is understood to mean a display housing unit that supports a tensile load between two or more points connecting the headgear and/or hoop. The frame may seal against the user's face to limit and/or prevent light from entering or leaving the device.

Hoop: Hoop is understood to mean a form of positioning and stabilizing structure designed for use on the head. For example, a hoop may include a collection of one or more struts, ties, and stiffeners configured to position and hold a user interface in a predetermined position on a user's face (to hold the display unit in an operative position in front of the user's face). Some of the ties may be formed of a soft, flexible, elastic material (e.g., a layered composite of foam material and fabric/woven material). In some forms, the term headgear may be synonymous with the term hoop.

Membrane: A membrane is taken to mean a typically thin-walled element, preferably one that offers substantially no resistance to bending and resistance to stretching.

Seal: Can be in the noun form ("seal") referring to a structure, or in the verb form ("seal") referring to an effect. Two elements can be constructed and/or arranged to "seal" or achieve a "sealing" effect between them without the need for a separate "sealing" element itself.

Shell: A shell is understood to mean a curved, relatively thin structure that has flexural, tensile and compressive stiffness. For example, the curved wall of a mask may be a shell. In some embodiments, the shell may be faceted. In some embodiments, the shell may be airtight. In some embodiments, the shell may not be airtight.

Stiffener: Stiffener is understood to mean a structural component designed to increase the flexural resistance of another component in at least one direction.

Strut: Strut is understood to mean a structural component designed to increase the compression resistance of another component in at least one direction.

Swivel (noun): A subassembly of components configured to rotate about a common axis, preferably independently, and preferably under low torque. In one form, a swivel may be constructed to rotate through an angle of at least 360 degrees. In another form, a swivel may be constructed to rotate through an angle of less than 360 degrees.

Tie (noun): A structure designed to resist tension.

6.6 Shape of Structure A product of the present technology may include one or more three-dimensional mechanical structures (e.g., a mask cushion or impeller). The three-dimensional structures may be bounded by two-dimensional surfaces. These surfaces may be differentiated with labels to describe the orientation, location, function, or some other characteristic of the associated surfaces. For example, the structure may include one or more of an anterior surface, a posterior surface, an inner surface, and an outer surface. In another example, the seal-forming structure may include a face-contacting (e.g., outer) surface and a separate non-face-contacting (e.g., lower or inner) surface. In another example, the structure may include a first surface and a second surface.

To facilitate the description of the shape and surface of a three-dimensional structure, we first consider a cross section at a point p through the surface of the structure. See Figures 3A-3E, which show examples of cross sections at a point p on a surface, and the resulting examples of planar curves. Figures 3A-3E also show the outward normal vector at p, which points away from the surface. In some examples, the surface is described from the perspective of a fictional little person standing upright on the surface.

6.6.1 Curvature in One Dimension The curvature of a plane curve at p can be described as having a sign (eg, positive, negative) and a magnitude (eg, 1/radius of the circle tangent to the curve at p).

Positive curvature: If the curve at p bends towards the outward normal, we interpret the curvature at that point as having a positive value (if this imaginary little person leaves point p, he or she must walk uphill). See Figure 3A (relatively large positive curvature compared to Figure 3B) and Figure 3B (relatively small positive curvature compared to Figure 3A). Such curves are often called concave.

Zero curvature: If the curve at p is a straight line, we interpret the curvature as zero (if a fictitious little person leaves point p, they can walk on a horizontal plane, neither upwards nor downwards). See Figure 3C.

Negative curvature: If the curve at p curves away from the outward normal, the curvature at that point and in that direction is taken to have a negative value (if our imaginary little person were to walk away from point p, he would have to walk downhill). See Figure 3D (relatively small negative curvature compared to Figure 3E) and Figure 3E (relatively large negative curvature compared to Figure 3F). Such curves are often called convex.

6.6.2 Curvature of Two-Dimensional Surfaces The description of a shape at a given point on a two-dimensional surface according to the present technique may include multiple perpendicular cross sections. The multiple cross sections may cut the surface in a plane that contains the outward normal (the "normal plane"), and each cross section may be interpreted as a respective cross section in a different direction. Each cross section results in a plane curve with a corresponding curvature. The different curvatures at the point may have the same sign or different signs. Each of the curvatures at the point has a (e.g., relatively small) magnitude. The plane curves in Figures 3A-3E may be examples of such multiple cross sections at a particular point.

Principal curvature and direction: The directions in the normal plane where the curvature of the curve has its maximum and minimum values are called the principal directions. In the example of Figures 3A-3E, the maximum curvature occurs in Figure 3A and the minimum occurs in Figure 3E, so Figures 3A and 3E are cross sections in the principal directions. The principal curvature at p is the curvature in the principal direction.

Surface region: A collection of connected points on a surface. This set of points within a region may have similar properties (e.g., curvature or sign).

Saddle region: A region where the principal curvatures at each point have opposite signs (i.e., one positive sign and the other negative sign) (depending on the direction a hypothetical person who could walk uphill or downhill would be facing).

Dome area: A region where the principal curvatures at each point have the same sign (both positive ("concave dome") or both negative ("convex dome")).

Cylindrical Region: A region in which one principal curvature is zero (or, for example, is zero within manufacturing tolerances) and the other principal curvature is non-zero.

Planar region: A region of a surface where both of the principal curvatures are zero (or, for example, are zero within manufacturing tolerances).

Surface edge: the boundary or limit of a surface or area.

Path: In certain forms of the technology, we interpret "path" to mean a path in the mathematical-topological sense, e.g., a continuous space curve on a surface from f(0) to f(1). In certain forms of the technology, a "path" may be described as a route or course that includes, for example, a set of points on a surface. (A hypothetical person's path is a place to walk on a surface, similar to a path in a garden.)

Path Length: In certain forms of the present technology, "path length" is interpreted to mean the distance along the surface from f(0) to f(1), i.e., the distance along a path on the surface. There may be more than one path between two points on a surface, and such paths may have different path lengths. (Path length for an imaginary person is the distance one would have to walk on the surface along the path).

Straight-line distance: Straight-line distance is the distance between two points on a surface, but not related to that surface. In a planar area, there exists a path on the surface whose path length is the same as the straight-line distance between two points on the surface. On a non-planar surface, there cannot exist a path whose path length is the same as the straight-line distance between two points. (For an imaginary person, the straight-line distance corresponds to the "shortest" distance.)

6.6.3 Space Curves Space Curves: Unlike plane curves, space curves do not necessarily lie in any particular plane. Space curves may be closed curves with no end points. Space curves may be considered one-dimensional pieces of three-dimensional space. A fictional character walking on a strand of DNA helix walks along a space curve. A typical human left ear includes a left-handed helix (see FIG. 3M). A typical human right ear includes a right-handed helix (see FIG. 3N). FIG. 3O shows a right-handed helix. The edges of structures (e.g., the edges of a membrane or an impeller) may trace space curves. In general, space curves may be described by the curvature and twist at each point on the space curve. The twist is a measure of how the curve twists out of the plane. The twist has a sign and a magnitude. The twist at a point on a space curve may be characterized with respect to the tangent, normal, and binormal vectors at that point.

Tangent unit vector (or unit tangent vector): For each point on a curve, the vector at the point specifies its direction and magnitude from that point. A tangent unit vector is a unit vector that points in the same direction as the curve at that point. If an imaginary person were flying along the curve and fell off their car at a particular point, the direction of the tangent vector would be the direction they were traveling.

Unit normal vector: As the imaginary person moves along the curve, the tangent vector itself changes. The unit vector that points in the same direction that the tangent vector is changing is called the unit principal normal vector. It is perpendicular to the tangent vector.

Binormal unit vector: The binormal unit vector is perpendicular to both the tangent vector and the principal normal vector. Its direction can be determined by the right-hand rule (see, for example, Figure 3L) or the left-hand rule (Figure 3K).

Contact plane: A plane that contains a unit tangent vector and a unit principal normal vector. See Figures 3K and 3L.

Torsion of a space curve: The torsion at a point of a space curve is the magnitude of the rate of change of the binormal unit vector at that point. It measures the degree of deviation of the curve from the tangential plane. The torsion of a space curve that lies in the plane is zero. If the space curve deviates from the tangential plane by a relatively small amount, the magnitude of the torsion of the space curve is relatively small (e.g., a spiral path with a gentle slope). If the space curve deviates from the tangential plane by a relatively large amount, the magnitude of the torsion of the space curve is relatively large (e.g., a spiral path with a steep slope). With reference to FIG. 3O, the magnitude of the torsion near the top coil of the spiral of FIG. 3O is greater than the magnitude of the torsion near the bottom coil of the spiral of FIG. 3O because T2>T1.

Referring to the right-hand rule in Figure 3M, a space curve that bends towards the right-hand binormal can be considered to have a positive twist in the right-hand direction (e.g., a right-hand spiral as shown in Figure 3O). A space curve that bends away from the right-hand binormal can be considered to have a negative twist in the right-hand direction (e.g., a left-hand spiral).

Similarly, with reference to the left-hand rule (see Figure 3K), a space curve with a left-handed binormal orientation can be viewed as having a left-handed positive twist (e.g., a left-handed spiral). Thus, left-handed positive is equivalent to right-handed negative.

6.6.4 Pores A surface may have one-dimensional pores (e.g., pores bounded by a plane or space curve). For a thin structure (e.g., a membrane) that contains pores, the structure can be described as having one-dimensional pores. See, for example, how the one-dimensional pores in the surface of the structure shown in Figure 3F are bounded by a plane curve.

A structure may have two-dimensional pores (e.g., pores bounded by a surface). For example, an inflatable tire has two-dimensional pores bounded by a surface inside the tire. In another embodiment, a bladder having a cavity for air or gel can have two-dimensional pores. In yet another embodiment, a conduit can be composed of a one-dimensional pore (e.g., its inlet or outlet) and a two-dimensional pore bounded by the inner surface of the conduit. See also the two-dimensional pores through the structure shown in FIG. 3H, bounded by a surface as shown.

6.7 Other Notices A portion of the disclosure of this patent document contains material that is subject to copyright protection. The copyright owner has no objection to the reproduction by any person of this patent document or the patent disclosure by facsimile, for purposes of disclosure as set forth in the Patent and Trademark Office patent file or records, but reserves all copyright rights thereto for all other purposes.

Unless otherwise clearly indicated from the context and unless a range of values is provided, it is understood that each intervening value between the upper and lower limits of the range, to one-tenth of the unit of the lower limit, and to any other stated or intervening value in the stated range, is encompassed by the technology. The upper and lower limits of these intervening ranges may be independently included in the intervening ranges and are encompassed within the technology, subject to any specifically excluded limits in the stated range. In the event that a stated range includes one or both of these limits, ranges excluding either or both of these stated limits are also encompassed by the technology.

Furthermore, when a value or values are embodied herein as part of the present technology, unless otherwise indicated, it is understood that such values may be approximated and may be used to any appropriate significant figure to the extent practical technical implementation permits or requires.

Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this technology belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can also be used in the practice or testing of this technology, those described herein are a limited number of exemplary methods and materials.

When particular materials are described as being used in the construction of a component, obvious alternative materials having similar properties may be used as substitutes. Further, unless stated to the contrary, any and all components described herein are understood to be manufacturable, such that they may be manufactured collectively or separately.

Please note that as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include their plural equivalents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.

All publications mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety to disclose and describe the methods and/or materials to which the publications are directed. Publications discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of the present application. Nothing herein should be construed as an admission that the present technology is not entitled to antedate such publications by prior invention. Further, the dates of publications provided may be different from the actual publication dates which may need to be independently confirmed.

The terms "comprise" and "comprise" should be construed as referring to elements, components, or procedures in a non-exclusive manner and indicate that a referenced element, component, or procedure may be present in, utilized with, or combined with other elements, components, or procedures not expressly referenced.

The headings used in the detailed description are for the convenience of the reader only and should not be used to limit the subject matter found in this disclosure or the claims as a whole. These headings should not be used in interpreting the scope of the claims or the limitations of the claims.

Although the technology herein has been described with reference to specific embodiments, it should be understood that these embodiments are merely illustrative of the principles and applications of the technology. In some embodiments, terms and symbols may imply specific details that are not necessary for the practice of the technology. For example, the terms "first" and "second" may be used, but unless otherwise specified, these terms are not intended to indicate any order, but are used to distinguish between separate elements. Furthermore, although process steps in the method may be described or illustrated in a certain order, such ordering is not required. Those skilled in the art will recognize that such orders may be changed and/or aspects thereof may be performed simultaneously or even synchronously.

Thus, it is to be understood that numerous variations in the illustrative embodiments are possible and that other arrangements may be devised without departing from the spirit and scope of the present technology.

100 Head Mounted Display System 1000 Head Mounted Display System 1010 Rear Surface 1100 Interfacing Structure 1200 Head Mounted Display Unit 1202 Eyelet 1203 Electronic Volume 1205 Display Unit Housing 1205p Rearmost Point 1206 Opening 1207 Lateral Region 1210 Arm 1212 Arm 1213 Arm 1214 Eyelet 1215 Guide 1216 Hole 1217 Rigid Region 1218 Fabric Region 1219 Guide 1220 Display Screen 1221 Bolt 1222 Nut 1230 Face 1231 Elongated Region 1232 First Engagement Feature Region 1234 Raised Region 1235 Hole 1236 Right Face Region 1237 Offset Region 1238 Front Face Region 1240 Lens 1242 Protective Layer 1250 Elastic connector 1251 Elastic connector connection point 1254 Eyelet 1256 Adjustment site 1258 Receiving site 1260 Swivel connection 1270 Controller 1272 Speaker 1274 Power source 1276 Control system 1278 Low power system battery 1280 Main battery 1282 Clock 1284 Sensor 1286 Processing system 1288 Battery support site 1290 Control system support 1300 Headgear 1310 Strap site 1312 Buckle 1317 Non-stretchable layer 1318 User contact layer 1320 Strap site 1321 Lateral occipital strap site 1322 Medial occipital strap site 1323 Occipital strap connection point 1325 Cutout site 1326 Occipital connection tab 1327 Non-stretchable layer 1328 User contact layer 1329 Dial adjustment 1330 lateral strap portion 1331 elastic crown strap portion 1332 end portion 1332 upper lateral strap portion 1333 elastic occipital strap portion 1334 lower lateral strap portion 1335 connection portion 1336 connector strap portion 1337 connection points 1338, 1339 magnetic clip 1340 upper strap portion 1341 outer layer 1342 user contact portion 1343 non-stretchable layer 1344 woven layer 1345 front portion 1346 rear portion 1347 front end 1348 outer sleeve 1349 hook and loop connection portion 1350 upper strap portion 1351 occipital connection tab hole 1352 first user contact sleeve hole 1353 second user contact sleeve hole 1360 forehead support portion 1362 front connector 1364 lateral connector 1365 upper strap arm 1370 hair strap sections 1371, 1372 end 1380 adjustment stiffener 1381 medial stiffener section 1382 lateral stiffener section 1383 adjustment stiffener connection point 1384 hook material 1385 cutout section 1500 battery pack 1501 upper section 1502 lower section 1503, 1504 fastener section 1505 battery pack housing 1506 power cable opening 1509 wall 1510 power cable 1511 pad 1512 counterweight 1513 service loop 1514 fixed end 1515 lower battery pack strap section 1516 swivel connection 1519 power cable 1520 power cable strap section 1525 battery pack base 1526 cable guide mount 1527 teeth 1528 base recess 1530 cable guide 1531 elongated section 1532 Cable guide attachment site 1533 Teeth 1534 Fabric sleeve 1535 Power cable 1536 Roller 1537 Standoff 1538 Position 1539 End 1540 Cable stopper 1541 Internal thread

Claims (109)

A head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit having a display;
A battery pack for operating the head mounted display system;
a positioning and stabilising structure configured to hold a head mounted display unit in front of a user's eyes such that, in use, the display is viewable by a user, and configured to hold the battery pack behind the user's head, in use, the positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of the user's head, the rear support portion comprising a crown strap portion configured to overlay a parietal bone of the user's head in use, and an occipital strap portion configured to overlay or lie below an occipital bone of the user's head in use;
a pair of lateral strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, the pair of lateral strap portions configured to be positioned on respective lateral sides of the user's head in use ;
an upper strap section configured to be connected to the head mounted display unit, the upper strap section configured to overlie a sagittal plane of the user's head in use, the battery pack configured to be parallel to the upper strap section and oriented in an up-down direction relative to the user;
and the positioning and stabilization structure comprising: the upper strap portion is configured to connect between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit ;
The head mounted display system of claim 1 , further comprising: an upper strap portion configured to overlie an upper portion of the user's head in use. The head mounted display system according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the upper strap portion is connected to the rear strap portion. 4. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 3 , wherein the position of the crown strap portion is movable in forward and rearward directions relative to the upper strap portion. The head mounted display system of claim 1 , wherein the top strap portion is located below the upper strap portion. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the upper strap portion passes through a buckle connected to the top strap portion, the buckle being configured to limit lateral movement of the upper strap portion. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the upper strap portion is connected to a head mounted display unit via an eyelet connected to the head mounted display unit, loops back and is secured to itself. The head mounted display system of claim 7, wherein the outer layer of the upper strap portion is configured to pass through an eyelet, loop back around, and be secured to itself. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the upper strap portion comprises a user-facing textile layer, an outer textile layer, and a substantially non-extensible layer between the user-facing layer and the outer textile layer. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the upper strap portion is provided with a power cable that connects the battery pack to the head mounted display unit and supplies power from the battery pack to the head mounted display unit during use. The head mounted display system of claim 10, wherein the power cable is built into the upper strap portion. The head mounted display system of claim 11, wherein the power cable is insertable by the user through the interior of the upper strap portion. The head mounted display system of claim 12, wherein the power cable is insertable through the upper strap portion between the substantially non-stretchable layer and the outer fabric layer. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the upper strap portion includes a front portion and a rear portion, the rear portion configured to engage with the user's head in use and the front portion configured not to engage with the user's head in use. The head mounted display system of claim 14, wherein the upper strap portion includes a shape having a bend between the rear portion of the upper strap portion and the front portion of the upper strap portion. The head mounted display system of claim 14 or 15, wherein the upper strap portion is shaped to deviate from the curvature of the user's head at the front portion of the upper strap portion so as to follow the curvature of the user's head at the rear portion of the upper strap portion. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the upper strap portion is stiffened to support the front portion in a spaced relationship relative to the user's head in use. The head mounted display system according to any one of claims 14 to 17, wherein the front end of the rear portion of the upper strap portion is located behind the frontal bone of the user's head when in use. The head mounted display system according to claim 1 , wherein the battery pack is removably connected to the upper strap portion. A head mounted display system as claimed in any preceding claim, wherein the battery pack connects to the upper strap portion at an upper position and a lower position. The head mounted display system of claim 20, wherein the lower position is at or near the rear head strap area. The head mounted display system of claim 20, wherein the lower position is spaced from the rear strap portion, allowing the upper strap portion to deform between the lower position and the rear strap portion. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein the battery pack has a length, a width, and a depth, the length being greater than the width and the depth, and the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack in an orientation such that the length of the battery pack is substantially vertically aligned in use . The head mounted display system of claim 1 , wherein the upper strap portion is configured to overlie an upper portion of the user's head in use. The head mounted display system of claim 24, wherein the battery pack is supported by an upper strap portion and/or the crown strap portion. The head mounted display system of claim 24 or 25, wherein the head mounted display system includes an opening between the battery pack and the rear strap portion that is aligned with the sagittal plane of the user's head in use, and the head mounted display system is configured to allow the user's hair to pass through the opening. The head mounted display system of claim 26, wherein the rear head strap portion is formed of two portions that, in use, are positioned on respective lateral sides of the sagittal plane of the user's head. The head mounted display system according to claim 27, wherein the two parts of the rear head strap part are detachably attached to each other at a pair of connection parts, and each connection point is provided on a respective one of the two parts of the rear head strap part. The head mounted display system of claim 1, wherein the rear head strap portion is formed into two portions each located on a respective lateral side of the sagittal plane of the user's head in use, the two portions of the rear head strap portion are not connected to each other in use, and the inner ends of the two portions of the rear head strap portion are spaced apart from each other and each laterally spaced apart from the sagittal plane in use. 10. The head mounted display system of claim 1 , further comprising a power cable connecting the battery pack to the head mounted display unit and supplying power from the battery pack to the head mounted display unit in use. 31. The head mounted display system of claim 30 , wherein a portion of the power cable is located within the battery pack and can extend from and retract into the battery pack. 32. The head mounted display system of claim 31 , wherein one or more layers of the upper strap portion are located partially within the battery pack and can extend from and retract into the battery pack along with the power cable. 33. The head mounted display system of claim 32 , wherein an outer layer of the upper strap portion is located within the battery pack and can extend from and retract into the battery pack along with the power cable. A head mounted display system as described in claim 32 or claim 33, wherein the substantially non-extensible layer of the upper strap portion is located within the battery pack and can extend from and retract into the battery pack along with the power cable. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 31 to 34 , wherein a user contact layer of the upper strap portion is positioned between the battery pack and the user's head. A head mounted display system as described in claim 31 or claim 32, wherein the portion of the power cable located within the battery pack and one or more layers of the upper strap portion located partially within the battery pack form a retraction portion of the upper strap portion that can be extended from or retracted into the battery pack to adjust the length of the upper strap portion between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit. 37. The head mounted display system of claim 36 , wherein the retraction portion is movable between a plurality of predetermined positions relative to the battery pack, the position of the retraction portion being fixable relative to the battery pack. 37. The head mounted display system of claim 36 , wherein the retraction portion is continuously movable within a range of positions relative to the battery pack. A head mounted display system as claimed in any preceding claim, wherein the positioning and stabilising structure is configured to hold the battery pack in a position overlapping the occipital bone of the user's head in use. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 1 to 39, wherein the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the battery pack in proximity to the occipital bone of the user's head and at or near a vertical rotation axis of the user's head. A head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit having a display;
a positioning and stabilising structure configured to hold the head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, the positioning and stabilising structure comprising:
a rear support portion configured to engage a rear portion of a user's head, the rear support portion comprising a crown strap portion configured to overlie a parietal bone of the user's head in use, and an occipital strap portion configured to overlie or lie below an occipital bone of the user's head in use;
the positioning and stabilising structure including a pair of lateral strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, the pair of lateral strap portions configured to, in use, each be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head;
an upper strap portion configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, the upper strap portion configured to overlie an upper portion of the user's head in use, the upper strap portion comprising a user-facing layer and an outer layer;
A head mounted display system, wherein the user-facing layers of the top strap portion, the crown strap portion, the occipital strap portion, and the lateral strap portions are separable from the outer layer of the top strap portion. 42. The head mounted display system of claim 41 , wherein the outer layer of the upper strap portion is configured to connect to the head mounted display unit. 43. A head mounted display system as described in claim 41 or claim 42, wherein the user-facing layers of the upper strap portion , the crown strap portion, the occipital strap portion, and the lateral strap portions form a washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure, the washable portion being separable from the outer layer of the upper strap portion for cleaning. 44. The head mounted display system of claim 43 , wherein the upper strap section includes an outer sleeve forming the outer layer of the upper strap section. 45. The head mounted display system of claim 44 , wherein the washable portion is removably attached to the outer sleeve by one or more hook-and-loop fastener connections. 46. A head mounted display system as described in claim 44 or claim 45, wherein the head mounted display system comprises a battery pack for powering the head mounted display system, the battery pack configured to be positioned rearwardly relative to the user's head in use, and the upper strap portion connected to the battery pack in use. 47. The head mounted display system of claim 46 , further comprising a power cable connected between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit at a user, the power cable being disposed within the outer sleeve. 48. The head mounted display system of claim 47 , wherein the outer sleeve is connected to the battery pack. 49. A head mounted display system as described in claim 47 or claim 48 , wherein the power cable is slidable within the outer sleeve along a length of the outer sleeve. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 46 to 49 , wherein the upper strap portion comprises a substantially non-extensible layer located between the outer layer and the user-facing layer in use. 51. The head mounted display system of claim 50 , wherein the substantially non-extensible layer is semi-rigid. 52. A head mounted display system as described in claim 50 or claim 51 , wherein the battery pack is removably connected to the substantially non-extensible layer. 53. The head mounted display system of claim 52, wherein the generally non-extensible layer and battery pack include corresponding first and second fastening sites configured to releasably connect the battery pack to the generally non-extensible layer. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 50 to 53 , wherein the substantially non-extensible layer is located within the outer sleeve. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 51 to 54 , wherein the washable portion is separable from the substantially non-extensible layer. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 50 to 54 , wherein the substantially non-extensible layer forms part of the washable portion. 57. The head mounted display system of claim 56 , wherein the upper strap portion includes a user contact portion forming a layer facing the user, a substantially non-extensible layer being provided at the user contact portion. 58. The head mounted display system of claim 57 , wherein the user contact portion includes a user contact sleeve, and the generally non-extensible layer is located within the user contact sleeve. 59. The head mounted display system of claim 58 , wherein the user contacting sleeve includes a stiffening opening through which the substantially non-extensible layer is removably inserted. 60. The head mounted display system of claim 59 , wherein the battery pack covers the rigidification opening when in use. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 58 to 60 , wherein the user contact sleeve includes a fastener opening to allow the battery pack to be removably attached to the substantially non-extensible layer. 62. The head mounted display system of claim 61 , wherein the substantially non-extensible layer includes a first fastening portion configured to extend through the fastening opening and connect to a corresponding second fastening portion of the battery pack. 63. The head mounted display system of claim 62 , wherein the battery pack covers the fastener opening when in use. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 1 to 63 , wherein an upper strap portion is removably connected to the upper strap portion. 65. A head mounted display system as described in claim 64 , wherein the upper strap section is configured to be connected to the rear strap section via a pivotable connection. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 1 to 65, wherein the rear strap portion includes a pair of lateral rear strap portions configured to connect between the crown strap portion and the upper strap portion, each lateral rear strap portion configured to be positioned on a respective lateral side of the user's head in use. 67. A head mounted display system as described in claim 66 , wherein each of the lateral rear head strap portions is adjustable in length. 68. A head mounted display system as described in claim 66 or claim 67 , wherein each of the lateral occipital strap sections is configured to be connected to the upper strap section via a magnetic fastener. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 1 to 63 , wherein the rear strap portion is permanently connected to the upper strap portion. A head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position on a user's face in use;
Here, the head mounted display unit is
A display unit housing;
an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with a face of the user, the interfacing structure including a face engagement portion configured to engage the face of the user in use;
A head mounted display system comprising: at least one serpentine air flow path between an interior of the interfacing structure and an exterior of the head mounted display unit, the at least one serpentine air flow path passing from an interior of a cavity formed by the user, the display unit housing and the interfacing structure to the atmosphere, the at least one serpentine air flow path extending between the exterior of the interfacing structure and the interior of the display unit housing. 71. A head mounted display system as described in claim 70, wherein the interfacing structure comprises a chassis connected to the face engaging portion, and the head mounted display unit comprises at least one air flow port through which at least one serpentine air flow path passes, and at least one of the air flow ports is provided forward of the connection between the chassis and the face engaging portion. 72. A head mounted display system as described in claim 71 , wherein the at least one airflow port comprises at least one chassis port provided in the chassis. A head mounted display system as described in claim 71 or claim 72, wherein the chassis is removably attached to a chassis attachment portion of the head mounted display unit, and at least one of the air flow ports comprises at least one chassis attachment port provided at the chassis attachment portion. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 71 to 73 , wherein at least one said air flow port is provided in a radially facing wall. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 70 to 74, wherein the interfacing structure comprises a flexible and resilient portion including the face engaging portion, the flexible and resilient portion comprising one or more interface ports through which at least one of the serpentine airflow paths passes. 76. A head mounted display system as described in claim 75 , wherein one or more interface ports of the interfacing structure are provided on a forward facing portion of at least one of the flexible and resilient portions. 77. A head mounted display system as described in claim 75 or claim 76 , wherein one or more interface ports of the interfacing structure are provided on at least one of an upper portion of the flexible and resilient portion and a lower portion of the flexible and resilient portion. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 75 to 77 , wherein one or more interface ports of the interfacing structure are provided on at least one side portion of the flexible and elastic portion that is adjacent to the sphenoid region of the user in use. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 75 to 78 , wherein the display unit housing extends rearwardly over the one or more interface ports of the flexible and elastic portion. A head mounted display system,
A head mounted display unit;
a positioning and stabilising structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operative position on a user's face in use, the head mounted display unit including an interfacing structure constructed and arranged to be in facing relationship with the user's face;
the interfacing structure includes a resilient and flexible face-engaging portion having a curved cross-section;
A head mounted display system, wherein the face engaging portion includes a front portion extending in a radially outward rearward direction and curves into a rear portion extending in a radially inward rearward direction, a rearward facing surface of the rear portion providing a user contact surface. 81. A head mounted display system as described in claim 80 , wherein the facial engagement portion is configured such that, in use, the rear portion is biased towards engagement with the user's face. 82. A head mounted display system as described in claim 80 or claim 81 , wherein the face engaging portion includes at least one closed loop portion having an enclosed cross section. 83. The head mounted display system of claim 82 , wherein the facial engagement portion comprises a first closed loop portion and a second closed loop portion. 84. A head mounted display system as described in claim 83 , wherein the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are provided on either side of a user's nose in use. 85. A head mounted display system as described in claim 84 , wherein the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are disposed adjacent to the cheeks of the user in use. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 82 to 85 , wherein the face engagement portion bends and overlaps around itself to provide at least one closed loop portion. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 82 to 86 , wherein the face engagement portion comprises a base portion and a loop portion including a loop flange, the loop flange overlapping the base portion to provide the closed loop portion. 88. The head mounted display system of claim 87 , wherein the loop portion extends from a forward position to a rearward position. 89. The head mounted display system of claim 88 , wherein a cross-section of the loop portion tapers between the forward position and the rearward position. A head mounted display system as described in claim 88 or claim 89 , wherein the loop portion includes an arcuate portion between the forward position and the loop flange. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 87 to 90 , wherein the loop flange overlaps a forward facing surface of the base portion. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 87 to 91 , wherein the loop flange is fixed to the base portion. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 87 to 91 , wherein the base portion and the loop portion are integrally formed as a single component. 94. A head mounted display system as claimed in any one of claims 80 to 93 , wherein the interfacing structure includes a light-blocking nose portion spanning between cheek portions of the face engaging portion,
wherein the light-blocking nose region comprises an anterior nose region extending radially and upwardly beyond the anterior nose of the user;
A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 80 to 93, wherein the light-shielding nose portion further comprises a first beam portion and a second beam portion extending upwardly from the front nasal portion, the first beam portion and the second beam portion having a slot therebetween, the slot extending from a rear edge of the light-shielding nose portion toward the front nasal portion, and the first beam portion and the second beam portion configured to rest on respective sides of the bridge of the user's nose in use. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 80 to 94 , wherein the interfacing structure includes a foam cushion and the rear portion extends over the foam cushion. 96. A head mounted display system as described in claim 95 , wherein the facial engagement portion comprises a cushion support flange extending from a radially inward facing surface of the facial engagement portion. 97. A head mounted display system as described in claim 96 , wherein the foam cushion is disposed between the cushion support flange and the rearward portion. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 80 to 97 , wherein the facial engagement portion includes a plurality of regions, each of the plurality of regions having a respective cross-sectional thickness. 99. A head mounted display system as described in claim 98, wherein the facial engagement portions, in use, comprise a forehead portion, two cheek portions, and two side portions adjacent the sphenoid region of the user and connecting the forehead portion to each of the cheek portions. The plurality of regions of the face engaging portion include:
a first region extending around an inner periphery of the face engagement portion;
a second region extending around an outer periphery of the face engagement portion; and
a third region extending around an inner periphery of the face engagement portion disposed between the first region and the second region; and
100. The head mounted display system of claim 99 , comprising a fourth region at each cheek location bounded by the first region and the third region. 101. The head mounted display system of claim 100 , wherein the first region comprises a posterior forehead region at the forehead area and extends upwardly from the inner periphery of the face engagement region. 102. A head mounted display system as described in claim 100 or claim 101 , wherein the third region comprises an upper forehead region at the forehead region and extends beyond a center of the forehead region to a forward forehead region. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 100 to 102 , wherein the second region comprises an upper lateral portion extending from each side portion towards an upper forehead portion. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 100 to 103 , wherein the second region includes an outer peripheral forehead region. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 100 to 104 , wherein the first region has a greater thickness than the fourth region. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 100 to 105 , wherein the fourth region has a thickness greater than that of the third region. A head mounted display system as described in any one of claims 100 to 106 , wherein the third region has a thickness greater than that of the second region. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 100 to 107 , wherein the front-to-back width of the first region is greater through the forehead region than the cheek region or the side region. A head mounted display system according to any one of claims 100 to 108 , wherein the front-to-back width of the second region is greater through the forehead region than the cheek region.

Images